Draft Recovery Plan for threatened flora on Eyre Peninsula 2007

Table 1. Eyre Peninsula <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species addressed within this recovery plan: level of endemism,conservation status, priority category and target conservation status within 5 yearsEndangeredEPBC ActVulnerableEPBC ActThreatenedwattlesChalky Wattle (Acacia cretacea)Whibley Wattle (Acacia whibleyana)Fat-leaved Wattle (Acacia pinguifolia)Jumping-jack Wattle (Acaciaenterocarpa)P1P1P1P1Resin Wattle (Acacia rhetinocarpa) P2Threatenedorchids^ Mt Olinthus Greenhood (Pterostylis‘Mt Olinthus’ )Metallic Sun-orchid (Thelymitraepipactoides)P3P1Nodding Rufous-hood (Pterostylis aff.despectans)Winter Spider-orchid (Caladeniabrumalis)Desert Greenhood (Pterostylisxerophila)P2P1P2Threatenedannuals-Annual Candles (Stackhousia annua)Silver Candles (Pleuropappusphyllocalymmeus)P2P3Prickly Raspwort (Haloragis eyreana) P2 West Coast Mintbush (Prostantheracalycina)P2Other <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species(perennials)Tufted Bush-pea (Pultenaeatrichophylla)Ironstone Mulla Mulla (Ptilotusbeckerianus)Silver Daisy-bush (Olearia pannosa ssp.pannosa)Bead Samphire (Halosarciaflabelli<strong>for</strong>mis)^ Sandalwood (Santalum spicatum)Club Spear-grass (Austrostipanullanulla)Granite Mudwort (Limosella granitica)Microlepidium alatumYellow Swainson-pea (Swainsonapyrophila)P2P1P1P2P2P3P3P3P3Key Bold and black text = Endemic to Eyre Peninsula Grey text = Known populations in other Australian statesBlack text = Endemic to South Australia ^ = Only listed under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1972 = Aim to maintain and stabilise species population over 5 years = Aim to down-list species <strong>threatened</strong> status within 5 yearsP1 = Priority 1 species P2 = Priority 2 species P3 = Priority 3 species2 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

CostsA minimum financial investment of approximately $ 154 000 on average per year <strong>for</strong>5 years is required to implement the plan’s Core per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria, which focusprimarily on Priority 1 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species. To fund the entire recovery plan, a financialinvestment of approximately $ 300 000 per year <strong>for</strong> 5 years will start meeting theconservation needs of all <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa and cricital habitat identified within thisplan.Wider benefitsImplementation of this plan contributes to holistic natural resource management goals,including habitat protection and management, linking fragmented habitats, strategicthreat abatement, and community engagement in regional biodiversity and conservationissues. Anticipated broader ecological benefits of the plan include:• maintenance of habitat integrity that facilitates ecosystem adaptation to climatechange• protection of water dependent ecosystems, such as wetlands and riparian areas,within <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species critical habitat• an improved understanding of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> and insect/pollination processes• an improved understanding of soil biota function in <strong>threatened</strong> plant habitats.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 3

9.7 Main references ...........................................................................................................6810 Whibley Wattle Acacia whibleyana RS Cowan & Maslin...............................................6910.1 Status .............................................................................................................................6910.2 Distribution.....................................................................................................................6910.3 Habitat critical to survival............................................................................................6910.4 Biology and ecology ...................................................................................................7310.5 Previous management actions ..................................................................................7410.6 Threats to Whibley Wattle and associated recovery goals ....................................7510.7 Main references ...........................................................................................................7811 Winter Spider-orchid Caladenia brumalis syn. Arachnorchis brumalis DL Jones .......7911.1 Status .............................................................................................................................7911.2 Distribution.....................................................................................................................7911.3 Habitat critical to survival............................................................................................7911.4 Biology and ecology ...................................................................................................8211.5 Previous management actions ..................................................................................8311.6 Threats to Winter Spider-orchid and associated recovery goals ...........................8311.7 Main references ...........................................................................................................8512 Club Spear-grass Austrostipa nullanulla J Everett and SWL Jacobs .............................8612.1 Status .............................................................................................................................8612.2 Distribution.....................................................................................................................8612.3 Habitat critical to survival............................................................................................8612.4 Biology and ecology ...................................................................................................8912.5 Previous management actions ..................................................................................8912.6 Threats to Club Spear-grass and associated recovery goals .................................8912.7 Main references ...........................................................................................................9113 Prickly Raspwort Haloragis eyreana Orchard .................................................................9213.1 Status .............................................................................................................................9213.2 Distribution.....................................................................................................................9213.3 Habitat critical to survival............................................................................................9213.4 Biology and ecology ...................................................................................................9413.5 Previous management actions ..................................................................................9513.6 Threats to Prickly Raspwort and associated recovery goals...................................9613.7 Main references ...........................................................................................................9814 Bead Samphire Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis PG Wilson.......................................................9914.1 Status .............................................................................................................................9914.2 Distribution.....................................................................................................................9914.3 Habitat critical to survival............................................................................................9914.4 Biology and ecology .................................................................................................10114.5 Previous management actions ................................................................................10214.6 Threats to Bead Samphire and associated recovery goals..................................10214.7 Main references .........................................................................................................10415 Granite Mudwort Limosella granitica WR Barker...........................................................10515.1 Status ...........................................................................................................................10515.2 Distribution...................................................................................................................10515.3 Habitat critical to survival..........................................................................................10515.4 Biology and ecology .................................................................................................10715.5 Previous management actions ................................................................................10715.6 Threats to Granite Mudwort and associated recovery goals...............................10815.7 Main reference...........................................................................................................10916 Microlepidium alatum JM Black; EA Shaw ....................................................................11016.1 Status ...........................................................................................................................11016.2 Distribution...................................................................................................................11016.3 Habitat critical to survival..........................................................................................11016.4 Biology and ecology .................................................................................................11216.5 Previous management actions ................................................................................11316.6 Threats to Microlepidium alatum and associated recovery goals ......................11316.7 Main reference...........................................................................................................11517 Silver Daisy-bush Olearia pannosa ssp. pannosa I Hook ............................................116<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 5

TablesTable 1. Eyre Peninsula <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species addressed within this recovery plan: levelof endemism, conservation status, priority category and target conservationstatus within 5 years ...................................................................................................2Table 1.1. Status of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species covered within this plan .................................13Table 1.2. Species and percentage of their population within Eyre Hills IBRA Subregion.....16Table 1.3. Current and potential regional, state and national stakeholders involved in themanagement of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on Eyre Peninsula ..........................18Table 3.1. Summary of direct threats to <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery on Eyre Peninsula and asummary of recommended actions .....................................................................26Table 3.2. Summary of impediments to <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery on Eyre Peninsula and asummary of recommended actions .....................................................................27Table 5.1. Risk matrix table used throughout plan to analyse threat severity to individualspecies ......................................................................................................................37Table 6.1. Chalky Wattle vital attributes .....................................................................................39Table 6.2. Previous management actions to conserve Chalky Wattle...................................43Table 6.3. Key threats to Chalky Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria44Table 7.1. Jumping-jack Wattle vital attributes..........................................................................46Table 7.2. Vegetation associations of northern Eyre Peninsula Jumping-jack Wattle subpopulations...............................................................................................................48Table 7.3. Vegetation associations of southern Jumping-jack Wattle sub-populations .......49Table 7.4. Jumping-jack Wattle sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula ....................49Table 7.5. Previous management actions to conserve Jumping-jack Wattle .......................51Table 7.6. Key threats to Jumping-jack Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .......................................................................................................................52Table 8.1. Fat-leaved Wattle vital attributes ..............................................................................54Table 8.2. Vegetation associations of northern Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populations ............56Table 8.3. Vegetation associations of southern Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populations............57Table 8.4. Previous management actions to conserve Fat-leaved Wattle............................59Table 8.5. Key threats to Fat-leaved Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .......................................................................................................................60Table 9.1. Resin Wattle vital attributes ........................................................................................62Table 9.2. Resin Wattle sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula ...................................64Table 9.3. Previous management actions to conserve Resin Wattle ......................................66Table 9.4. Key threats to Resin Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria ..67Table 10.1. Whibley Wattle vital attributes .................................................................................69Table 10.2. Important Whibley Wattle sub-populations ............................................................73Table 10.3. Previous management actions to conserve Whibley Wattle ...............................74Table 10.4. Key threats to Whibley Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria...................................................................................................................................76Table 11.1. Winter Spider-orchid vital attributes ........................................................................79Table 11.2. Vegetation associations of selected Winter Spider-orchid sub-populations......81Table 11.3. Winter Spider-orchid sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula ...................81Table 11.4. Previous management actions to conserve Winter Spider-orchid ......................83Table 11.5. Key threats to Winter Spider-orchid and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .......................................................................................................................84Table 12.1. Club Spear-grass vital attributes ..............................................................................86<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 9

Table 12.2. Vegetation associations of Club Spear-grass sub-populations............................88Table 12.3. Previous management actions to conserve Club Spear-grass............................89Table 12.4. Key threats to Club Spear-grass and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .......................................................................................................................90Table 13.1. Prickly Raspwort vital attributes................................................................................92Table 13.2. Previous management actions to conserve Prickly Raspwort .............................95Table 13.3. Key threats to Prickly Raspwort and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .......................................................................................................................97Table 14.1. Bead Samphire vital attributes.................................................................................99Table 14.2. Examples of niche sharing species, soil description and associated edgevegetation <strong>for</strong> Bead Samphire.............................................................................101Table 14.3. Bead Samphire sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula..........................101Table 14.4. Previous management actions to conserve Bead Samphire ............................102Table 14.5. Key threats to Bead Samphire and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................103Table 15.1. Granite Mudwort vital attributes............................................................................105Table 15.2. Granite Mudwort sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula.......................107Table 15.3. Key threats to Granite Mudwort and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................108Table 16.1. Microlepidium alatum vital attributes ...................................................................110Table 16.2. Vegetation associated with Microlepidium alatum............................................112Table 16.3. Microlepidium alatum sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula ..............112Table 16.4. Previous management actions to conserve Microlepidium alatum .................113Table 16.5. Key threats to Microlepidium alatum and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................114Table 17.1. Silver Daisy-bush vital attributes .............................................................................116Table 17.2. Vegetation associations of northern Silver Daisy-bush sub-populations ...........118Table 17.3. Vegetation associations of southern Silver Daisy-bush sub-populations...........119Table 17.4. Silver Daisy-bush sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula ........................119Table 17.5. Previous management actions to conserve Silver Daisy-bush ...........................121Table 17.6. Key threats to Silver Daisy-bush and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................122Table 18.1. Nodding Rufous-hood vital attributes ...................................................................124Table 18.2. Vegetation associated with Nodding Rufous-hood sub-populations on EyrePeninsula.................................................................................................................126Table 18.3. Previous management actions to conserve Nodding Rufous-hood.................126Table 18.4. Key threats to Nodding Rufous-hood and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................127Table 19.1. Mount Olinthus Greenhood vital attributes ..........................................................129Table 19.2. Vegetation associated with Mount Olinthus Greenhood sub-populations onEyre Peninsula ........................................................................................................131Table 19.3. Previous management actions to conserve Mount Olinthus Greenhood........132Table 19.4. Key threats to Mount Olinthus Greenhood and summary of associatedper<strong>for</strong>mance criteria .............................................................................................133Table 20.1. Silver Candles vital attributes..................................................................................134Table 20.2. Vegetation associated with Silver Candles..........................................................136Table 20.3. Silver Candles sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula ............................137Table 20.4. Previous management actions to conserve Silver Candles ...............................13710 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 20.5. Key threats to Silver Candles and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria.................................................................................................................................138Table 21.1. West Coast Mintbush vital attributes .....................................................................140Table 21.2. Vegetation associations of West Coast Mintbush sub-populations in the vicinityof Streaky Bay and Venus Bay .............................................................................142Table 21.3. West Coast Mintbush sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula................143Table 21.4. Previous management actions to conserve West Coast Mintbush...................144Table 21.5. Key threats to West Coast Mintbush and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................145Table 22.1. Desert Greenhood vital attributes .........................................................................147Table 22.2. Vegetation associated with Desert Greenhood..................................................149Table 22.3. Previous management actions to conserve Desert Greenhood.......................150Table 22.4. Key threats to Desert Greenhood and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................151Table 23.1. Ironstone Mulla Mulla vital attributes .....................................................................153Table 23.2. Vegetation associated with Ironstone Mulla Mulla sub-populations.................155Table 23.3. Ironstone Mulla Mulla sub-populations within reserves on Eyre Peninsula.........156Table 23.4. Previous management actions to conserve Ironstone Mulla Mulla ..................157Table 23.5. Key threats to Ironstone Mulla Mulla and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................158Table 24.1. Tufted Bush-pea vital attributes..............................................................................160Table 24.2. Vegetation associated with Tufted Bush-pea sub-populations .........................162Table 24.3. Important populations of Tufted Bush-pea...........................................................163Table 24.4. Previous management actions to conserve Tufted Bush-pea ...........................164Table 24.5. Key threats to Tufted Bush-pea and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................165Table 25.1. Sandalwood vital attributes ...................................................................................167Table 25.2. Vegetation associated with Sandalwood sub-populations, Eyre Peninsula ....169Table 25.3. Sandalwood sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula ..............................170Table 25.4. Previous management actions to conserve Sandalwood.................................172Table 25.5. Key threats to Sandalwood and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria.................................................................................................................................173Table 26.1. Annual Candles vital attributes..............................................................................175Table 26.2. Vegetation associated with Annual Candles on Eyre Peninsula .......................177Table 26.3. Previous management actions to conserve Annual Candles ...........................178Table 26.4. Key threats to Annual Candles and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................179Table 27.1. Yellow Swainson-pea vital attributes.....................................................................180Table 27.2. Vegetation associated with Yellow Swainson-pea locations, Eyre Peninsula ..182Table 27.3. Yellow Swainson-pea sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula................183Table 27.4. Key threats to Yellow Swainson-pea and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................184Table 28.1. Metallic Sun-orchid vital attributes ........................................................................186Table 28.2. Vegetation associated with Metallic Sun-orchids on Eyre Peninsula ................188Table 28.3. Metallic Sun-orchid sub-populations in reserves on Eyre Peninsula ...................189Table 28.4. Previous management actions to conserve Metallic Sun-orchid ......................190Table 28.5. Key threats to Metallic Sun-orchid and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria .....................................................................................................................191<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 11

Table 29.1. Prioritised <strong>threatened</strong> plant species ......................................................................193Table 30.1. Summary of percentage of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> populations within Eyre Hills IBRASubregion................................................................................................................194Table 30.2. Decision making table used to prioritise Focus Work Areas................................195Table 30.3. State <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> and fauna species within Priority 1A-D Focus Work Areas.................................................................................................................................195Table 31.1. Key to budget tables ..............................................................................................199Table 31.2. Timetable of recovery actions and per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria (Part 1of 3) ..............200Table 31.3. Break down of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria and associated funding tier by species.203Table 31.4. Species by species breakdown of research per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria only ...........204Table 32.1. Examples of management practices that may contribute to the extent andimpact of identified threats and impediments to the recovery of nationally<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species on Eyre Peninsula .......................................................205Table E1. Matrix of extent of current threats and impediments to recovery of <strong>threatened</strong>plant species on Eyre Peninsula…………………………………………………….. 230Table E2. Matrix of future threats and impediments to the recovery of <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies on Eyre Peninsula …………………………………………………………… 231Table E3. Criteria used to allocate threat scores <strong>for</strong> matrix of extent of current threats andimpediments to the recovery of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on Eyre Peninsula(Table E1) .………………………………………………………………………………. 232Table E4. Criteria used to allocate threat scores <strong>for</strong> matrix of future threats andimpediments to the recovery of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on Eyre Peninsula(Table E2) ……………………………………………………………………………….. 234Table F1. Percentage of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> sub-populations within the Eyre Hills IBRASubregion, SA ………………………………………………………………………..… 237Table I1. Suspected fire and disturbance dependant species .…………………………..… 245Table J1. Threatened <strong>flora</strong> populations within NPWSA Reserves on Eyre Peninsula …..… 24812 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 1.2. Species and percentage of their population within Eyre Hills IBRA SubregionSpecies% population in Eyre HillsIBRA Sub Region SASpecies% population in Eyre HillsIBRA Sub Region SASilver Daisy-bush 100 Jumping-jack Wattle 95Nodding Rufous-hood 100 Whibley Wattle 86Desert Greenhood 100 Metallic Sun-orchid 83Tufted Bush-pea 100 Winter Spider-orchid 65Annual Candles 100 Resin Wattle 50Mt Olinthus Greenhood 100 Silver Candles 34Fat-leaf Wattle 99 Bead Samphire 11Prickly Raspwort 99 Yellow Swainson-pea 11Chalky Wattle 97 West Coast Mintbush 10Ironstone Mulla Mulla 961.3 Conservation status and legislationIn Australia, species can be listed as <strong>threatened</strong> at a national level, under theCommonwealth Government’s Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act1999 (EPBC Act). All species listed under this Act are recognised as Matters of NationalEnvironmental Significance (Commonwealth of Australia 2006). Species can also be listedas <strong>threatened</strong> at a state level. In South Australia, state level <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> areprotected under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1972 (NPW Act) and listed inSchedules 7, 8 and 9.Species conservation status is periodically reviewed. For example, at the time ofpublication, Senna Wattle (Acacia praemorsa) is being considered <strong>for</strong> listing under theEPBC Act 1999 as nationally endangered. Similarly, Feathery Wattle (Acacia imbricata) isbeing considered <strong>for</strong> down-listing, as a result of recommendations from local experts andextensive surveys completed under the interim recovery plan.Threatened plant species in this plan are assessed and reviewed against the WorldConservation Union criteria (IUCN) (Table 1.1). This is an important review process becauseit ensures international conservation status classification standards are applied. Australianlegislation bases its criteria <strong>for</strong> conservation status on IUCN criteria. All actions andper<strong>for</strong>mance criteria in this plan are structured to link back to IUCN criteria.Objectives of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999This plan has been developed in line with Environment Protection and BiodiversityConservation Act 1999 objectives 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 1.2.3 and 1.2.4.EPBC Act Objective 1.2.1: Promoting a cooperative approach to the protection andmanagement of the environment involving governments, the community, land holdersand indigenous people.To be successful, this plan requires the community and stakeholders to adopt andimplement recovery actions, and complete a critical review to progress future work.There<strong>for</strong>e, expected outcomes include involvement of stakeholders and promotion ofcooperative natural resource management (Actions 2a – 2c).16 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

EPBC Act Objective 1.2.2: Assisting in the co-operative implementation of Australia’senvironmental responsibilities.This plan contains per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria that directly deliver and/or support environmentallegislation and policy at national, state and regional levels. This legislation and policyincludes:• United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (International)• Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora(International)• National Strategy <strong>for</strong> the Conservation of Australia’s Biological Diversity (National)• National Biodiversity and Climate Change Action <strong>Plan</strong> (National)• South Australia’s Strategic <strong>Plan</strong> (State)• No Species Loss – A Nature Conservation Strategy <strong>for</strong> SA 2007-2017 (State)• State Natural Resources Management <strong>Plan</strong> 2006 (State)• NatureLinks: East Meets West Corridor <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>Draft</strong> (Regional)• Initial Natural Resources Management <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> the Eyre Peninsula NaturalResources Management Region 2006-07 (Regional).EPBC Act Objectives 1.2.3 and 1.2.4: Recognising the role of indigenous people in theconservation and ecologically sustainable use of Australia’s biodiversity and promotingthe use of indigenous peoples’ knowledge with the involvement of, and in co-operationwith, the owners of the knowledge.1.4 International obligationsThe goals in this plan are consistent with Australia’s obligations under the Convention onBiological Diversity, ratified by Australia in 1993, and the National Strategy <strong>for</strong> theConservation of Australia’s Biological Diversity (1996).Although some species covered by this plan are known to occur within wetlands, therecovery actions <strong>for</strong> these species will not impact on obligations made under theConvention on Wetlands of International Importance (Ramsar Convention 1971).The Winter Spider-orchid (Caladenia brumalis syn. Arachnorchis brumalis), DesertGreenhood (Pterostylis xerophila), Nodding Rufous-hood (Pterostylis aff. despectans) andMetallic Sun-orchid (Thelymitra epipactoides) are listed under the Convention onInternational Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (1975) (CITES). Allcorresponding recovery actions in this plan are considered within Australia's obligationsunder CITES.1.5 Affected interestsThe successful implementation of this plan will require that all stakeholders are identifiedand engaged in the implementation of this plan. This plan is designed to link withcommunity groups, land managers and statutory organisations connected with<strong>threatened</strong> plant species on Eyre Peninsula (Table 1.3).Private land holders, land developers, mining lease holders, SA Water, ETSA Utilities, LocalGovernment, the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage (DEH), and the Department<strong>for</strong> Transport Energy and Infrastructure (DTEI) are all major stakeholders that directly own ormanage sites where these <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species are known to occur. When new subpopulationsor populations are discovered, the relevant land managers will be consultedregarding recovery actions on land <strong>for</strong> which they are responsible.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 17

(leaving staff distressed and in need of support),from armed robbery to customers having heartattacks. Through the EAP, the employer wasable to ensure that managers were sufficientlytrained to respond to such incidents and,where appropriate, encourage staff to accessthe EAP support services. This enabled themanagers to delegate support to those betterqualified to provide such help and left them toconcentrate on their core managing roles.How the service works:Service promotionAll staff receive a credit card-sized in<strong>for</strong>mationcard giving a service summary along with contactdetails. Posters are placed in every workplacelocation (within sight of staff but not customers!)and these are replaced regularly, to keep theimages fresh and the message current. The EAPprovider provides both an intranet and a website<strong>for</strong> Petersons, with company-specific in<strong>for</strong>mation.Staff are encouraged to view this regularly.On-site employee briefings are given by the EAPprovider and a DVD about the service is used at allstaff induction sessions. A briefing, specificallyaimed at managers, not only explains how theservice works but also helps them understand howthey can receive management support and howthey can help their staff access the service.Confidentiality and feedback protocolEvidence has shown that staff access a servicemore freely when they believe that theirconfidentiality is not compromised, yet theemployer who pays <strong>for</strong> the service understandablyexpects and needs feedback. ManagementIn<strong>for</strong>mation is agreed during the setting-up of thecontract. In this case, Petersons receive a quarterlyreport showing service usage across eight regionsin the UK. They do not receive individual storefeedback, because fewer than 50 employees workin most of their stores and 50 is the minimum sizeof pooled data permitted by the EAP provider.The in<strong>for</strong>mation provides an analysis of thenumbers of people who accessed the service andthe issues they presented with. It identifies howmany progressed to face-to-face counselling andhow many sessions these people used. It alsohighlights any trends and patterns that may berelevant <strong>for</strong> the employer.Access and referral processStaff can access professional support and advicethrough the freephone telephone service run bythe EAP provider. Because this is available 24hours, staff can phone when it suits them.Employees self-refer to counselling with a range ofproblems, the most frequent of which could beclassified as relationship issues, encompassingeverything from the breakup of a marriage todifficulties with teenage offspring. These issueshave a real effect on people’s ability to focus atwork, yet the issues were not specifically workrelated. Prior to purchasing an EAP, Petersons hadno resources to support staff in these areas.Measurement and evaluationThe Management In<strong>for</strong>mation provided to theemployer also analyses the workplace issues thatare impacting on staff. The EAP is able to showsome regional variation, so that with somepresenting issues, such as ‘bullying’, theorganisation can better direct training resources ortake appropriate remedial action. Another exampleof the positive use of this MI featured recent usagedata identifying staff affected by change - thestores were going through a major refit, and thisleft some staff feeling more vulnerable andanxious, <strong>for</strong> several reasons, including greaterexposure to assault from customers. By sharingthis trend with the employer, the provider was ableto identify the support which staff needed andintroduce consultation and training activities tohelp staff adjust to the changes. In this way,Petersons finds that the counselling service notonly meets the needs of individual employees butalso helps corporately - bringing value from theshop floor to the boardroom.Proven benefits to the organisationAfter two years, the company feels that the EAPpurchase cost has been more than justified.Sickness absence has reduced and staff arestaying longer (when asked whether Petersonsis a good employer, more than 80 per centresponded positively - even though only 15 percent of all staff had used the EAP over the twoyears). Awareness of the service is high across allstaff groups - and there is some evidence thatwastage has also declined. Furthermore, thecompany feels it has a far better understanding of19Guidelines <strong>for</strong> counselling in the workplace© BACP 2007

1.6 Existing recovery documentsPast recovery plans or documents with management recommendations exist <strong>for</strong> severalspecies covered by this plan (Appendix C).1.7 Roles and interests of Indigenous peopleThe requirements of the Native Title Act 1993 only apply to land where Native Title rightsand interests may exist. When implementing any recovery actions in this <strong>threatened</strong>species plan where there has been no Native Title determination, or where there has beenno clear extinguishment of Native Title, consideration must be made as to the possibilitythat Native Title may continue to exist.Generally, the Native Title Act 1993 requires certain procedures to be followed prior toundertaking activities that may affect Native Title rights and interests. Such activities areknown as future acts, and these may include certain recovery actions in this plan. Theadoption of this plan will be subject to any Native Title rights and interests that maycontinue in relation to the land and/or waters.Nothing in the plan is intended to affect Native Title. The relevant provisions of the NativeTitle Act 1993 should be considered be<strong>for</strong>e undertaking any future acts that might affectNative Title. Procedures under the Native Title Act 1993 are additional to those requiredunder the Aboriginal Heritage Act 1998.A draft of this recovery plan has been referred to the Aboriginal Partnership Unit of theDepartment <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, who will undertake consultation with relevantIndigenous communities. This consultation will determine the role and interests ofIndigenous communities with regard to the implementation of this plan.1.8 Benefits to other species/ecological communitiesThreatened <strong>flora</strong> recovery work has anticipated benefits <strong>for</strong> many fauna species andplant communities on Eyre Peninsula. Objectives within the plan strive towards holistichabitat protection and management, strategic threat abatement, and increasingcommunity awareness of, and engagement in, conservation and sustainability issues.Benefits to vegetation communitiesImportant vegetation communities (DEH 2002) are expected to benefit from <strong>threatened</strong><strong>flora</strong> recovery actions, <strong>for</strong> example:• Sugar Gum (Eucalyptus cladocalyx) Woodlands (regionally Threatened on EyrePeninsula) – Part of Ironstone Mulla Mulla, Metallic Sun-orchid, Silver Daisy-bush andWinter Spider-orchid critical habitat. Also support the Eyre Peninsula Yellow-tailedBlack-Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus funereus; state Vulnerable, regionallyEndangered) and Common Brushtail Possum (Trichosurus vulpecular; stateVulnerable, regionally Rare)• Purple-flowered Mallee Box (Eucalyptus lansdowneana ssp. albopupurea),Drooping Sheoak (Allocasuarina verticillata) +/- Coastal White Mallee (E.diversifolia) Mallee and Woodland (regionally Rare on Eyre Peninsula) – Part ofMetallic Sun-orchid critical habitat• Broad-leaf Box (Eucalyptus behriana) Woodland communities (regionallyVulnerable) – Part of Jumping-jack Wattle critical habitat• Eyre Peninsula Blue Gum (Eucalyptus petiolaris) Woodlands (state Endangered) –Part of Fat-leaved Wattle critical habitat.<strong>Plan</strong>t species that are similar to the species included in this plan are expected to benefitfrom baseline data, monitoring and research that addresses knowledge deficiencies andfuture trends in <strong>flora</strong> populations. Gaining knowledge and addressing common threatsrelated to these similar plant species will improve our understanding of aspects such aslimited niches and the impact of climate change, failed and successful flowering<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 19

esponses, potential pests and diseases, pollinator needs, and fire sensitivity and necessity.Eighty-eight regionally <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species grow within the Eyre Hills IBRA subregion(DEH-EGIS 2007) and 20 state <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species occur within Priority 1 Focus WorkAreas (Table 30.3). These species are expected to benefit from the implementation ofrecovery actions within these areas.Benefits to faunaThirteen state <strong>threatened</strong> fauna species are known to occur within Priority 1 Focus WorkAreas identified within this plan <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery. These and other faunaspecies are expected to benefit indirectly from actions that deliver broad-scaleimprovement to the landscape (e.g. environmental weed control, more appropriate fireregimes, and habitat restoration activities). Fauna are likely to directly benefit fromrecovery actions that focus on plants that provide them with shelter and food(e.g. prostrate or spiky plants that provide safe refuge <strong>for</strong> species such as reptiles, smallwrens and spiders). As an example, <strong>threatened</strong> Sandalwood plants provide shelter sites <strong>for</strong>native spotted Jezebel butterflies to breed and grow, and the butterflies’ larvae haveactually been observed growing better on Sandalwood than on any other plant species(DEC 2007).Wattle species provide direct food resources (mainly seeds) to native ants and birds(e.g. cockatoos, Emus, Malleefowl), and indirect food resources to beetles and wasps,which eat mites and thrips feeding on wattle flowers (Tame 1992). Honeyeaters and birdspecies of conservation significance within the Koppio woodlands include the WesternGerygone (Gerygone fusca; state Rare) and Diamond Firetail (Stagonopleura guttata;state Vulnerable) (DEH-EGIS 2007; DEH 2002; S Way [DEH] 2007, pers. comm.). Each ofthese <strong>threatened</strong> bird species has been recorded within Priority 1 Focus Work Areasidentified within this plan (Table 30.3). Other species include the White-striped Freetail-bat(Tadarida australis), the Inland Freetail-bat (Mormopterus planiceps) and Greater LongearedBat (Nyctophilus timoriensis; state Vulnerable), which flies above the vegetationcanopy searching <strong>for</strong> insects within dry woodlands across Eyre Peninsula (DEH-EGIS 2007;DEH 2002; S Way [DEH] 2007, pers. comm.).Benefits to ecosystem servicesEcosystem services are the natural processes that are responsible <strong>for</strong> clean air and water,and numerous other environmental goods such as pollination of crops and nativevegetation, shade and shelter, maintenance of fertile soil, and climate regulation (CSIROAustralia 2007; Lindenmayer & Burgman 2005).<strong>Recovery</strong> of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> critical habitat is expected to benefit symbiotic fungi(mycorrhiza) in the soil. Mycorrhiza assist with plant uptake of water, nutrients and traceelements, helping to produce terrestrial ecosystems that are more resilient to stresses, i.e.attack from pathogens and insects (Grey & Grey 2005).Threatened wattle (Acacia) and pea (Pultenaea) species, and other species in theLeguminoseae family, use symbiotic soil bacteria (Rhizobia spp.) to fix nitrogen. ‘Nitrogenfixing’plays an essential role in ecosystem function by producing nitrate and/orammonium, which benefits the whole system of plants and provides flow-on nitrogen toanimals (CILR 2007).<strong>Recovery</strong> actions seeking to address <strong>threatened</strong> orchid reproduction and recruitmentissues are expected to increase our understanding of invertebrates and pollinator species.Healthy invertebrate populations are an important foundation to trophic systems thatsupport larger animals such as birds, bats and reptiles. In turn, these animals offer insect‘cleaning and pest control services’, which are fundamental ecosystem services.20 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

1.9 Social and economic impactsImplementation of this recovery plan is not intended to cause significant adverse socialand economic impacts. Beneficial social and environmental impacts are likely to resultfrom the implementation of a significant number of the planned recovery actions. Suchbenefits include provision of funding and professional human resources to Eyre Peninsula,promoting and fostering cooperative community teamwork, and the development ofcommunity interest and skills in natural resource management. The recovery of vegetationcommunities associated with Eyre Peninsula’s <strong>threatened</strong> plant species is expected toenhance ecosystem services, which may in turn benefit agricultural production andproduce positive social and economic impacts.1.10 Evaluation of plan per<strong>for</strong>manceThe South Australian Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, in conjunction with therecovery team, will evaluate the per<strong>for</strong>mance of this recovery plan. The plan is to bereviewed within 5 years of its commencement (Table 31.2). Any changes to managementor recovery actions will be documented accordingly.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 21

2 DefinitionsWords and terms uncommon to everyday language are used within this plan, with manyalso having very specific legal meanings (e.g. critical and potential habitat). For furtherdefinitions please refer to the glossary in Appendix B.2.1 Critical and potential habitatThis document is a regionally based recovery plan <strong>for</strong> nationally <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>occurring on Eyre Peninsula. Critical and potential habitat occurring outside of the EyrePeninsula Natural Resources Management region is there<strong>for</strong>e not addressed in this plan.Under regulation 7.09 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (EPBC)Regulations 2000, habitat critical to survival is defined as:• sites needed to meet essential life cycle requirements,• sites of food sources, water, shelter, fire and flood refuges or those used at othertimes of environmental stress,• essential travel routes between sites,• sites necessary <strong>for</strong> seed dispersal mechanisms to operate or to maintainpopulations of species essential to the <strong>threatened</strong> species or ecologicalcommunity,• habitat used by important populations,• habitat that is required to maintain genetic diversity, and/or• areas that may not be occupied by the species and/or ecological community, butthat are essential <strong>for</strong> the maintenance of those areas where they do occur.Critical habitatCurrent knowledge of the ecology and biology of nationally <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> on EyrePeninsula is considered insufficient to precisely determine the spatial boundaries of criticalhabitat required under the EPBC criteria outlined above. For the purpose of this recoveryplan, known and historic distribution mapping has been substituted as the interim criticalhabitat mapping <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> on Eyre Peninsula. Known distribution meets themajority of EPBC criteria and will be used until critical habitat can be determined(<strong>Recovery</strong> Action 1c).Potential habitatPotential habitat is defined as habitat that is not critical to the current survival of<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species, but that may be important to the long term recovery of aparticular species as that species is encouraged to expand in distribution. Twoper<strong>for</strong>mance criteria in this plan (1c.2 and 1c.3) address mapping of potential habitat.2.2 Extent of occurrence and area of occupancyIUCN (2001) defines extent of occurrence as the area contained within the shortestcontinuous imaginary boundary that can be drawn to encompass all the known (inferredor projected) sites of present occurrence of a taxon (Figure 2.1, Pictures A and B).The measurement of extent of occurrence may exclude discontinuities or disjunctionswithin the overall distributions of taxa (e.g. large areas of obviously unsuitable habitat), butsee ‘Area of occupancy’. Extent of occurrence can often be measured by a minimumconvex polygon (the smallest polygon in which no internal angle exceeds 180 degreesand which contains all the sites of occurrence) (IUCN 2001).22 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Key: (A) Is the spatial distribution of known, inferred or projected sites of present occurrence. (B) Shows onepossible boundary to the extent of occurrence, which is the measured area within this boundary. (C) Showsone measure of area of occupancy, which can be achieved by the sum of the occupied grid squares(IUCN 2001).Figure 2.1. Diagrams explaining extent of occurrence and area of occupancyArea of occupancyArea of occupancy is defined as the area within a species’ extent of occurrence that isoccupied by that taxon (Figure 2.1, Picture C). The measure reflects the fact that a taxonwill not usually occur throughout the area of its extent of occurrence, which may containunsuitable or unoccupied habitat. In some cases, the area of occupancy is the smallestarea essential at any stage to the survival of existing populations of a taxon. The size of thearea of occupancy will be a function of the scale at which it is measured, and should beat a scale appropriate to relevant biological aspects of the taxon, the nature of threatsand the available data.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 23

2.3 Populations and sub-populationsPopulationThe legal definition of a population is an occurrence of the species or community in aparticular area (EPBC Act 1999). A population is a group of conspecific individuals (i.e.belonging to the same species), commonly <strong>for</strong>ming a breeding unit within which theexchange of genetic material is more or less unrestricted, and/or a group sharing aparticular habitat at a particular time (Lindenmayer & Burgman 1998). However, in theIUCN Red List criteria the term ‘population’ is used differently to its common biologicalusage, and population is defined as the total number of individuals of the taxon (IUCN2001).This plan uses the term ‘population’ in two slightly different ways. It refers to the whole EyrePeninsula population of a species, and it refers to populations where there is an obviousand large geographical separation in locations of the same species.Sub-populationSub-population(s) are defined as geographically or otherwise distinct groups in thepopulation between which there is little demographic or genetic exchange (typically onesuccessful migrant individual or gamete per year or less) (IUCN 2001).At the time of publication the genetic relationship between <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> ‘populations’or ‘sub-populations’ on Eyre Peninsula is unknown, so the use of the terms ‘population’and ‘sub-population’ are based on presumed genetic exchange only.24 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

3 Overview of threatsThreats to plant species on Eyre Peninsula have been separated into two categories,‘direct threats’ or ‘impediments to recovery’. All identified direct threats and impedimentsto recovery are listed in no particular order in Tables 3.1 and 3.2 respectively. The majorityof threats to the species in this plan have been identified; however, it is likely that somethreats remain unknown and are there<strong>for</strong>e not listed. Details of direct threats andimpediments to recovery are outlined <strong>for</strong> each plant species within the speciesdescription sections (Sections 6–28).Direct threatsDirect threats are defined as processes which directly impact on the short-term survival of<strong>threatened</strong> plant populations, e.g. weed invasion. Some of the direct threats listed in theplan are recognised as Key Threatening Processes under federal legislation (EPBC Act1999). Examples of Key Threatening Processes relevant to <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> include:• land clearance (corresponds with vegetation clearance in this plan)• competition and land degradation by feral goats and feral rabbits (correspondswith high grazing pressure)• dieback caused by the water mould Phytophthora cinnamomi (corresponds withpest and disease).Impediments to recoveryImpediments to recovery are defined as processes that will significantly influence the longtermsurvival of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species, but will not necessarily impact on the currentday-to-day species survival. Impediments to recovery also include processes that restrictthe ability of managers to stop or prevent threatening processes.PhytophthoraSymptoms of the plant pathogen Phytophthora cinnamomi, a water mould, have beendiscovered in the Koppio Hills and Wanilla areas of Lower Eyre Peninsula. Phytophthora isconsidered a significant threat to <strong>flora</strong> within this area. Six of the species addressed withinthis plan, Acacia whibleyana, Caladenia brumalis, Olearia pannosa ssp. pannosa, Ptilotusbeckerianus, Pultenaea trichophylla and Thelymitra epipactoides are listed as occurringwithin habitat susceptible to Phytophthora in the national Threat Abatement <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong>Dieback caused by the root-rot fungus Phytophthora cinnamomi (Environment Australia2001). Velzeboer et al. (2005) ranked all South Australian <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> based on theproportion of each species’ population in proximity to Phytophthora and each plantspecies’ conservation status. Based on these parameters, the following species wereranked, starting with the species most at threat from Phytophthora:1. Acacia pinguifolia2. Haloragis eyreana3. Acacia enterocarpa4. Thelymitra epipactoides5. Acacia whibleyana6. Pultenaea trichophylla7. Ptilotus beckerianus.Illegal collection of firewood from roadside and railway vegetation, and use of off-trailmotorbikes during wet conditions, are potential vectors that could easily spreadPhytophthora.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 25

Table 3.1. Summary of direct threats to <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery on Eyre Peninsula and a summary ofrecommended actionsDirect threatsBrief summary of actionsHigh grazing pressureIllegal collection or harvestMineral exploration/extractionOff-road vehicles and rubbishdumpingPest and disease (Phytophthora)Roadside management(including railway and essentialservices easements)Salinity/changes in hydrologySpray driftUrban development/subdivisionVegetation clearanceWeed invasionDetermine and minimise impact of native, domestic and feralherbivore grazing on <strong>threatened</strong> plants, Determine seasonal timingof grazing that causes most damage to plant species.Work with DEH Investigation and Compliance Unit, Encourage seedand plant material collection through DEH permit system.Twice yearly updates of BDBSA central database that miningcompanies use, Provide regular updates and in<strong>for</strong>mation on<strong>threatened</strong> plant species.Actively deter off-road vehicle traffic and rubbish dumping in criticalhabitat, Communicate risk of Phytophthora spread by off-roadvehicles.Conduct suspected Phytophthora site testing, Communicate knownPhytophthora sites, Ensure DEH Phytophthora hygiene practices andnational biosecurity guidelines are used in delivery of on-groundactions.Establish a Roadside Marker System <strong>for</strong> significant <strong>flora</strong> and faunaalong council roads, Twice yearly updates of BDBSA centraldatabase that councils use, Provide regular updates andin<strong>for</strong>mation on <strong>threatened</strong> plant species.Determine impact and encourage/support activities to mitigate soilsalinity and significant changes in hydrology.Research the effect of spray drift on <strong>threatened</strong> plant criticalhabitat and break down in plant life cycle, Provide up-to-date andeasily accessible <strong>threatened</strong> plant in<strong>for</strong>mation to all land holderswith <strong>threatened</strong> plants.Twice yearly updates of BDBSA central database that councils use,Provide regular updates and in<strong>for</strong>mation on <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies.Encourage minimal clearing of native vegetation in or adjacent tocritical and/or potential habitat.Determine and minimise impact of environmental weeds on<strong>threatened</strong> plant species using the most efficient and effectivemethods. Support eradication of Bridal Veil and control of BridalCreeper on Eyre Peninsula.26 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 3.2. Summary of impediments to <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery on Eyre Peninsula and a summary ofrecommended actionsImpediments to recoveryBrief summary of actionsAvailability of resourcesLack of coordination of recoveryactionsHabitat fragmentationInappropriate disturbanceregimesInappropriate fire regimesLack of involvement ofstakeholdersLack of knowledge (ecology andbiology) and baseline in<strong>for</strong>mation(understanding of threats)Lack of recruitment/smallpopulation sizeRestricted distribution/isolatedsub-populationsObtain resources from funding bodies/private companies, Support<strong>Recovery</strong> Project Officer, Develop stakeholder skills in native plantmanagement, Encourage in-kind support <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> plantrecovery.Establish and support a <strong>threatened</strong> plant recovery team, Appoint<strong>Recovery</strong> Project Officer, Conduct periodic evaluations of recoveryproject, Integrate recovery actions into other natural resourcemanagement on Eyre Peninsula, Monitor effectiveness of on-groundactions.Target on-ground actions to minimise the impact of declininggenetic diversity, edge effects and the distance effects associatedwith small isolated populations in fragmented landscapes.Monitoring and research to determine appropriate disturbanceregimes <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> plants and critical habitat. Identify breakdowns in <strong>threatened</strong> plant life cycles that are attributed toinappropriate disturbance.Conduct monitoring and research to determine appropriate fireregimes <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> plants and critical habitat. Inappropriatenessof the fire regime refers to the frequency, interval, intensity, extentand seasonality with respect to how it can be a threatening process.Establish <strong>threatened</strong> plant recovery team and volunteer group,Provide up-to-date and easily accessible <strong>threatened</strong> plantin<strong>for</strong>mation to all land holders with <strong>threatened</strong> plants, Facilitatecommunity involvement in recovery of species and habitat.Survey <strong>threatened</strong> plant records and potential habitat, Developmodel to identify potential habitat and climatic changerequirements, Encourage adaptive threat management, Safelystore threat survey/monitoring data in a central database.Survey potential habitat, Involve community to identify new subpopulationsand report, Research break downs in plant life cycle,Monitor population numbers, <strong>Plan</strong>t/translocate if feasible.Identify threats causing distribution restriction, Use corridors toconnect isolated sub-populations, Model population viability.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 27

4 Overview of recovery4.1 <strong>Recovery</strong> processThe recovery process begins with clearly defined goals and ends with an assessment ofhow well these goals have been achieved (Figure 4.1). Beneath the goals are objectives,of which this plan has five (Section 4.3), followed by actions and per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria. Thislayering of goals through to per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria channels big picture/policy leveldirection into on-ground work. The recovery process is tied together with monitoring toensure continuous improvement.Targets and recommendations from international, national, state and regional policiesand plans feed into the recovery process, and outcomes from the recovery plan helpdeliver <strong>threatened</strong> species targets listed in these higher level policies and plans.International, national andstate-wide agreementsand legislationDelivery on State NRM <strong>Plan</strong> andNo Species Loss <strong>threatened</strong>species documentsGoals1. Recover <strong>threatened</strong> plant species critical habitat on Eyre Peninsula2. Recover <strong>threatened</strong> plant species populations on Eyre PeninsulaObjectivesActionsOutcomesPer<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaFigure 4.1. Relationship between recovery goals, objectives, actions, per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria and outcomes4.2 GoalsBecause we are dealing with ecological improvement, a long-term time frame isapplicable <strong>for</strong> program goals (DEH 2004a; DWLBC 2006). The recovery plan has two goalsto be achieved over the next 30 years (by 2037). Thirty years is considered the timeframeneeded to succeed in the following goals:Goal 1Goal 2Recover <strong>threatened</strong> plant species critical habitat on Eyre Peninsula.Recover <strong>threatened</strong> plant species populations on Eyre Peninsula.This plan has a lifespan of 5 years, at which point it will require review. The plan will need tobe reviewed and modified every 5 years, dependant upon progress. Subsequent plans willensure continual progress against the long-term goals. Success will be determined bywhether species are either down-listed or stabilised. Improvement of species criticalhabitat, ecosystem function, and areas containing state or regionally Rare species and<strong>threatened</strong> plant communities, are implied in the delivery of Goal One.28 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

4.3 ObjectivesThe plan has five objectives used to define areas of work required to achieve the goals.These objectives include:Objective 1Objective 2Objective 3Objective 4Objective 5Obtain baseline in<strong>for</strong>mation, including critical and potential habitat, <strong>for</strong>each <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species.Increase understanding, appreciation and involvement in <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>recovery ef<strong>for</strong>ts.Manage immediate threats and improve <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> critical habitat.Conduct research critical to management by addressing knowledgedeficiencies in <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> biology and ecology (including threatidentification).Monitor <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> populations and evaluate the success ofrecovery actions.4.4 ActionsActions define the recovery tasks. Public involvement at this level is crucial to the successof the recovery progress. This plan has five sets of actions that correspond directly to thefive objectives:Actions 1a – 1d (Box 1)Actions 2a – 2c (Box 2)Actions 3a – 3f (Box 3)Actions 4a – 4h (Box 4)Actions 5a – 5c (Box 5)Actions 1a – 1d: Obtain baseline in<strong>for</strong>mationIt is important to have a good baseline understanding of the region’s <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>, sothat we know what we are starting with. For the species covered by this plan, over 900records span Eyre Peninsula, so there are many sites that require verification or minimumdataset in<strong>for</strong>mation. Inaccuracies and limitations in the current <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation exist, <strong>for</strong> example, variances in location details, population size and structurein<strong>for</strong>mation, area of occupancy and extent of occurrence. Actions 1a – 1d aim to rectifybaseline in<strong>for</strong>mation inaccuracies, help <strong>for</strong>mally define critical habitat, and enable reviewagainst IUCN criteria.Box 1. Actions linked with Objective 1: Obtain baseline in<strong>for</strong>mation1a1b1c1dRe-survey known <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> sites recording minimum dataset in<strong>for</strong>mationcollection/records.Determine landscape attributes (including slope, aspect, soils, geology,altitude, vegetation, fire history, and surrounding land use) associated withpriority species using Geographic In<strong>for</strong>mation Systems (GIS).Map critical and potential <strong>threatened</strong> plant habitat and ground truth thisin<strong>for</strong>mation.Conduct targeted surveys <strong>for</strong> new populations.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 29

Actions 2a – 2c: Increase understanding, appreciation and involvementSuccessful <strong>threatened</strong> species recovery relies on the involvement of the local community.Actions 2a – 2c outline how the community might be involved. The ability to coordinatecommunity involvement through activities such as organising and supporting volunteers,fostering in-kind support, and managing monetary investment is a key action <strong>for</strong> therecovery program.Box 2. Actions linked with Objective 2: Increase understanding, appreciation and involvement2a2b2cMaintain ability to coordinate and implement recovery program and supportcommunity involvement (including the ability to apply <strong>for</strong> and manage externalfunds).Implement a Communication Strategy to support and encourage themanagement of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species.Support volunteer involvement in implementation of recovery actions.Actions 3a – 3f: Manage threats and improve habitatTo decrease the risk of extinction, the recovery team will focus on prevention, reductionand management of <strong>for</strong>eseeable threats. Salinity, changes in hydrology, weed invasion,grazing pressure, Phytophthora and land clearance are examples of threats that affectthe short-term survival of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>. Habitat improvement may include actions suchas buffer plantings, ecological burning, reinstatement of associated vegetationcommunities, and plant translocations. Actions 3a – 3f aim to manage immediate threatsto <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> and improve quality of habitat. These actions are not comprehensive;however, they provide a good starting point to address some of the most obvious issues.Box 3. Actions linked with Objective 3: Manage threats and improve habitat3a3b3c3d3e3fDetermine direct and potential threats to each sub-population.Reduce weed competition within <strong>threatened</strong> plant species critical habitat.Reduce grazing damage to <strong>threatened</strong> plants and critical habitat.Contain and prevent Phytophthora sp. infestations.Increase off reserve protection.Increase probability <strong>for</strong> species to adapt to change.Actions 4a – 4h: Conduct research critical to managementResearch that is critical to the management of a species should not be isolated from therecovery program. There are substantial knowledge gaps in our understanding of thebiology and ecology of <strong>threatened</strong> species. There are many unanswered questions aboutpollination processes, viable population size, plant genetics, germination triggers,disturbance requirements and plant life cycle bottlenecks. Such critical research is clearlyidentified within actions 4a – 4h.30 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Box 4. Actions linking with Objective 4: Conduct research critical to management4a4b4c4d4e4f4g4hSecure funding <strong>for</strong> students (Honours and/or Post Graduate level) or localcommunity members to conduct research into Eyre Peninsula <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies.Address basic deficiencies in knowledge of plant biology.Investigate the role of fire and disturbance on <strong>threatened</strong> plant life cycles.Investigate competition and grazing impact on <strong>threatened</strong> plants.Investigate genetic relationships within and/or between populations.Determine the extent to which neighbouring land-uses indirectly affect<strong>threatened</strong> plant populations.Research the implications of changing climatic conditions on <strong>threatened</strong> plantpopulations.Conduct Population Viability Assessments <strong>for</strong> priority 1 <strong>threatened</strong> plant speciesrecovery (closely linked to action 5c).Actions 5a – 5c: Monitor populations and evaluate success of recovery actionsActions 5a – 5c outline the checking mechanisms that will be used to ensure that work iseffective, and that recovery objectives and goals have been achieved.Box 5. Actions linking with Objective 5: Monitor populations and evaluate success of recovery actions5a5b5cEstablish monitoring protocol and schedules <strong>for</strong> each <strong>threatened</strong> plant species.Evaluate recovery actions against per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria and schedule.Review and update <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> every five years.4.5 Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaThe above mentioned actions may consist of numerous components. To deal with thesecomplexities, all actions have been broken down into per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria. Per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria are designed to ensure that the progress of the plan can be effectivelybenchmarked against timelines, and that planners can see the progress of certaincomponents of an action. For example, the action may be ‘Reduce weed competitionwithin <strong>threatened</strong> plant species critical habitat’; however, there may be threeper<strong>for</strong>mance criteria such as:• Reduction in abundance and density of high risk weeds, within 80% of Focus WorkArea 1 by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011.• Reduction in abundance and density of medium risk weeds, within 50 m of Priority 1species populations by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011.• Reduction in abundance and density of high risk weeds, within 50% of Focus WorkAreas 2 and 3 by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011.This plan has 92 per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria, linked to specific objectives and actions:Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria 1a.1 – 1d.3 (Box 6)Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria 2a.1 – 2c.3 (Box 7)Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria 3a.1 – 3f.8 (Box 8)Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria 4a.1 – 4h.2 (Box 9)Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria 5a.1 – 5c.2 (Box 10)These criteria have been spilt into Core, Tier 1 and Tier 2 categories, which relate toavailable budget. Associated recovery plan costs and budget are explained in detail inSection 31. Importantly, Core per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria are the very minimum criteria to becompleted in striving to meet the recovery goals.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 31

Box 6. Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria linked to Objective 1 and Actions 1a–1d: Obtain baseline in<strong>for</strong>mation1a.1 Surveys conducted and minimum dataset* in<strong>for</strong>mation collected <strong>for</strong> 90% of Priority 1 species subpopulationsby 31 st December 2012. [CORE]1a.2 Surveys conducted and minimum dataset* in<strong>for</strong>mation collected <strong>for</strong> 70% of Priority 2 species subpopulationsby 31 st December 2012. [TIER 2]1a.3 Surveys conducted and minimum dataset* in<strong>for</strong>mation collected <strong>for</strong> 50% of Priority 3 species subpopulationsby 31 st December 2012. [TIER 3]1b.1 All minimum dataset in<strong>for</strong>mation analysed via GIS to determine patterns in variables such aslandscape, associated vegetation, fire history, and surrounding land use <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species by30 th September 2008 (links to 1c.2). [CORE]1c.1 Critical habitat identified and mapped <strong>for</strong> all <strong>threatened</strong> plant species within this plan by 31 stMarch 2008. [CORE]1c.2 Refined potential habitat identified and mapped <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species by 30 th September 2008 (linksto 1b.1). [CORE]1c.3 Broad potential habitat identified and mapped <strong>for</strong> Priority 2 and 3 species by 30 th June 2010.[TIER 2]1c.4 Critical habitat mapping ground truthed <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species by 31 st December 2010 (links with1a.1). [CORE]1c.5 Existing and potential corridors <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species populations identified by 31 st March 2011.[CORE]1d.1 Active searches conducted <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species in potential habitat completed by 31 st December2010 (links with 1c.2). [CORE]1d.2 Opportunistic searches conducted <strong>for</strong> suspected fire and disturbance dependant species(Appendix I) in properties within most recently burnt habitat (ongoing-opportunistic). [TIER 2]1d.3 100% of plant samples collected from potential new populations verified by State Herbarium staffand voucher specimens stored in State Herbarium by 29 th March 2013 ^. [CORE]* Minimum dataset consists of Biological Database of South Australia (BDBSA) minimum datasetrequirements and recovery minimum dataset (Appendix G).Box 7. Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria linked to Objective 2 and Actions 2a – 2c: Increase understanding,appreciation and involvement2a.1 At least 1x FTE maintained to co-ordinate the recovery program <strong>for</strong> the duration of the plan.[CORE]2a.2 Funds sought, and where successful, managed <strong>for</strong> the delivery of the recovery actions (ongoing).[CORE]2a.3 Adequate resources (i.e. $ 767 250 <strong>for</strong> Core) secured to conduct recovery actions <strong>for</strong> the durationof the plan (ongoing). [CORE]2a.4 <strong>Recovery</strong> Team <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> on Eyre Peninsula established and functioning, as per Terms ofReference (Appendix H), by 31 st December 2007 (links to 2c.1). [CORE]2a.5 Log of volunteer hours, land holder in-kind contributions and technical support hours maintained(ongoing) ^. [CORE]2a.6 Support staff engaged to assist with fieldwork, logistics and volunteer training and support whereappropriate (ongoing). [TIER 2]2b.1 Communication strategy developed <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> plant in<strong>for</strong>mation (based on Russell, Mercer &Watt 2004) by 31 st March 2008. [CORE]2b.2 Monitoring techniques, research results and data shared with state, interstate and internationalnature conservation agencies on an as needs basis and particularly <strong>for</strong> SA Government planningand EPBC Act 1999 referral purposes (links to 2b.1). [CORE]2b.3 Timely, accurate and easy to understand updates readily accessible to stakeholders throughtargeted media outlets, outlined in the <strong>threatened</strong> plant communication strategy (ongoing) (linksto 2b.1). [CORE]2c.1 One <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> volunteer group on Eyre Peninsula <strong>for</strong>malised by 31 st Dec 2007 (links to 2b.1).[CORE]2c.2 At least one annual meeting <strong>for</strong>/with <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> volunteers hosted <strong>for</strong> the duration of therecovery plan (periodically throughout year) (links to 2b.1). [CORE]2c.3 Yearly training provided to <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> volunteers on a needs basis (periodically throughoutyear) (links to 2b.1 and 2c.2). [CORE]32 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Box 8. Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria linked to Objective 3 and Actions 3a – 3f: Manage threats and improve habitat3a.1 Compile and review current and potential threats affecting Priority 1 and 2 species sub-populationin local threat assessment database by 31 st March 2011. [CORE]3a.2 Prioritise current and potential threats, based on level of risk, at all Priority 1 species sub-populationsby 31 st March 2011 under the following headings: Weeds (identify high, medium and low riskweeds), Grazing, Pest and disease, Critical habitat issue (i.e. fire regime, salinity, disturbance,corridors, surrounding land use). [CORE]3a.3 Prioritise current and potential threats, based on level of risk, at 50% Priority 2 subpopulations/populationby 31 st March 2011 (using the headings as in 3a.2). [TIER 2]3a.4 Prioritise all weed and grazing control required within Focus Work Areas 1, 2 and 3 in consultationwith Eyre Peninsula Natural Resources Management Officers by June 2008, June 2009, June 2010and June 2011 (links to 2c.1). [CORE]3b.1 Reduction in abundance and density of high risk weeds, within 80% of Focus Work Area 1 by 31 stDecember 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011. [CORE]3b.2 Reduction in abundance and density of medium risk weeds, within 50 m of Priority 1 speciespopulations by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011 # . [CORE]3b.3 Reduction in abundance and density of high risk weeds, within 50% of Focus Work Area 2 and 3 by31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011. [TIER 2]3c.1 Determine cause of grazing damage (native, livestock, feral animal or combination) to grazingprone or suspected grazing damaged species by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 thDecember 2011. [CORE]3c.2 Implement most appropriate control method to prevent severe grazing to Priority 1 and 2 species(ongoing). [TIERS 2 & 3]3d.1 Complete soil tests at all suspected Phytophthora spp. infestations within 5 km of Priority 1 speciessub-populations by 30 th September 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. [CORE]3d.2 In collaboration with DEH and NRM staff, distribute updated Phytophthora spp. infestationin<strong>for</strong>mation to relevant <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> stakeholders by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010, 30 thDecember 2011 and 31 st December 2012 (links to 2b.1 and 2c.1). [CORE]3d.3 Use DEH Phytophthora spp. hygiene practices in implementing all on-ground recovery actions(ongoing and links with 3c.2). [CORE]3e.1 Establish Significant Roadside Marker System(s) within a minimum of two Eyre Peninsula DistrictCouncils by 29 th June 2012. [TIERS 2 & 3]3e.2 Railway Marker System maintained and improved (ongoing, links with 2b.1). [TIER 2]3e.3 Actively provide land holders with <strong>threatened</strong> plant species in<strong>for</strong>mation, grants/funding andin<strong>for</strong>mation on all varieties of land conservation agreements (ongoing). [ CORE]3e.4 Negotiate Heritage Agreements or conservation covenants based on critical habitat, potentialhabitat and/or translocation plans (ongoing). [TIER 2]3f.1 Complete soil sampling at <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species sub-populations suspected of being, orbecoming, affected by salinity or acidification by 30 th September 2011. [TIER 2]3f.2 Determine need and type of strategic vegetation buffers required to maintain Priority 1 speciescritical habitat and plant/population condition by 31 st March 2009 and 2010 (links with 1c.4).[CORE]Examples of strategic vegetation buffering activities include: address severe fragmentation/increase available habitat control dryland salinity enhance existing corridors arrest erosion/prevent top-soil loss/improve condition of soil biota address lack of pollinator food or shelter source reinstate vegetation communities (allowing <strong>for</strong> species succession).3f.3 Implement salinity abatement specifically <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> species critical habitat, in consultationwith relevant agencies and in context with catchment salinity control projects by 31 st December2012. [TIERS 2 & 3]3f.4 Implement abatement/strategic vegetation buffers <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> species critical habitat (asdetermined in 3f.2) in consultation with relevant agencies and in context with regional NaturalResource Management plan (ongoing). [TIERS 2 & 3]3f.5 Enhance connectivity between Priority 3 species sub-populations within the East meets Westcorridor (ongoing). [TIER 3]<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 33

3f.6 Determine feasibility of translocation <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species, in accordance with the ‘Guidelines <strong>for</strong>the translocation of <strong>threatened</strong> plants in Australia’ by 31 st December 2008 (Vallee et al. 2004).[TIER 2]3f.7 Undertake translocation of Priority 1 species, after checks from Vallee et al. (2004) by 30 thSeptember 2011. [TIER 2]Note: Highly recommended to complete recovery action 1b first at minimum, and with actions 4b,4c and 4h if resources are available. Some species have known special translocationrequirements. These are described in the species sections of this plan.3f.8 Collect and store seed from priority <strong>threatened</strong> plant species in collaboration with Millennium SeedBank & State Herbarium of SA (ongoing). [CORE]Note: Includes initiating collection, collection of wider genetic stock, periodic recollection toreplenish seed bank after viability testing, seed <strong>for</strong> planned translocation projects or educationalpurposes.Box 9. Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria linked to Objective 4 and Actions 4a – 4h: Conduct research critical tomanagement4a.1 One honours student per year (minimum) funded to work on critical management researchrecovery actions (ongoing). [CORE]4a.2 One list of plant knowledge deficiencies and management critical research questions suppliedto DEH research hub by March 2008, June 2010 and June 2012. [CORE]4b.1 Break downs in Priority 1 species life cycle identified by 31 st December 2012 ^. [CORE]4b.2 Break downs in Priority 2 species life cycle identified by 31 st December 2012 ^. [TIER 2]4b.3 Break downs in Priority 3 species life cycle identified by 31 st December 2012 ^. [TIER 3]4b.4 Pollinators and pollination vector(s) <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species determined by 31 st December 2012 ^.[TIER 2]4b.5 Germination trigger(s) and recruitment patterns determined <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species by 31 stDecember 2012 ^. [TIER 2]4b.6 Average longevity <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species determined (observed or estimated) by 31 st December2012 ^. [TIER 3]4b.7 Sub-population soil classification and pH level identified <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 and 2 species by 30 thDecember 2011. [CORE]4b.8 Symbiotic mycorrhiza determined <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 <strong>threatened</strong> orchid species by 31 st December 2012^. [TIER 3 ]4c.1 One literature review of fire ecology and disturbance in<strong>for</strong>mation <strong>for</strong> suspected fire anddisturbance dependant plant species (Appendix I) completed, in consultation with DEH FireManagement Unit and experts in botanical disturbance requirements, by 31 st December 2009.[TIER 2]4c.2 Determine need <strong>for</strong> prescribed burn and identify which areas or sub-populations require burningby 31 st December 2009 (i.e. state of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> sub-population, extent of communitysenescence and fire sensitive fauna) (done in conjunction with recovery actions 1a.1, 1a.2, 1a.3and 1c.4). # [CORE]4c.3 Two prescribed burn experiment designs completed (hypotheses, pre and post burn monitoring)in consultation with DEH Fire Management Unit and South Australian Country Fire Service by 31 stDecember 2010. # [TIER 2]4c.4 Two prescribed burns conducted <strong>for</strong> fire dependent <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species recovery byDecember 2012 ^. [TIER 2]4c.5 Two disturbance requirement experiments designed (hypotheses, pre and post disturbancemonitoring) in consultation with experts in botanical disturbance requirements by 31 st December2010. [TIER 3]4c.6 Two disturbance requirements trials conducted <strong>for</strong> disturbance dependent <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>species by 29 th June 2012 ^. [TIER 3]4d.1 Two canopy-cover trials conducted <strong>for</strong> suspected disturbance dependant <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies by 29 th June 2012 (links with 3b and 4c) ^. [TIER 2]4d.2 Two grazing pressure exclosures trials determining herbivore(s) responsible, extent, timing andseverity of grazing pressure and the long-term and short-term survival impacts by 29 th June 2012.[CORE]4e.1 Genetics relationship within and between sub-populations determined <strong>for</strong> Whibley Wattle, ResinWattle and Chalky Wattle by 29th June 2012 (apply findings 3f.6 and 3f.7 criteria). [TIER 2]34 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

4e.2 Determine genetic relationship between remaining Priority 1 species sub-populations by 31 stDecember 2012 (apply findings 3f.6 and 3f.7 criteria). [TIER 3]4f.1 Determine if chemical drift is having a detrimental effect on <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>populations, critical habitat, pollinators and/or soil biota by 31 st December 2011. [TIER 3]4f.2 Investigate if changes in hydrology (e.g. soil moisture, salinity) are influencing critical habitatdegradation or <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> decline by 31 st December 2012. [TIER 3]4g.1 Model impact of climatic change on Priority 1 species critical habitat by 31 st December 2010(apply findings 3f.6 and 3f.7 criteria). [TIER 3]4g.2 Research potential impact of climate variation on Priority 1 species reproduction by 31 stDecember 2012. [TIER 3]4h.1 Minimum viable population calculated <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> by 31 st December 2010(links to IUCN projected decline or increase in species criteria) (links to 4h). [CORE]4h.2 Minimum viable population calculated <strong>for</strong> Priority 2 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> by 30 th March 2012 (links toIUCN projected decline or increase in species criteria) (links to 4h). [TIER 2]Box 10. Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria linked to Objective 5 and Actions 5a – 5c: Monitor populations and evaluatesuccess of recovery actions5a.1 Establish list of Key Monitoring Sites <strong>for</strong> all <strong>threatened</strong> plant species finalised by March 2010. **[CORE]5a.2 Upgrade electronic local <strong>threatened</strong> plant monitoring and threat assessment database by 31 stMarch 2008. [CORE]5a.3 Twice yearly (during second and fourth quarters) storing and archiving of raw monitoring dataand management critical research reports (e.g. ecological burn monitoring data/final report),including update of data into local monitoring database and DEH Biological Databases ofSouth Australia (linked with 2f.1). [CORE]5a.4 Priority 1 species Key Monitoring Sites monitored annually to meet all minimum dataset criteria(Appendix G) with particular attention to changes in current and potential threat by 31 stDecember 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011. [CORE]5a.5 Priority 2 species Key Monitoring Sites monitored biannually to meet all minimum dataset criteria(Appendix G) with particular attention to changes in current and potential threat by 31 stDecember 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011. [TIER 2]5a.6 Priority 3 species Key Monitoring Sites monitored biannually to meet all minimum dataset criteria(Appendix G) with particular attention to changes in current and potential threat by 30 thDecember 2011. [TIER 3]5a.7 Life class structure at Priority 1 species Key Monitoring Sites re-surveyed once every five years(^ 1a). [CORE]5a.8 All translocated populations monitored biannually. [CORE]5a.9 Prescribed burn monitoring data analysis and recommendations reported by 31 st December2012 (links to 4c.3). [TIER 2]5a.10 Herbivore exclosures trials monitored annually (linked to 4d.3). [CORE]5a.11 Weed control effectiveness in Focus Work Areas investigated seasonally <strong>for</strong> the duration of theplan ^ (links with 3b). [CORE]5a.12 Herbivore density monitored, on needs basis, conducted within Chalky Wattle critical habitat.[TIER 2]5a.13 Incorporate recommended actions to manage, prevent or eliminate impacts from surroundingland-use on critical habitat by 31 st December 2012. [TIER 3]5b.1 <strong>Recovery</strong> action progress check against per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria/schedule and IUCN criteriacompleted in the third year of project implementation by 30 th June 2010. [CORE]5b.2 Amend recovery actions and per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria to incorporate results from managementcritical research by 30 th June 2010 (or be<strong>for</strong>e if research determined necessary). [CORE]5b.3 Final recovery action check against per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria and IUCN criteria completed inpreparation <strong>for</strong> 5c.1 by 31 st December 2012. [CORE]5c.1 Re-evaluation of recovery plan: full re-assessment of the status of nationally <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies on Eyre Peninsula completed by 31 st December 2012. [CORE]5c.2 Review second stage of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery program by June 2013. [CORE]<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 35

Key* = Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria linked to a list** = Key Monitoring Sites may be based on, but are not limited to: Largest sub-population population,Most outlying sub-population, Most genetically different sub-population, Oldest or youngest ageclass structured sub-population(s), Site with overlapping Priority 1, 2 or 3 species.^ = Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria has direct reporting criteria# = Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria is linked to management critical research[CORE] = Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria is the bare minimum and must be completed as standard <strong>for</strong> otherper<strong>for</strong>mance criteria to follow (Standard project).[TIER 2] = Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria able to start with Tier 2 level of funding (Table 31.1).[TIER 3] = Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria able to start with Tier 3 level of funding and the only level that coversall <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species within this plan (Table 31.1).36 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

5 Introduction to species’ descriptionsWhile this recovery plan has a regional focus, it is important that treatments of individualspecies be included in order to identify recovery priorities at a species level. Prioritisedrecovery of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> at a regional level is outlined in Section 30 ‘Prioritisation ofFocus Work Areas’ and Section 31 ‘Five year timetable and associated costs’.The regional conservation status <strong>for</strong> each species has been reassessed using IUCN criteria,including current estimates of the number of individuals/populations. It is important to notethat a global assessment of species status is required to correctly conduct IUCNassessments.To maximise outcomes <strong>for</strong> the majority of species, this plan is strategic and species areprioritised. Nevertheless, the plan is flexible and enthusiasts of certain plant species will findample in<strong>for</strong>mation on immediate threats and recovery actions required <strong>for</strong> eachindividual species. The flexibility of the plan allows proactive individuals and communitiesto register as volunteers and work on species specific to their region or interest.Sections 6 to 28 provide a brief summary of each <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species’ conservationstatus, distribution, habitat critical to survival, biology and ecology, previous managementactions, threats to the species, recovery actions and references. Within these sections thethreats to species have been analysed using a risk matrix (Table 5.1), giving readers anunderstanding of which threat is most concerning at an individual species level. Thenumber of threats can otherwise seem overwhelming and confusing. Threats to speciesare complex and some major threats (e.g. habitat loss) are realistically often acombination of a number of lesser threats.Table 5.1. Risk matrix table used throughout plan to analyse threat severity to individual speciesRisk AnalysisInsignificant1Minor2ConsequencesModerate3Major4Catastrophic5LikelihoodAlmost Certain5Likely4Possible3Unlikely2Rare1High High Extreme Extreme ExtremeModerate High High Extreme ExtremeLow Moderate High Extreme ExtremeLow Low Moderate High ExtremeLow Low Moderate High HighRisk is the exposure to the possibility of events that will have an impact on the survival of<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species. In the traditional sense, risk assessment and management isdone to establish what an acceptable risk is. In this plan however, the risk assessmentsimply gives the reader a perspective of the threats that will result in the worstconsequences.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 37

Allocating the appropriate categories <strong>for</strong> Likelihood is relatively straight<strong>for</strong>ward. Thefollowing key has been used to assess categories <strong>for</strong> Consequences:Insignificant:Minor:Moderate:Major:A threat that would result in a consequence that could be consideredpart of the species’ natural cycle and/or affecting less than 10% of thepopulation on Eyre Peninsula.A threat affecting less than 50% of sub-populations and expected tostabilise or decrease without intervention of recovery actions.a. A threat affecting more than 50% of sub-populations and expected tostabilise or decrease with intervention of recovery actions.b. A threat that is thought to be likely, but which remains unchecked.a. A threat affecting more than 50% of sub-populations and expected toincrease in severity over time, and which is not easily treatable throughrecovery actions.b. Localised extinction of a <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species on Eyre Peninsulawithin 5 years.Catastrophic: Foreseeable in situ extinction of a <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species on EyrePeninsula within 5 years.38 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

6 Chalky Wattle Acacia cretacea Maslin and Whibley6.1 StatusWhen assessing Chalky Wattle vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN 2001), this speciescould be considered Critically Endangered (Table 6.1). This is important given that thisspecies only occurs on Eyre Peninsula. Chalky Wattle is however recognised asEndangered at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 6.1).Table 6.1. Chalky Wattle vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Endangered Endangered EndangeredExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 6Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.33Sub-populations 12Estimated # of individuals 1270Endemic to Eyre PeninsulaIUCN CriteriaJustificationCR B1 Extent of occurrence estimated to be less than 100 km 2CR B1aSeverely fragmented or known to exist at no more than 10 locationsCR B1a 2 Area of occupancy estimated to be less than 10 km 2CR B1a 2aCR B1a 2a,b(i)CR B1a 2a,b(i)(iii)Severely fragmented or known to exist at only a single locationContinued decline, observed, inferred or projected, in extent ofoccurrenceContinued decline, observed, inferred or projected, in area, extent orquality of habitat6.2 DistributionChalky Wattle is endemic to north-eastern Eyre Peninsula, South Australia. The species hasa very small area of occupancy and highly restricted extent of occurrence (Figure 6.1;Table 6.1). All plants are located in 12 remnant patches of vegetation, scattered alongsand ridges in agricultural land and along an unsealed access track in roadsidevegetation (Jusaitis et al. 2000). A total population count of 1274 individuals was recordedin the most recent 1999 survey (Jusaitis et al. 2000).Chalky Wattle grows within the District Council of Franklin Harbour, approximately 30 kmnorth-west of Cowell (Jusaitis et al. 2000; Figure 6.1).6.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Chalky Wattle is considered to be habitat that is critical to its survival.It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeChalky Wattle grows in deep red sand, through gently undulating country with low sandridges, in an area approximately 170 m above sea level (DEH-EGIS 2006). It is currentlyconfined to vegetated sand ridges (Jusaitis et al. 2000).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 39

Note: Chalky Wattle details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 6.1. Distribution of Chalky Wattle on Eyre Peninsula40 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Vegetation associationsChalky Wattle grows in association with Ridge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptus incrassata),Broombush (Melaleuca uncinata), Spinifex (Triodia irritans), Gorse Bitter-pea (Daviesiaulicifolia) and Silvery Phebalium (Phebalium bullatum) (Jusaitis et al. 2000).The broad description <strong>for</strong> the vegetation association corresponding with Chalky Wattle isEucalyptus mallee <strong>for</strong>est and mallee woodland (DEH-EGIS 2006). Dominant speciesinclude Ridge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptus incrassata) mid mallee woodland, overBroombush (Melaleuca uncinata) tall shrubland and Ribbed Thryptomene (Thryptomenemicrantha) (mixed) low open shrubland and low open hummock grassland (DEH-EGIS2006). The species also survives near saline areas with Halosarcia species (samphire) lowsparse shrubland over Round-leaf Pigface (Disphyma crassifolium ssp. clavellatum) and<strong>for</strong>bs (DEH-EGIS 2006).ClimateChalky Wattle inhabits an area that receives an average rainfall of around 300 mm peryear (DEH-EGIS 2006). Mean annual rainfall at the nearby township of Cowell is 279.9 mm(BOM 2007). The nearest recorded mean annual maximum and minimum temperaturesare 23.7 °C and 10.4 °C respectively, recorded at Kimba (55 km to the north-west of thepopulation).Known populations within reservesChalky Wattle is not currently conserved within the South Australian reserve system.Heritage Agreement 1329 (6.5 hectares) protects one of the Chalky Wattle subpopulations.Heritage Agreements to the north-west and south of the known populationhave similar habitat and may be investigated in the future.Benefits to other speciesSpecies surviving in a highly fragmented landscape are expected to benefit from theconservation of Chalky Wattle. Heritage Agreements to the north-west and south of theChalky Wattle populations would be completely isolated if not <strong>for</strong> remnant vegetationcurrently growing on sand ridges and roadsides. These narrow vegetation corridors arethought to benefit and facilitate native fauna movement, and this is currently beingresearched by Flinders University (Driscoll & Halliday 2007). Malleefowl (Leipoa ocellata 1 )inhabit this landscape and are also thought to benefit from the conservation of corridors.Chalky Wattle plays an important role in soil conservation. As a member of theLeguminoseae family, the species uses symbiotic soil bacteria (Rhizobia spp.) to fixnitrogen (CILR 2007). Nitrate or ammonium produced in this process benefits the wholesystem, plants and animals through the flow-on of the nitrogen cycle. Retention andenhancement of sandy ridge vegetation is expected to stabilise and minimise sand blowswithin marginal cropping land.1 Malleefowl (Leipoa ocellata) is listed as nationally Vulnerable under the Environment Protection andBiodiversity Conservation Act 1999<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 41

6.4 Biology and ecologyChalky Wattle is a perennial, usually single-stemmed tree, growing 3.5 to 4 metres tall. Thetrees have a straggly appearance, comprising an open crown, slender trunk and distinctchalky-white coloured branchlets (Maslin & Whibley 1987; Jusaitis et al. 2000).Flowering occurs from July to January (Whibley & Symon 1992). Flowers look typically‘wattle-like’, lemon-yellow to golden-yellow in colour, with round flower heads on 4-11 mmlong stalks.Pollination is unconfirmed; however, the plant is likely to be insect pollinated similar toother Acacia species (M Jusaitis [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.).Seed pods develop between July and October (Whibley & Symon 1992); however, seeddispersal has not been studied in-depth. Seeds are 5-7 mm, have a black seed coat anda yellow aril (Whibley & Symon 1992).Germination is rainfall and fire dependent. Higher than average annual rainfall hascorresponded with above average Chalky Wattle growth (Jusaitis et al. 2000). Growthand flowering is spasmodic and seasonal, appearing to be more prolific after a wet springseason (Jusaitis et al. 2000). An example of this was the 2004/2005 season, when ChalkyWattle failed to produce any seed after the drought in winter 2004 (S Bey [GreeningAustralia] & K Pobke [DEH] 2005, pers. comm.).Chalky Wattles are also known to sucker from the base and along near-surface roots,particularly after fire (Maslin & Whibley 1987; Jusaitis et al. 2000). Preliminary researchresults show evidence that Chalky Wattle is highly dependent on fire to triggergermination, and in fact no natural germination has been recorded in the absence of fire(M Jusaitis [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.). Disturbance is also assumed to trigger germination,but this remains to be tested.Grazing pressureGrazing exclusion trials were established by M Jusaitis and A Freebairn in 2002 (Section 6,Hundred of Glynn) to study the impact of grazing pressure on Chalky Wattle. These trialscontinue to be monitored. Grazing of Chalky Wattle outside the fenced trials was severe,particularly during early stages of regeneration. Flowering and fruiting of grazed ChalkyWattles was delayed when compared with wattles in ungrazed areas (M Jusaitis [DEH]2006, pers. comm.).Related speciesChalky Wattle is considered to be closely related to seven species (Maslin & Whibley 1987;Whibley & Symon 1992) that also grow on Eyre Peninsula. These species include:• Angled Wattle (Acacia anceps)• Alcock’s Wattle (A. alcockii)• Wallowa (A. calamifolia)• Gill’s Wattle (A. gillii)• Coast Golden Wattle (A. leiophylla)• Coast Wallowa (A. nematophylla)• Notable Wattle (A. notabilis).42 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

6.5 Previous management actionsTable 6.2. Previous management actions to conserve Chalky WattlePrevious management actions1990-94 Seed collected by Manfred Jusaitis (Senior Biologist, Science and Conservation, DEH) on tensampling occasions. Stored at the Seed Conservation Centre, Adelaide.1991 <strong>Recovery</strong> plan written by Manfred Jusaitis.1995 Phenology of Chalky Wattle <strong>flora</strong>l development studied (Jusaitis et al. 2000).1996 Stock-proof fence erected to enclose the largest natural population in Section 6, Hundredof Glynn. A smaller rabbit-proof enclosure was erected inside this fence (Jusaitis et al. 2000).1999 Annie Bond (<strong>for</strong>mer Threatened Flora Ecologist, DEH) surveyed three private propertieswithin the Hundred of Glynn and recorded 1274 Chalky wattles.2002 Fuel and vegetation assessments <strong>for</strong> Chalky Wattle burn trial conducted by AnthonyFreebairn (<strong>for</strong>mer Threatened Flora Officer, DEH) and Amanda Slipper (Fire ManagementSection, DEH).2002 Prescribed ecological burn trial <strong>for</strong> Chalky Wattle conducted on private property, Section 6,Hundred of Glynn, with the assistance of Mangalo and Salt Creek Country Fire Service.Approximately 2 hectares burnt.2002 Twenty-three kilometres of fencing erected on Section 14, Hundred of Glynn in preparation<strong>for</strong> the post-fire grazing and grazing exclusion study.2003 Kangaroo density surveys undertaken in Chalky Wattle habitat coordinated by A Freebairn,A Bond, and C Arnold (Wildlife Technical Officer, DEH). The results were analysed andcompiled by C Arnold and L Farroway (Ecologist Kangaroo Management, DEH) (DEHRecfind file 40/1495). The dataset from the 11 transects (walked) was considered insufficientto generate a reliable model fit. Results were 46 Western Grey Kangaroos and four Eurosrecorded from 118.6 km of transects (3.94 macropods per km 2 ).2003 Chalky Wattle tube stock planted in Heritage Agreement 1329 by Green Corps team(supervisor Ben White).2004 One hundred Chalky Wattle seedlings planted near Ungarra (on roadside at northern endof Wilkins Lane). Organised by Andrew Freeman (Bush Management Advisor, EPNRMB) and2004 Green Corps team.Note: Records of previous management actions are kept in DEH Recfind file 40/1495.6.6 Threats to Chalky Wattle and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Chalky Wattle conservation status from Endangeredto Vulnerable, and continue to recover Chalky Wattle critical habitat on Eyre Peninsula.However, the immediate short-term goal is to stabilise Chalky Wattle conservation statusat Endangered.Chalky Wattle has been ranked as a Priority 1 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that may respond well to fire (Appendix I). This species may be atconsiderable risk from climate change based on its limited extent of occurrence andhabitat limitations. The survivorship of translocated Chalky Wattles has already shown linkswith above average rainfall in 1992, and rapid soil moisture depletion during summer 1996(Jusaitis 2005).Table 6.3 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to ChalkyWattle recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 43

Table 6.3. Key threats to Chalky Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Habitat insufficient <strong>for</strong> long-term viability (Jusaitis et al. 2000)Likelihood: Likely habitat degradationConsequence: Eventual local extinction = MajorHabitat consists of narrow remnant mallee strips, surrounded by agricultural land along sand ridgesand roadsides.RiskExtremeDirect threat: Restricted distribution/isolated populationsRisk: Localised extinction (Jusaitis et al. 2000)Likelihood: PossibleConsequence: Extinction of species = MajorSmall extent of occurrence (approximately 6 km 2 ) and area of occupancy (approximately0.33 km 2 ). Only one known population.ExtremeDirect threat: Small population/lack of recruitmentRisk: Decreased resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: Possible (requires further research)Consequence: Loss of genetic diversity which undermines recovery ef<strong>for</strong>ts and currently norecruitment without recovery actions of prescribed burning = MajorSmall population size (approximately 1274 individuals) may result in low genetic variability, e.g.reduced seed viability and plant vigour from interbreeding. Chalky Wattle is known to produce lowseed yields, even in good seasons (S Bey [Greening Australia] 2007, pers. comm.).ExtremeDirect threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of plants or plant health from grazingLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: Lower plant heights, less flowering/seed set, nil seedlings recruited = MajorKangaroos graze young growth, and grazing wains as plants become less palatable. Sheepcontinued to graze mature Chalky Wattle foliage (Jusaitis et al. 2000).ExtremeKnowledge gap: Inappropriate fire regimesRisk: Fire frequency/intensity (either not enough or too much) may threaten Chalky WattlesurvivalLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: Minimal to no recruitment = ModerateExtremeDirect threat: Salinity/changes in hydrologyRisk: Dryland salinity potential to affect populationLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: 5-10% loss of population = ModerateRecent dead-standing Chalky Wattles suggest a salt scald may be expanding within the roadreserve.Direct threat: Roadside managementRisk: Road maintenance activities which degrade critical habitat/populationLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateApproximately 15% of the remnant Chalky Wattle population is located in roadside reserve.HighHighDirect threat: Pest and diseaseRisk: A reduced number of plants due to damage caused by pest and diseaseLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: InsignificantCollar rot and borers in old Chalky Wattles, Psyllids (Acizzia sp.) and caterpillar damage found onyoung growth (Jusaitis et al. 2000; M Jusaitis [DEH] 2007, pers. comm.).Low44 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation1a.11b.11c.11c.21c.41c.51d.11d.21d.3Objective 2Communityinvolvement2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.3Objective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitat3a.13a.23a.43b.13b.23c.23d.13d.23d.33e.13e.33e.43f.13f.23f.33f.43f.63f.73f.8Objective 4Research criticalto management4b.44b.64c.24c.54e.14f.24g.14g.24h.1Objective 5Monitoring andevaluation5a.45a.75a.85a.95a.105b.26.7 Main referencesJusaitis, M 1998, <strong>Recovery</strong> plan Acacia whibleyana, South Australian National Parks andWildlife Service, Black Hill Flora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M 1991, <strong>Recovery</strong> plans Prostanthera eurybiodes, Pterostylis arenicola, Acaciacretacea, Pultenaea trichophylla, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, Black HillFlora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M 2005, ‘Translocation trials confirm species factors affecting the establishment ofthree endangered plant species’, Journal of Ecological Management and Restoration,vol. 6, no. 1.Jusaitis, M, Bond, A, Smith, K, Sorensen, B & Polomka, L 2000, Acacia cretacea recoveryplan: Annual report, <strong>Plan</strong>t Biodiversity Centre, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage,South Australia.Jusaitis, M & Polomka, L in press, Weeds and founder propagules influence translocationsuccess in endangered Whibley Wattle, Acacia whibleyana (Leguminosae), unpublishedpaper, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1998, Conservation Biology of Acacia whibleyana, SouthAustralian National Parks and Wildlife Service, Black Hill Flora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 2007, ‘Successful augmentation of an Acacia whibleyana(Whibley Wattle) population by translocation’, Australian <strong>Plan</strong>t Conservation, Bulletin ofthe Australian Network <strong>for</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>t Conservation, vol. 16, no. 1.Vallee, L, Hogbin, T, Monks, L, Makinson, B, Matthes, M & Rossetto, M 2004, Guidelines <strong>for</strong>the translocation of <strong>threatened</strong> plants in Australia, Australian Network <strong>for</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>tConservation, Canberra.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 45

7 Jumping-jack Wattle Acacia enterocarpa RV Smith7.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Jumping-jack Wattle vital attributes against IUCN criteria(IUCN 2001), this species could be considered Endangered (Table 7.1). Jumping-jackWattle is recognised as Endangered at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 7.1).Table 7.1. Jumping-jack Wattle vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Endangered Endangered EndangeredExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 5700Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.065Sub-populations 18Estimated # of individuals 786EN CIUCN CriteriaJustificationPopulation size is estimated to be fewer than 2500 mature individuals onEyre PeninsulaEN C1* Estimated continued decline in Eyre Peninsula population of at least 20%within two generations7.2 DistributionJumping-jack Wattle occupies disjunct sub-populations on Eyre Peninsula, Yorke Peninsulaand in the South East region of South Australia, and Lawloit Range and Little Desert inwestern Victoria (Whibley & Symon 1992). Extent of occurrence on Eyre Peninsula isapproximately 1800 km 2 occurring within latitude 34 ° 5’ to longitude 136 ° 10’ (Butler) in thenorth, and latitude 34 ° 24’ to longitude 135 ° 42’ (Edillilie) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006) (Figure7.1; Table 7.1).Many sub-populations are located on roadsides managed by the district councils ofLower Eyre Peninsula, Tumby Bay and Franklin Harbour. Jumping-jack Wattle also growswithin rail reserves maintained by Australian Railroad Group Pty Ltd (ARG) and amongstvegetation corridors along water pipelines maintained by SA Water.7.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Jumping-jack Wattle is considered to be critical to its survival. It is likelythat additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeWhibley and Symons (1992) report Jumping-jack Wattle growing in sandy alkaline andhard neutral yellow duplex, red shallow porous loam, and grey cracking and self-mulchingclays. Northern sub-populations of Jumping-jack Wattle grow in red calcareous, hardpedal red duplex soils and dense brown loams, whereas southern sub-populations inhabitmottled-yellow duplex soils interspersed with red duplex and red friable loams (Laut et al.1977).Vegetation associationsEyre Peninsula Jumping-jack Wattle grows in association with a wide range of vegetationcommunities (Tables 7.2 and 7.3) (DEH-EGIS 2006). Similarly in Victoria, Jumping-jack Wattlepopulations are known to inhabit a wide range of vegetation communities (Overman &Venn 2004).46 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Jumping-jack Wattle details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 7.1. Distribution of Jumping-jack Wattle on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 47

A ground truthed southern Jumping-jack Wattle sub-population near Edillilie has beenrecorded growing in association with Broad-leaved Box (Eucalyptus behriana),Peppermint Box (E. odorata) and Dumosa Mallee (E. dumosa).Table 7.2. Vegetation associations of northern Eyre Peninsula Jumping-jack Wattle sub-populationsPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesRidge-fruited Mallee(Eucalyptus incrassata),Beaked Red Mallee (E.socialis) mid malleewoodlandSquare-fruit Mallee(Eucalyptus calycogona), +/-White Mallee (E. phenax ssp.phenax) mid malleewoodlandYorrell (Eucalyptus gracilis),+/- Dumosa Mallee (E.dumosa), +/- Gilja (E.brachycalyx), +/- Red Mallee(E. oleosa) mid open mallee<strong>for</strong>estBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall shrublandBroombush (M. uncinata),and Dryland Tea-tree(Melaleuca lanceolata) midshrubsSheep Bush (Geijeralinearifolia), Dryland Tea-tree(Melaleuca lanceolata)shrubsRibbed Thryptomene (Thryptomenemicrantha), Silvery Phebalium(Phebalium bullatum), Small Hop-bush(Dodonaea bursariifolia), DesertBaeckea (Baeckea crassifolia) lowopen shrubland over Woolly Spinifex(Triodia lanata), Satin Everlasting(Helichrysum leucopsideum), BlackantherFlax-lily (Dianella revoluta var.revoluta), Sticky Sword-sedge(Lepidosperma viscidum), Half-beardSpear-grass (Austrostipa hemipogon)Small Hop-bush (Dodonaeabursariifolia), +/- Ribbed Thryptomene(Thryptomene micrantha) low shrubsover Common Eutaxia (Eutaxiamicrophylla)Wards Weed (*Carrichtera annua),Rusty Spear-grass (Austrostipaeremophila), Mealy Saltbush (Rhagodiaparabolica), Ruby Saltbush(Enchylaena tomentosa) and GreyBindyi (Sclerolaena diacantha) shrubsClimateJumping-jack Wattle inhabits the 300-500 mm rainfall zone (Whibley and Symon 1992).• Northern sub-populations extend to near Butler Tanks where mean annual rainfall is363.4 mm (from North Parnda weather station) (BOM 2007).• Southern sub-populations grow in the vicinity of Cummins and receive a highermean annual rainfall of 425.3 mm (BOM 2007).48 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 7.3. Vegetation associations of southern Jumping-jack Wattle sub-populationsPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesCapped mallee (Eucalyptuspileata), +/- Beaked RedMallee (E. socialis), +/- RidgefruitedMallee (E. incrassata),+/- Cummins Mallee (E.peninsularis) mid malleewoodlandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall open shrublandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata), Dryland Tea-tree(M. lanceolata), MalleeHoney-myrtle (M. acuminata)mid shrubsSilver Broombush(Babingtonia behrii), +/- CupFringe-myrtle (Calytrixinvolucrata) low shrubsCommon Eutaxia (Eutaxia microphylla),Silvery Phebalium (Phebalium bullatum)low shrubsSpinifex (Triodia irritans), +/- Hibbertia sp.Glabriuscula (DJ Whibley 9012)Open Open Scented Mat-rush (Lomandra effusa),Balcarra Spear-grass (Austrostipanitida), Common Wallaby-grass(Austrodanthonia caespitosa), BlackheadGrass (Enneapogonnigricans)open tussock grasslandCummins Mallee (Eucalyptuspeninsularis), +/- Ridge-fruitedMallee (E. incrassata), +/-White Mallee (E. phenax), +/-Dumosa Mallee (E. dumosa),+/- Square-fruit Mallee (E.calycogona) mid malleewoodlandDumosa Mallee (Eucalyptusdumosa), +/- Beaked RedMallee (E. socialis), +/- YalataMallee (E. yalatensis) midmallee woodlandRidge-fruited Mallee(Eucalyptus incrassata), +/-Narrow-leaf Red Mallee (E.leptophylla) mid malleewoodlandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata), Dryland Tea-tree(M. lanceolata), MalleeHoney-myrtle (M. acuminata)tall shrubsBroombush (Melaleucauncinata), Dryland Tea-tree(M. lanceolata), MalleeHoney-myrtle (M. acuminata)tall shrubsDune Tea-tree(Leptospermum coriaceum),Broombush (Melaleucauncinata), Scrub Cypress Pine(Callitris verrucosa), SilverBroombush (Babingtoniabehrii) shrubsLimestone Saw-sedge (Gahnia deusta)low sedges+/- Spinifex (Triodia irritans) lowhummock grassesHibbertia australis, Golden Pennants(Glischrocaryon behrii) shrubsKnown sub-populations within reservesJumping–jack Wattle is located within the South Australian reserve system (Table 7.4), butis not known to occur within any Heritage Agreements. Approximately 34 plants grow onroadsides within four Roadside Marker Sites in the District Council of Lower Eyre Peninsula.Table 7.4. Jumping-jack Wattle sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWSA Reserve Sub-populations ObserversThe Plug Range Conservation Park 1 T Croft & K Lehman 1990Middlecamp Hills Conservation Reserve 1 (historical record) D Keane 1985<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 49

Benefits to other species<strong>Recovery</strong> actions to conserve Jumping-jack Wattle are expected to benefit regionallyVulnerable Broad-leaf Box communities (Eucalyptus behriana) (DEH 2002; S Bey [GreeningAustralia] 2005, pers. comm.; D Ancell [EPNRM] 2005, pers. comm.). E. behriana is onlyknown from three disjunct areas in South Australia (Nicolle 1997) and its Eyre Peninsuladistribution is also limited.Jumping-jack Wattle is a member of the Leguminoseae family, which uses symbiotic soilbacteria (Rhizobia spp.) to fix nitrogen (CILR 2007). Nitrate or ammonium produced in thisprocess benefits the whole system, plants and animals through the flow-on of the nitrogencycle.The closely related species Spine Bush (Acacia nyssophylla) provides habitat to small birdssuch as fairy-wrens and chats (Hussey 2002). It is likely that Jumping-jack Wattle may havea similar role in the ecosystem, given that it is a prickly, dense shrub.7.4 Biology and ecologyJumping-jack Wattle is a perennial shrub. It is dense, spreading and prickly, growing to1.5 m in height (Whibley & Symon 1992). Phyllodes (leaf-like structures) are linear 2-4.5 cmlong and approximately 1 mm in diameter. Phyllodes can be straight or slightly curved,and have a rough texture ending with a rigid, sharp reddish-brown tip.Flowering occurs from May to October. The wattle flowers (inflorescences) grow from thejoint between the phyllode and stem (axillary), and generally grow in pairs. Inflorescencescontain about 20 flowers on small flower stems (peduncles), which are approximately5 mm long (Whibley & Symon 1992). Pollination is unconfirmed; however, the plant is likelyto be wind or insect pollinated.Seed development and dispersal have not been studied. Seeds are known to have asmall, creamy-white coloured aril (S Bey [Greening Australia] 2007, pers. comm.). Seedsdevelop in a seed pod, which visually resembles the shape of a jumping-jack firecracker,hence the origin of the common name (Whibley & Symon 1992). The scientific speciesname ‘enterocarpa’ also refers to the distinct shape of the seedpod – enteron meaningintestine, and karpos meaning fruit (Greek origin) (Whibley & Symon 1992).To date, germination has been unobserved and unstudied. The average longevity ofJumping-jack Wattle is also unknown.Fire dependence triggers are only generally understood based on generalisations of theAcacia genus. Fire response of Jumping-jack Wattle requires further study.Related speciesJumping-jack Wattle is related to three species, which occupy much drier habitats onnorthern Eyre Peninsula (Whibley & Symon 1992):• Veined Wait-a-while (Acacia colletioides)• Spine Bush (Acacia nyssophylla)• Six-nerve Spine-bush (Acacia hexaneura) (Cowan & Maslin 2001).50 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

7.5 Previous management actionsSince 2007, 18 Jumping-jack Wattle sub-populations have been revisited and/or verifiedout of the 26 reported. Previous management actions are included in Table 7.5.Table 7.5. Previous management actions to conserve Jumping-jack WattlePrevious management actions and points of interest2001-03 Revisits to historical Jumping-jack Wattle populations by L Bligh, A Freebairn, D Ancell and ABond. Brief site assessments recorded on datasheets (DEH Recfind file 40/A248477).2001 Jumping-jack Wattle community awareness raising article, as part of ‘Unusual Suspects’ seriesprinted in autumn edition of local newsletter The Long Run (author A Freebairn).2001 Illegal clearance of previously surveyed Jumping-jack Wattle sub-populations along theRailway Reserve between Port Lincoln and Buckleboo (DEH Recfind file 40/1176).2002 Forty Jumping-jack Wattle tube stock planted by Cummins Area School students into aroadside site on the Bratten Way (north-west of Cummins). Threatened Species Network andWorld Wildlife Fund funded Community Grant ‘Habitat restoration <strong>for</strong> three endangeredspecies on Lower Eyre Peninsula’ (Project ID SA03/103). Aim: to reinstate population. Year 10students hand weeded the site (DEH Recfind file 40/1496).2002 Workshop held by Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group (TPAG) at Port Neil to encouragecommunity involvement in recovery actions.2003 Thirty Jumping-jack Wattle grown and translocated to the Bratten Way roadside site. <strong>Plan</strong>tedwith Fat-leaved Wattle (A. pinguifolia) (nationally Vulnerable), Merrit (Eucalyptus flocktoniae),Native Pine (Callitris gracilis) and Cockies Tongue (Templetonia retusa) (DEH Recfind file40/1496).2003 Seed collected by Green Corps team from Dog Fence Road population, <strong>for</strong> local ex situ seedbank and future revegetation (DEH Recfind file 40/1496).2006 Jumping-jack Wattle Threatened Flora of Eyre Peninsula In<strong>for</strong>mation Sheet produced as amilestone <strong>for</strong> the Ark on Eyre project (DEH Recfind file 40/A142070).7.6 Threats to Jumping-jack Wattle and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Jumping-jack Wattle conservation status fromEndangered to Vulnerable and continue to recover Jumping-jack Wattle critical habitaton Eyre Peninsula. We are aiming to achieve this down-listing within the duration of thisplan (by 2012).Jumping-jack Wattle has been ranked as a Priority 1 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle.Table 7.6 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant toJumping-jack Wattle recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria <strong>for</strong> all species and their associated recovery costs).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 51

Table 7.6. Key threats to Jumping-jack Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Long-term viability decrease as species ability to colonise suitable area declinesLikelihood: Decrease in suitable habitat = LikelyConsequences: Lower recruitment = MajorSmall sub-populations in highly fragmented road and rail reserve vegetation may have lowgenetic variability and genetic flow because of their small size and isolation. Resilience toenvironmental changes, pests or diseases may there<strong>for</strong>e be reduced.RiskExtremeDirect threat and knowledge gap: Inappropriate fire regime(s)Risk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire from itscritical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if too frequent fires areexperiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = Almost certainConsequence: ModerateAcacia species, in general, are known require fire to trigger certain responses, e.g. seedlingrecruitment (Bradstock et al. 2002). The majority of Jumping-jack Wattle sub-populations on EyrePeninsula are long unburnt (DEH-EGIS 2007 fire scar mapping). An historic Jumping-jack Wattlesub-population in Middlecamp Hills Conservation Park needs re-surveying after a bushfire in 2005to observe species response to fire.ExtremeDirect threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: ModerateRoadside reserves are subjected to weed competition. It is highly likely that germinatingJumping-jack Wattle will be out-competed by Bridal Creeper (Asparagus asparagoides) in somesites. African Boxthorn (Lycium ferocissimum) is also found at many Jumping-jack Wattle sites. Theimpact of weed species on the different stages of Jumping-jack wattle has not beeninvestigated.ExtremeDirect threat: Lack of recruitment/small population sizeRisk: Depleted soil seedbank and population decline from consecutive years of low to noviable seed yieldLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateAll surveyed sub-populations on Eyre Peninsula display poor seed set and no recruitment isevident (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). Some sub-populations are comprised only ofmature to senescent individuals. There is thought to be a strong relationship between rainfall andseed set, with the species observed regularly aborting seed in dry conditions (A Freebairn [DEH]2004, pers. comm.).HighDirect threat: Roadside managementRisk: Localised species extinction of sub-populations from failing to apply, or lack of applying,environmental best practise to roadside and easement workLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateThe majority of known sub-populations are located on roadsides (district councils of Tumby Bay,Kimba and Franklin Harbour), rail reserves and water pipeline reserves. These are at risk ofclearance from maintenance and earthwork activities. Excluding railway reserves, SignificantVegetation Marker Systems are yet to be establised to clearly identify these sites to workers.HighDirect threat: Salinity/changes in hydrologyRisk: Localised extinction of sub-populations from increased salinity or changes in hydrologyLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateSome Jumping-jack Wattle sub-populations are found in drainage areas. There<strong>for</strong>e, alteration todrainage and riparian zones is expected to impact significantly on this species’ survival.High52 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Direct threat and knowledge gap: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of germinated juveniles which unstabilises life class structure and increases risk ofpopulation declineLikelihood: Possible (unknown, requires survey)Consequences: ModerateGrazing pressure on Jumping-jack Wattles is currently unstudied and un-observed. Domesticlivestock, rabbits and kangaroos may find unprotected juvenile plants palatable.Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation1a.11b.11c.11c.21c.41c.51d.11d.21d.3Objective 2Communityinvolvement2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.3Objective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitat3a.13a.23a.43b.13b.23c.13c.23d.13d.23e.13e.23e.33e.43f.13f.23f.33f.43f.53f.63f.73f.8Objective 4Research criticalto management4b.14b.44b.54c.24h.1HighObjective 5Monitoring andevaluation5a.45a.75a.85a.95b.27.7 Main referencesCowan, RS & Maslin, BR 2001, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia, PartII: Leguminosae-Rubiaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.Hussey, BMJ 2002, ‘Wattle I plant <strong>for</strong> wildlife?’, Conservation Science Western Australia, vol.4, no. 3, pp. 62-71.Moritz, KN & Bickerton, DC 2007, <strong>Draft</strong> <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> the Nationally EndangeredJumping-jack Wattle Acacia enterocarpa (R.V. Smith), report to the Species Listing,<strong>Recovery</strong> and Policy Section, Australian Government Department of the Environment andWater Resources, Canberra.Overman, T & Venn, D 1999, Action Statement No. 85 Jumping-jack Wattle, Department ofSustainability and Environment, Victoria.Stuwe, J 1980, ‘Rare and endangered Victorian plants 1. Acacia enterocarpa’, VictorianNaturalist, vol. 97, pp. 157-8.Whibley, DJE & Symon, DE 1992, Acacias of South Australia, South Australian GovernmentPrinter, Adelaide.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 53

8 Fat-leaved Wattle Acacia pinguifolia JM Black8.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Fat-leaved Wattle vital attributes against IUCN criteria(IUCN 2001), this species could be considered Endangered (Table 8.1). Fat-leaved Wattleis recognised as Endangered at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 8.1).Table 8.1. Fat-leaved Wattle vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Endangered Endangered EndangeredExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 4545Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.7Sub-populations 61Endemic to South AustraliaEstimated # of individuals 2770IUCN CriteriaJustificationEN A2 It is estimated that population size on Eyre Peninsula will reduce by 50%over three generationsEN A2c*Expected decline in the area of occupancy, extent of occurrence andquality of habitat on Eyre Peninsula8.2 DistributionFat-leaved Wattle is known from disjunct sub-populations on Eyre Peninsula, and a smallsub-population near Finniss in the Southern Lofty Herbarium Region. Sub-populations onEyre Peninsula have an extent of occurrence over 4500 km 2 , occurring within latitude34 º 5’16” to longitude 136º7’16” (northern extent) and latitude 34º32’15” to longitude135º40’20” (southern extent) (DEH-EGIS 2006). Eyre Peninsula Fat-leaved Wattle subpopulationsoccur in three district regions (Figure 8.1):• northern sub-populations occur near Cockaleechie, Ungarra and Bulter Tanks• south-western sub-populations extend to Cummins, Coulta and Wanilla in the south• south-eastern sub-populations span hills in the Hundreds of Koppio and Hutchison.Fat-leaved Wattle records from Kulliparu and nearby Yeldulknie conservation parksappear to be significantly outside the species’ range and require verification.Many sub-populations are located on roadsides managed by the district councils ofLower Eyre Peninsula and Tumby Bay. The species also grows within rail reservesmaintained by Australian Railroad Group Pty Ltd (ARG).8.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Fat-leaved Wattle is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeFat-leaved Wattle occupies topography ranging from 60 m above sea level (north ofEdillilie) to 180 m above sea level (Koppio Hills, and between Ungarra and Cockaleechie).Populations at Finniss grow in sands, sandy clay loams, and clay loams with a pH ofbetween 7.5 and 9.5 (DEH 2007).54 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Fat-leaved Wattle details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 8.1. Distribution of Fat-leaved Wattle on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 55

Sub-populations on southern Eyre Peninsula have been collected from cream loam withclay subsoil and an undulating west-facing aspect (DEH 2007). The species has also beenrecorded growing on calcareous red loam, brown clay loam on schist, brown clay loamon broken limestone, and pale grey soil over ironstone gravel (DEH 2007). Laut et al. (1977)records Fat-leaved Wattle growing primarily in mottled-yellow duplex or hard pedalmottled-yellow duplex.The south-eastern Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populations, found throughout the Koppio Hills,grow in heavy soils and in low-lying areas. These observations correspond with records inDEH (2007) that state the species is more commonly found on poorly drained sites. FatleavedWattle has also been found growing on white clay soil on a north-facing slope.Vegetations associationsFat-leaved Wattle sub-populations at Finniss grow in association with similar primaryoverstorey species as Eyre Peninsula sub-populations (Table 8.2) (DEH-EGIS 2006). Finnisspopulations grow with Dumosa Mallee (Eucalyptus dumosa) and/or White Mallee(E. phenax), +/- Narrow-leaved Red Mallee (E. foecunda), +/- Square-fruited Mallee(E. calycogna) (DEH 2007).Table 8.2. Vegetation associations of northern Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populationsPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesSquare-fruit Mallee (Eucalyptuscalycogona), +/- Dumosa Mallee(E. dumosa) mid malleewoodlandCapped Mallee (E. pileata), +/-Beaked Red Mallee (E. socialis),+/- Ridge-fruited Mallee (E.incrassata), +/- Cummins Mallee(E. peninsularis) mid malleewoodlandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall open shrublandCoastal White Mallee (E.diversifolia ssp. diversifolia) midmallee woodlandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata), +/- Hard-leaf Wattle(Acacia sclerophylla var.sclerophylla), +/- Dryland Teatree(M. lanceolata) tall shrubsBroombush (Melaleucauncinata), Dryland Tea-tree (M.lanceolata), Mallee Honeymyrtle(M. acuminata) midshrubsSilver Broombush (Babingtoniabehrii), +/- Cup Fringe-myrtle(Calytrix involucrata) low shrubs+/- Dryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), +/- Broombush (M.uncinata) tall shrubs+/- Spinifex (Triodia scariosa) midhummock grassesCommon Eutaxia (Eutaxiamicrophylla), Silvery Phebalium(Phebalium bullatum) low shrubsSpinifex (Triodia irritans), +/-Hibbertia sp. glabriuscula (DJWhibley 9012)Prickly Ground-berry (Acrotrichepatula), +/- Coast Velvet-bush(Lasiopetalum discolor) lowshrubsSouth-western and south-eastern Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populations also grow inassociation with Coastal White Mallee, Ridge-fruited Mallee and Broombush vegetationassociations similar to the northern sub-populations. However, due to the slightly higherrainfall and different soils, the southern sub-populations are also found in Sugar Gum(Eucalyptus cladocalyx) mid woodlands and Box woodlands (Table 8.3) (DEH-EGIS 2006).ClimateFat-leaved Wattle inhabits the 400-500 mm rainfall zone, apart from two outlying recordedsub-populations that require verification. Mean annual rainfall at Tod Reservoir, the mostcentral Bureau of Meteorology weather station site within the species’ distribution range, is485.3 mm. Mean annual maximum and minimum temperatures are 20.9 °C and 9.6 °Crespectively (BOM 2007). Fat-leaved Wattle’s western distribution spans out towardsWanilla where mean annual rainfall is 509.4 mm (BOM 2007).56 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Known populations within reservesFat-leaved Wattle is not currently conserved within the South Australian reserve system.Potential habitat mapping actions will help to identify similar floristic habitats within andoutside of the reserve system.Table 8.3. Vegetation associations of southern Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populationsPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesDrooping Sheoak (Allocasuarinaverticillata) low woodlandSugar Gum (Eucalyptuscladocalyx) mid woodlandBroad-leaf Box (Eucalyptusbehriana), +/- Peppermint Box (E.odorata) low open woodlandPeppermint Box (Eucalyptusodorata), +/- E. phenax midmallee woodlandNarrow-leaf Red Mallee(Eucalyptus leptophylla), +/-Dumosa Mallee (E. dumosa) midmallee woodland+/- Yacca (Xanthorrhoeasemiplana) shrubs+/- Golden Wattle (Acaciapycnantha), Rock Wattle(Acacia rupicola), +/- Yacca(Xanthorrhoea semiplana), +/-Broombush (Melaleucauncinata) mid shrubsOpenBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) mid shrubsDryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), +/- Mallee Honeymyrtle(M. acuminata) tall shrubsKangaroo Grass (Themedatriandra), Hill Raspwort(Gonocarpus elatus), Hard Matrush(Lomandra multi<strong>flora</strong> ssp.dura), Crested Spear-grass(Austrostipa blackii) tussockgrassesPeach heath (Lissanthe strigosassp. subulata), Small-flowerWallaby-grass (Austrodanthoniasetacea) low shrubs, Broad-leafRaspwort (Gonocarpusmezianus), Coarse Lagenophora(Lagenophora huegelii)Grass Family (Gramineae sp.)tussock grassesBearded oat (*Avena barbata),+/- Slender Velvet-bush(Lasiopetalum baueri) midtussock grasses over +/- BroadleafRaspwort (Gonocarpusmezianus)+/- Spinifex (Triodia irritans) lowhummock grassesBenefits to other species<strong>Recovery</strong> actions to conserve Fat-leaved Wattle are expected to benefit species survivingin highly fragmented landscapes. Fat-leaved Wattle grows in association with EyrePeninsula Blue Gum (Eucalyptus petiolaris) woodland, which is a State Endangeredvegetation association (DEH 2001).Species in the Leguminoseae family, including Fat-leaved Wattle, use symbiotic soilbacteria (Rhizobia spp.) to fix nitrogen, which plays an important role in ecosystemfunction (CILR 2007). The nitrate or ammonium produced in this process benefits a wholesystem of plants and provides flow-on nitrogen to animals.Fat-leaved Wattle shares overlapping habitat with Feathery Wattle (Acacia imbricata)(nationally Vulnerable), Broad-leaf Box (Eucalyptus behriana) (state Rare), andPeppermint Box (E. odorata) (currently under nomination as nationally Endangered). Italso grows in association with regionally <strong>threatened</strong> Sugar Gum (E. cladocalyx)woodlands (DEH 2002). These woodlands are habitat <strong>for</strong> woodland bird species, such asthe Eyre Peninsula Yellow-tailed Black-Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus funereus) (stateVulnerable, regionally Endangered on Eyre Peninsula), and the Common Brushtail Possum(Trichosurus vulpecula) (state Vulnerable, regionally Rare on Eyre Peninsula).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 57

8.4 Biology and ecologyFat-leaved Wattle is a perennial, dense, 1-2 m tall to 2-3 m broad spreading light-greenshrub (Whibley 1986). The species derives its common name from its 1-3.5 cm longphyllodes (leaf-like structures), which are thick (2-3 mm in diameter) and fleshy, givingthem a fat appearance.Flowering usually occurs between July and October. The wattle flowers (inflorescences)are simple, and grow from the joint between phyllode and stem (axillary). Fat-leavedWattle flowers can grow in twos or in clusters of up to four flower heads (Whibley & Symon1992). Pollination is unconfirmed, but the plant is likely to be wind or insect pollinated.Seed development and dispersal has not been adequately studied. Seeds have whitish,fleshy arils and develop within seed pods that are 5-7 cm long and 5 mm broad (Whibley1986). The majority of surveyed sub-populations produce large amounts of viable seedand recruitment is evident within many sub-populations (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers.comm.).Fire dependences triggersGenerally Acacia species are early post-fire colonisers, producing seed early in their lifecycle. Recruitment gradually decreases in line with a decrease in disturbance (Luke &McArthur 1978). Mass germination of Fat-leaved Wattle seedlings was observed within thefire scar following the 2005 Wangary Bushfire. Preliminary results from post-fire studiesshowed short-term die off of the seedlings (thought to be attributed to droughtconditions); however, the number of juvenile plants remained relatively high (EcologicalAssociates 2007). Ecological Associates also undertook comparison monitoring betweenburnt and unburnt sites from 2006-2007 (DEH Recfind file 40/1185).Related speciesFat-leaved Wattle is related to the following two species, which also grow on EyrePeninsula but have distributions further north of the known range <strong>for</strong> Fat-leaved Wattle(Whibley and Symon 1992):• Menzel’s Wattle (Acacia menzelii)• Dwarf Nealie (Acacia wilhelmiana).58 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

8.5 Previous management actionsTable 8.4. Previous management actions to conserve Fat-leaved WattlePrevious management actions and points of interest1990-93 Three year research project on Fat-leaved Wattle funded by World Wide Fund <strong>for</strong> Nature(Jusaitis & Sorensen 1994).1992-93 Trial translocations of Fat-leaved Wattle to several photo-point sites on Eyre Peninsula(Jusaitis & Sorensen 1994).2003 Fat-leaved Wattle translocated to the Bratten Way roadside site (near Cummins). <strong>Plan</strong>tedwith Jumping-jack Wattle (A. enterocarpa) (nationally Vulnerable), Merrit (Eucalyptusflocktoniae), Native Pine (Callitris gracilis) and Cockies Tongue (Templetonia retusa) (DEHRecfind file 40/1498).2005 Wangary ‘Black Tuesday’ bushfire on 11 th January 2005 burnt through populations of FatleavedWattle on Lower Eyre Peninsula.2005 Ecological Associates Pty Ltd contracted to DEH on 14 th Dec 2005 to undertake monitoringof vegetation response following the Lower Eyre Peninsula bushfire. One of the speciesassessed was Fat-leaved Wattle (DEH Recfind file 40/1185). Monitoring and assessmentsfinished June 2007.2006 Fat-leaved Wattle community awareness raising media on ABC local radio and flyersthrough PIRSA bushfire re-establishment mail-outs, K Pobke (DEH Recfind file 40/A142128).2006 Three Fat-leaved Wattle translocations established with the support of the Cummins AreaSchool and facilitated by K Pobke, N Reichelt and I Foster. All translocations established onprivate land, with the goal of establishing the species away from roadsides and railwayedges, and monitoring progress (DEH Recfind file 40/1498).2006 Fat-leaved Wattle Threatened Flora of Eyre Peninsula In<strong>for</strong>mation Sheet produced as amilestone <strong>for</strong> the Ark on Eyre project (DEH Recfind file 40/A142070).8.6 Threats to Fat-leaved Wattle and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Fat-leaved Wattle conservation status fromEndangered to Vulnerable, and continue to recover Fat-leaved Wattle critical habitat onEyre Peninsula. However, the immediate short-term goal is to stabilise Fat-leaved Wattleconservation status at Endangered.Fat-leaved Wattle has been ranked as a Priority 1 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle.Table 8.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to FatleavedWattle recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong>all species and their associated recovery costs).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 59

Table 8.5. Key threats to Fat-leaved Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat and knowledge gap: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: MajorThe majority of populations grow in highly fragmented vegetation on road and rail reserves.They may have low genetic variability and genetic flow because of their size, isolation andenvironmental stress.RiskExtremeDirect threat and knowledge gap: Inappropriate fire and disturbance regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion offire/disturbance from critical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if too frequentfires/disturbances are experiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = Almost certainConsequence: ModerateInappropriate disturbance regimes have the potential to threaten Fat-leaved Wattle subpopulations.Different types of disturbance (e.g. burning, soil disturbance), the intensity,frequency, and season of the events are expected to influence Fat-leaved Wattle populationstructure. Long periods between disturbance events are expected to result in successionaldecline in Fat-leaved Wattle. Disturbance too soon after Fat-leaved Wattle germination couldresult in population failure and localised extinction.ExtremeDirect threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to speciessurvivalLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateAcacia species often require disturbance events to trigger germination and to developsuitable niches within otherwise ‘closed’ ecosystems. However, fragmented ecosystems arequickly invaded by weed species after disturbance events, and weeds compete directly withgerminating Fat-leaved Wattle. Monitoring after the 2005 Wangary bushfire recorded massgermination of seedlings (Ecological Associates 2007). Bridal Creeper (Asparagusasparagoides), Perennial Veldt Grass (Ehrharta calycina), Rye Grass (Lolium rigidum), Wild Oats(Avena fatua), Boneseed (Crysanthemoides monilifera ssp. monilifera) and Aleppo Pines (Pinushalepensis) all currently compete with and invade Fat-leaved Wattle habitat (EcologicalAssociates 2006).HighDirect threat and knowledge gap: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of germinated juveniles which unstabilises life class structure and increases risk ofpopulation decline.Likelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateSheep grazing of adult and juvenile Fat-leaved Wattles was observed in 2006 (drought year)within the fire zone (Prider 2006). Grazing pressure on Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populationsrequires further study; however, it is currently suspected that grazing is a threat to plant growth,flowering and recruitment.High60 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Direct threat: Vegetation clearance/roadside managementRisk: Localised species extinction from roadside and easement work failing to applyenvironmental best practise.Likelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateFat-leaved Wattle sub-populations have suffered significant losses from illegal vegetationclearance. Clearance of previously surveyed Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populations along theRailway Reserve between Port Lincoln and Buckleboo in 2003 is an example of the mostextensive damage to Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populations (DEH Recfind file 40/1176).After the 2005 Wangary Bushfire, sub-populations of adult Fat-leaved Wattles suffered partialand total sub-population clearance through vegetation clearance in post-bushfire ‘clean up’(Prider 2006a). Maintenance by other service providers managing services and easementsalong roadsides could also pose a threat to Fat-leaved Wattle.HighDirect threat: Pest and disease (Phytophthora)Risk: Localised species extinction and loss of critical habitatLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateVelzeboer et al. (2005) considers Fat-leaved Wattle sub-populations on Lower Eyre Peninsula tocurrently be within Moderate to Low Risk Management Zones.Knowledge gap: Spray driftRisk: <strong>Plan</strong>t stress leading to localised species extinction (short or long-term) from spray driftLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateHerbicide drift is considered a potential threat to the species.HighHighObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mance criteria1a.11b.11c.11c.21c.41c.51d.11d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.23a.43b.13b.23c.23d.13d.23d.33e.13e.23e.33e.43f.13f.23f.33f.43f.63f.73f.84b.44b.64b.74c.24e.14f.14g.14h.15a.45a.75a.85a.95b.28.7 Main referencesJusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1994, Conservation studies on endangered plant species fromSouth Australia’s agricultural regions, Black Hill Flora Centre, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide.Pound, L, Obst, C & How, T 2004, <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> Acacia pinguifolia (Fat-leavedWattle), report to the Threatened Species and Communities Section, AustralianGovernment Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra.Whibley, DJE & Symon, DE 1992, Acacias of South Australia, South Australian GovernmentPrinter, Adelaide.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 61

9 Resin Wattle Acacia rhetinocarpa JM Black9.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Resin Wattle vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN2001), this species could be considered Vulnerable (Table 9.1). Resin Wattle is recognisedas Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 9.1).Table 9.1. Resin Wattle vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 1669Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.95Sub-populations 7Individuals 1000IUCN CriteriaVU B2VU B2aVU B2a,b(iii)*JustificationArea of occupancy estimated to be less than 2000 km 2 on Eyre PeninsulaSeverely fragmented and known to exist in no more than 10 locations onEyre PeninsulaContinued decline in area, extent and quality of habitat on Eyre Peninsula9.2 DistributionResin Wattle, also known as Neat Wattle, grows in disjunct sub-populations on the Yorkeand Eyre Peninsula, Southern Lofty, and Murray Herbarium Regions (Whibley & Symon1992). On Eyre Peninsula, Resin Wattle has an extent of occurrence over 1600 km 2 , whichencompasses an area from Kimba to just north of Arno Bay, Cleve and Lock (Figure 9.1).Resin Wattle sub-populations survive within roadside vegetation managed by theDepartment <strong>for</strong> Transport, Energy and Infrastructure, and the district councils of Cleve,Franklin Harbour and Kimba. Resin Wattle sub-populations also grow on a water reserve(H531600, Section 22) south of Heggaton Conservation Reserve.9.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Resin Wattle is considered to be habitat that is critical to its survival. Itis likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeResin Wattle is recorded growing in a range of soils, although more commonly on brownishsands or sandy apedal mottled-yellow duplex soils (Laut et al. 1977). Whibley and Symon(1992) record Resin Wattle growing in calcareous sands, red shallow porous loam or greybrowncalcareous loamy earths. Resin Wattle grows in topography as low as 10 m abovesea level (in the south-east of Eyre Peninsula, near Cowell and Arno Bay) to 70 m abovesea level (in the north-west, near Mount Damper).Vegetation associationsResin Wattle has been recorded growing in open scrub, associated with Yorrell(Eucalyptus gracilis), Beaked Red Mallee (E. socialis) and Ridge-fruited Mallee (E.incrassata) (Whibley & Symon 1992). Resin Wattle grows in association with vegetationbroadly described as Eucalyptus mallee <strong>for</strong>est and mallee woodland (DEH-EGIS 2006).62 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Resin Wattle details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 9.1. Distribution of Resin wattle on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 63

Near Arno Bay, Resin Wattle survives in degraded sites largely devoid of remnantvegetation, where DEH floristic mapping does not detect a floristic vegetation layer (DEH-EGIS 2006). This is also the case with some sub-populations on Yorke Peninsula, where theassociated vegetation has been heavily modified (Green 1993). The small areas on EyrePeninsula where Resin Wattle does grow in association with vegetation are classified asdune crest and dunes/hills, plains and swales; sand to clay loam; and sandy soils.These sub-populations grow in association with Ridge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptusincrassata), +/- Narrow-leaf Red Mallee (Eucalyptus leptophylla) mid mallee woodlandover Green Tea-tree (Leptospermum coriaceum), Broombush (Melaleuca uncinata),Scrub Cypress Pine (Callitris verrucosa), Broom Baecka (Babingtonia behrii) shrubs over(Hibbertia australis), and Golden Pennants (Glischrocaryon behrii) (DEH-EGIS 2006).Resin Wattle sub-populations to the north-east of Mangalo grow with mallee overstoreysimilar to the southern sub-populations, where Ridge-fruited Mallee over Broombush andGreen Tea-tree dominate. Understorey associations comprise of Cup Fringe-myrtle(Calytrix involucrata) low shrubs over Sandhill Bog-rush (Schoenus racemosus) and WoollySpinifex (Triodia lanata).ClimateSub-populations of Resin Wattle on Eyre Peninsula grow within the 400-300 mm per yearrainfall zone (DEH-EGIS 2006).• The northern extent of Resin Wattle sub-populations could be expected toexperience similar climatic conditions to Minnipa, with mean annual maximum andminimum temperatures of 24 ºC and 10.9 ºC respectively, and a mean annualrainfall of 327.3 mm (BOM 2007).• Northern-eastern Resin Wattle sub-populations are close to Mangalo and could beexpected to receive slightly more rainfall than 346.2 mm (mean annual) (BOM2007).• The southern Resin Wattle sub-populations (near Arno Bay) receive the lowestmean annual rainfall of 317.5 mm (BOM 2007).Known populations within reservesResin Wattle is located within the South Australian reserve system (Table 9.2), but is notknown to occur within any Heritage Agreements.Table 9.2. Resin Wattle sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWSA Reserve Sub-population ObserverHambidge Conservation Park 1 NRT Lothian 1967Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Resin Wattle is expected to benefit species surviving in a highlyfragmented landscape. Resin Wattle’s extent of occurrence covers 244 880 hectares. Ofthis area, only 5% (12 607 hectares) of remnant vegetation remains (NVMB 1987).<strong>Recovery</strong> actions will include identifying corridors and other methods that can be used toextend Resin Wattle from its currently restricted range.Species in the Leguminoseae family, including Resin Wattle, uses symbiotic soil bacteria(Rhizobia spp.) to fix nitrogen, which plays an important role in ecosystem function (CILR2007). Nitrate or ammonium produced in this process benefits a whole system of plantsand provides flow-on nitrogen to animals.64 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

9.4 Biology and ecologyResin Wattle is a perennial, compact, rounded shrub that grows 0.5-1.5 m tall (Whibley &Symon 1992). The species has small (2-5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide) leaf-like structures(phyllodes) that are oblique and obovate in shape, and yellowish-green. Resinous coatingover the foliage renders the plant sticky to touch and this is the reason <strong>for</strong> the commonname, Resin Wattle.Flowering usually occurs between August and October (Whibley & Symon 1992). Thewattle flowers (inflorescences) are simple, and grow from the joint between phyllode andstem (axillary) on hairless (glabrous) 4-7 mm flower stems (peduncles). They generally growsingly. Inflorescences usually contain 12-15 flowers.Pollination remains unconfirmed; however, it is likely to occur via wind.Seed development and dispersal has not been studied; however, it is suspected that antsplay a role in seed dispersal. Seed pods develop between November and January (Green1993). Seeds have fleshy arils and grow broad seed pods averaging 1-3.5 cm long and 2-2.5 mm (Whibley & Symon 1992).Germination has not been widely studied, but is suspected to be influenced by fire ordisturbance. Data on Resin Wattle sub-populations in the Monarto region suggest plantstend to senesce after approximately thirty years of age (Green 1993). It is suspected thatthe establishment of the Monarto sub-population corresponds with vegetation rollingdisturbance (Davies 1995).Fire dependence triggersResin Wattle is suspected of having fire dependence triggers. Resin Wattle is thought to bean early post-fire successional species.Related speciesResin Wattle is closely related to four species, of which only Merrall’s Wattle grows on EyrePeninsula. The related species include:• Gold Dust Wattle (Acacia acinacea)• Merrall’s Wattle (Acacia merrallii)• Hairy-pod Wattle (Acacia glandulicarpa).Resin Wattle is noted to also having affinities with Acacia brachyclada, an endemicWestern Australian species (Whibley & Symon 1992).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 65

9.5 Previous management actionsTable 9.3. Previous management actions to conserve Resin WattlePrevious management actions1967 Resin Wattle collected from Hambidge Conservation Park (TRN Lothian 4162 in AD; Davies1995). Location notes state the sample was taken from within 100 m of the southern boundaryof the park, towards the western boundary.~1995 Search conducted to re-locate Resin Wattle in Hambidge Conservation Park, but unable tofind the species (Davies1995).2000 Annie Bond (DEH, State Threatened Flora Officer) and Anthony Freebairn made site visits tothree Resin Wattle roadside sub-populations near Arno Bay (DEH Recfind file 40/A248477, Part1). Threats to these sites were identified and part counts of plants made.2001 A community awareness raising article on Resin Wattle was printed in the summer edition oflocal newsletter The Long Run (author A Freebairn). Repeated again in summer 2002 as part ofthe ‘Unusual Suspects’ series.2001 Anthony Freebairn made a site visit to a Resin Wattle roadside sub-population near Cowell(11/10/2001) (DEH Recfind file 40/A248477, Part 1). Threats to these sites were identified andtotal count of plants made.2002 Wesley Crisp and Corey Yeates found a single Resin Wattle on private property,approximately 20 km south-west of Yaninee (DEH Recfind file 40/A248477, Part 1).2002-03 Successfully established tubestock planted and direct seeded along roadside (set furtherback within a paddock) on the Kimba to Cleve Road (S Bey [Greening Australia] 2007, pers.comm.).9.6 Threats to Resin Wattle and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Resin Wattle conservation status from Vulnerable toNear Threatened and continue to recover Resin Wattle critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise Resin Wattle conservation status at Endangered.Resin Wattle has been ranked as a Priority 2 species based on degree of threat, potential<strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The species isregarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle.Table 9.4 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to ResinWattle recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).66 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 9.4. Key threats to Resin Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat and knowledge gap: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: ModerateMajority of sub-populations are on road reserve (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.), andmay have low genetic variability and genetic flow because of their size, isolation andenvironmental stress.RiskExtremeDirect threat and knowledge gap: Small population/lack of recruitmentRisk: Species sub-populations become smaller than that minimum viable population limitLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: ModerateMinimal natural recruitment has been observed (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.) and,where recruitment is found, it’s along roadsides and corresponds with mechanical soildisturbance. Sub-populations in mature mallee communities appear to be senescing,suggesting long-unburnt fire regimes maybe unsuitable <strong>for</strong> Resin Wattle.Seed set is generally poor although plants located in wetter habitats set significantly moreseed than the population average (seed viability to be determined) and attempts topropagate this species on Eyre Peninsula have not been successful (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004,pers. comm.).Direct threat and knowledge gap: Inappropriate fire and disturbance regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire from itscritical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if too frequent fires areexperiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = Almost certainConsequence: ModerateDifferent types of disturbance (e.g. burning, soil disturbance) and the intensity, frequency andseason of the disturbance events are expected to influence Resin Wattle population structure.Infrequent disturbance events are thought to cause successional decline in Resin Wattle andtoo frequent disturbance, too soon after Resin Wattle germination, could result in localisedextinction.ExtremeExtremeDirect threat and knowledge gap: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to speciessurvivalLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateWeed invasion may limit Resin Wattle germination; however, this requires further study.Direct threat: Vegetation clearance/roadside managementRisk: Localised species extinction from roadside and easement work failing to applyenvironmental best practiseLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateInappropriate roadside management (actions not within best practise guidelines) threatenroadside sub-populations (e.g. roadsides near Arno Bay and Cowell, DEH Recfind file40/A248477, Part 1).Maintenance of other essential services, such as water pipelines, overhead powerlines andunderground cables, has the potential to threaten Resin Wattle if not managed appropriately.HighHigh<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 67

Direct threat and knowledge gap: Salinity/changes in hydrologyRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from increased salinityand changes in hydrologyLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateResin Wattle sub-populations currently survive along creeks which are likely to be affected byrising dryland salinity and changes in hydrology. Preliminary assessments of sub-populationshave already identified signs of salinity (DEH Recfind file 40/A248477, Part 1).Direct threat and knowledge gap: High-grazing pressureRisk: Loss of germinated juveniles, which unstabilises life class structure and increases risk ofpopulation declineLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateIn 2000, grazing by domestic livestock was identified as a likely threat to some sub-populationsnear Arno Bay (DEH Recfind file 40/A248477, Part 1). Grazing pressure on Resin Wattle isunknown and unstudied.HighHighDirect threat and knowledge gap: Pest and diseaseRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from pest and diseaseLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateTo date, no assessment has been undertaken of pest or disease affecting Resin Wattle on EyrePeninsula. Resin Wattle has been listed in the Phytophthora Low Risk Management Zone(Velzeboer et al. 2005).HighObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threats andimprove habitatObjective 4Researchcritical tomanagementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.21c.31d.21d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.33a.43b.33c.13c.23d.23d.33e.13e.33e.43f.13f.43f.84b.24b.74c.24e.14h.25a.55a.95b.29.7 Main referencesDavies, R 1995, Threatened plant species management in National Parks and Wildlife ActReserves in South Australia, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium, SouthAustralia.Green, P 1993, Threatened plants of Yorke Peninsula, Conservation Council of SouthAustralia, Adelaide.Obst, C 2005, South Australian Murray Darling Basin <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery plan, reportto the Threatened Species and Communities Section, Australian Government Departmentof the Environment and Heritage, Canberra.Velzeboer, R, Stubbs, W, West, A & Bond, A 2005, Threatened plant species at risk fromPhytophthora in South Australia, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, SouthAustralia.68 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

10 Whibley Wattle Acacia whibleyana RS Cowan & Maslin10.1 StatusWhen assessing Whibley Wattle vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN 2001), thisspecies could be considered Critically Endangered (Table 10.1). This is important giventhat this species only occurs on Eyre Peninsula. Whibley Wattle is however recognised asEndangered at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 10.1).Table 10.1. Whibley Wattle vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Endangered Endangered EndangeredExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 38.0Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.35Sub-populations 4Endemic to Eyre PeninsulaEstimated # of individuals 450IUCN CriteriaJustificationCR B1 Extent of occurrence estimated to be less than 100 km 2CR B1aCR B1a,b(iii)CR B1a,b(iii)(v)Severely fragmented habitatContinuing decline observed in area, extent and quality of habitatContinuing decline in number of mature individuals10.2 DistributionWhibley Wattle is endemic to southern Eyre Peninsula, and is found solely within the DistrictCouncil of Tumby Bay (Figure 10.1) (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998). The species is known fromfour isolated sub-populations, surviving in remnant and roadside vegetation near thetownship of Tumby Bay. All sub-populations are surrounded by agricultural land.The extent of occurrence of Whibley Wattle is approximately 38 km 2 , occurring withinlatitude 34°16’39” to longitude 136°0’36” (Lincoln Uplands) in the north-west, and latitude34°29’26” to longitude 136°6’1” (Tumby Plains) in the south-east (DEH-EGIS 2006).Concentrated around a salt lake and consisting of predominately adult plants, the southeasternsub-populations are the most isolated in terms of distribution.10.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Whibley Wattle is considered to be critical to its survival. It is likely thatadditional critical habitat is yet to be identified. While the genetic relationship within andbetween the sub-populations still needs to be determined, the sub-populations havebeen named, <strong>for</strong> identification purposes only (Figure 10.2):• Quarry sub-population (north-western), which includes Mount Liverpool subpopulation• Salt lake sub-population (south-eastern), which includes the Tumby plains roadsideisolated plants.Topography and soil typeThe Quarry and Mount Liverpool sub-populations occur within the Lincoln Uplands,growing in the Laube land system, which comprises of loam over red clay and shallowstony soils (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998). Both the Quarry and Mt Liverpool sub-populationsgrow at approximately 150 m above sea level.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 69

Note: Whibley Wattle details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 10.1. Distribution of Whibley Wattle on Eyre Peninsula70 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Figure 10.2. Whibley Wattle sub-population names (not based on genetic populations, descriptors only)<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 71

The Salt lake sub-populations occur on the Tumby plains, growing in the Yaranyacka landsystem. This system is made up of calcareous sandy loam and sandy loam over red clay inundulating rises and fans (Laut et al. 1977). Both sub-populations grow on saline soils 10 mabove sea level. Whibley Wattle seems to tolerate moderately saline soils. However,Jusaitis and Sorensen (1998) have shown that plants grown in soils with electricalconductivity (EC) greater than 3.5 mS/cm display a significant reduction in growth.Vegetation associationsQuarry and Mt Liverpool sub-populations: Adult Whibley Wattles remain scattered throughremnant native vegetation, <strong>for</strong>ming the largest known sub-population. Mount Liverpoolsub-populations grow in association with remnant Merrit (Eucalyptus flocktoniae), Cappedmallee (E. pileata) and Dumosa mallee (E. dumosa) (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998).Salt lake and roadside sub-populations: The salt lake Whibley Wattle sub-population growsin association with Mallee Honey-myrtle (Melaleuca acuminata), Native Apricot(Pittosporum phylliraeoides), Ruby Saltbush (Enchylaena tomentosa), Slender Velvet-bush(Lasiopetalum baueri), Bower Spinach (Tetragonia implexicoma), Spiny Wattle (Acaciaspinescens) and samphire species (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998).Whibley Wattles in outlying roadside areas on the Tumby plains are extremely isolated andpersist in weed infested roadside verges that are mostly devoid of remnant vegetation.ClimateThe mean annual rainfall <strong>for</strong> Tumby Bay is 337.8 mm (BOM 2007). Localised variation inrainfall is noticeable, <strong>for</strong> example, Whibley Wattle Lincoln Uplands sub-populations receivehigher localised rainfall than the south-eastern Tumby Plains sub-population, which survivein the rain shadow of the hills.Known populations within reservesWhibley Wattle is not found within the South Australian reserve system.Isolated individual plants are located within roadside vegetation reserves under thecontrol of the District Council of Tumby Bay, and within private property.Benefits to other speciesWhibley Wattle grows within the Hundred of Hutchison, which has no NP&W Act reservesand has only 4428 ha of remnant vegetation (NVM 2002). Pest control is essential tomaintain and improve the ecological integrity of this area’s highly fragmented habitat.Removal of introduced species is expected to have net benefits to other species relyingon these habitats.Buffering of associated vegetation communities to <strong>for</strong>m or improve vegetated corridors isexpected to aid movement of species and benefit <strong>flora</strong>, fauna, fungi and invertebrates.Whibley Wattle plays an important role in soil conservation. Being a member of theLeguminoseae family, it uses symbiotic soil bacteria (Rhizobia spp.) to fix nitrogen (CILR2007). Nitrate or ammonium produced in this process benefits the whole system, plantsand animals, through the flow-on of the nitrogen cycle.72 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 10.2. Important Whibley Wattle sub-populationsArea andsub-populationEstimated# of plantsExtent(ha)Sub-population descriptionsNorth-western extent of species rangeSub-populations at the quarry site contain younger plants that appear healthier, produce more seedand are growing more vigorously than those in the salt lake sub-population.Quarry, Mine Hill Roadand adjacent privateproperty sub-populationMount Liverpool subpopulation5593.3 ha Whibley Wattle tubestock planting has beenundertaken adjacent to the Quarry subpopulationon private land (refer to Table 10.3)16 ha Subdivided property being developed <strong>for</strong> ruralliving, Section 114, Hundred of Hutchinson (DEHRecfind file 40/1500)South-eastern extent of species rangeSalt-scalded landscape surrounded by cleared agricultural land. Second priority, until genetic studiesare completed. The significance of this site is the ability of the species to survive in a highly salineenvironment.Salt lake sub-population164(plantedandnaturallyoccuring)3.2 haA further 41 Whibley Wattle tubestock (notincluded in count adjacent) and otherassociated <strong>flora</strong> species were planted in 2006with the intention of expanding the Salt lakesub-population and as part of a long-termaim to increase sub-population connectivity.Isolated roadside subpopulations34 (plantedandnaturallyoccuring)MinimalroadsidevergeRoad reserves, surrounded by clearedagricultural land (i.e. road near salt lake,Thuruna Road, Moonlight Bay Road, WhiteRiver Road, Schramms Road, Massena BayRoad).10.4 Biology and ecologyWhibley Wattle is a dense, perennial shrub that can grow to 2.5 m tall and 4 m wide(Whibley & Symon 1992).Flowering occurs between August and October. The species’ pollination process,flowering and seed production has been studied by Jusaitis and Sorensen (1998). In 1996-97, plants in the Quarry sub-population were shown to yield more pods perinfructescence, indicating a higher rate of successful pollination in the Quarry area;however, no specific pollinators have been observed to date (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998).Fruits (four to six seeds per pod) mature from December through to January. The onset offlowering and final quantity of seed produced varies between the north-eastern Quarrysub-population and south-western Salt lake sub-population (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998). Sixpercent of pods at the Quarry sub-population contained no seed (1996-97 study);however, the Salt lake sub-population showed no such deficiency (Jusaitis & Sorenson1998).Seed dispersal is assisted by ants, which are attracted to the off-white coloured arils on theseeds (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998).Fire dependence triggersLike other wattle species, the seeds of Whibley Wattle have a hard seed-coat dormancymechanism and seed requires scarification be<strong>for</strong>e propagation (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998).To date, no research has been conducted into in situ germination triggers.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 73

Related speciesWhibley Wattle is closely related to two species (Whibley & Symon 1992):• Umbrella Bush (Acacia lineolata complex), which occurs mainly in WesternAustralia• Hook-leaf Wattle (Acacia ancistrophylla var. lissophylla), which occurs on EyrePeninsula, the Murray region, and southern Yorke Peninsula.10.5 Previous management actionsTable 10.3. Previous management actions to conserve Whibley WattlePrevious management actions1994 Jusaitis and Sorensen (1998) began studying the conservation biology of Whibley Wattle. Only41 plants were known from the Salt lake sub-population in 1995.1995 Rabbit-proof fencing was erected at the salt lake site by the Landcare Environment ActionProgram (LEAP) through Barry Stirling (local land holder) and Rachel May (Landcare Officer).They also organised <strong>for</strong> the closure of a vehicle track that had until then passed through thesub-population.1995 Approximately 130 Whibley Wattle plants were discovered growing in a disused roadsidequarry between Sections 293 and 294, Hundred of Hutchison. Bollards were erected by theDistrict Council of Tumby Bay to prevent vehicle access to the site.1995 Whibley Wattle seed was collected by DEH staff from the Salt lake site. This seed wasgerminated and seedlings grown at the Black Hill Flora Centre nursery to use <strong>for</strong> in situtranslocation trials in 1996 (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998).1996 Searches <strong>for</strong> new Whibley Wattle sub-populations were conducted along Mine Hill Road,Marshalls Road, Wadella Falls and Draypole Road. No further sub-populations found.1996-98 An in situ experiment, examining the impact of herbivores on seedling growth andestablishment, was conducted at the Salt lake sub-population (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998).1996-97 Jusaitis and Sorensen (1998) conducted a flowering and seed production study at the Saltlake and Quarry sub-populations. The Quarry sub-population produced a higher seeds perpod average than the Salt lake sub-population.1996-97 A study of the effects of weed competition on Whibley Wattle germination was undertaken atthe Salt lake sub-population (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998).1997 Jusaitis and Sorensen (1998) established three permanent photo points.1997 Bridal Creeper and African Boxthorn weed control was undertaken at the Salt lake subpopulationhabitat. An in situ trial examined the tolerance of the species to salt. Soil sampleswere collected from the Salt lake site and Quarry site to examine the soil seed bank (Jusaitis &Sorensen 1998).2000 A community awareness-raising article on Whibley Wattle community awareness was printedin local newsletter The Long Run, 7 th September (author A Freebairn).2003 Whibley Wattle seed was collected from Salt lake and Quarry sub-populations by the SeedConservation Centre, Adelaide Botanic Gardens. Seeds will be used <strong>for</strong> germination tests andlong-term, low temperature (-20 °C and 4 °C) storage as part of the Millennium Seed BankProject.74 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Previous management actions2003 Whibley Wattle tubestock (grown by Greening Australia) were planted into four quadrats onSection 293, Hundred of Hutchison, by Tumby Bay Area School (TBAS) students and staff, andthe 2003 Green Corps Team. Two quadrats were established on hill slopes (east-facing), andthe remaining two quadrats on the lower slopes/start of a tributary (shaded valley withmidday sun only). Kangaroos caused considerable grazing damage to the tubestock plantedin the valley.2004 200 Whibley Wattle tubestock planted by Tumby Bay Area School (TBAS) and Geraldine Turner(Landcare Officer, EPNRM) in Hundred of Hutchison, <strong>Plan</strong> 56991 A1 (directly north of the quarrysite). <strong>Plan</strong>ts were propagated by TBAS staff and students, and all plants were individuallytagged and guarded with kangaroo/rabbit-proof tree guards. TBAS students will continue tomonitor growth rates. A count in 2005 recorded 114 plants surviving (G Turner [EPNRM] 2005,pers. comm.). Tree guards were removed in 2007.2004 TBAS students planted 50 tubestock in a gully on Section 293, Hundred of Hutchison, organisedby G Turner.2004 Green Corps team members, G Turner and A Freeman (Bush Management Advisor, EPNRMB)planting Whibley Wattle tubestock in two roadside locations (Marshall’s Road and Baillie’sRoad) within the District Council of Tumby Bay. Site checks in 2005 recorded 67 plants alive onMarshall’s Road (without tree guards, 62% death rate in first year) and 46 plants on Baillie’sRoad (more successful with tree guards, 64% of tubestock planted still suviving at end of firstyear).2005 47 Whibley Wattle tubestock planted by TBAS students and staff, G Turner and K Pobke alongcreekline, Sections 176 and 177, Hundred of Hutchison. <strong>Plan</strong>ts were propagated by TBAS staffand students and all plants were individual tagged.2006 41 Whibley Wattle tubestock and approximately 200 tubestock of associated species (recreationof associated vegetation community) were planted by TBAS students and staff, GTurner and K Pobke along creekline, Section 293, Hundred of Hutchison. 2006 was a droughtyear, although tubestock were planted with water crystals, shade cloth and supplementarywatering.2006-07 TBAS students, G Turner and K Pobke conducted a small soil trial, which compared the growthof Whibley Wattle tubestock in standard potting soil (<strong>for</strong> Australian natives) and soil fromHundred of Hutchison, <strong>Plan</strong> 56991 A1 (translocation site). On average, tubestock grown in soilfrom the site grew 20 cm taller than those grown in potting soil. Appropriate soil hygiene waspractised throughout this trial.10.6 Threats to Whibley Wattle and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goal is to down-list Whibley Wattle conservation status from Endangered toVulnerable and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, the immediate short-termgoal is to stabilise Whibley Wattle conservation status at Endangered.Whibley Wattle has been ranked as a Priority 1 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle.Table 10.4 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to WhibleyWattle recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 75

Table 10.4. Key threats to Whibley Wattle and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threats: Habitat fragmentation, Restricted distribution/isolated populationsRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: MajorSub-populations grow in highly fragmented and geographically isolated areas (approximately14 km between sub-populations), and may have low genetic variability and genetic flowbecause of their size, isolation and associated environmental stress.Whibley Wattle habitat is generally in poor ecological health. This is being exacerbated byadditional environmental and anthropogenic stresses such as rising dryland salinity, grazingpressure, sparsely located individuals and land subdivisions.Extent of occurrence is estimated at 38 km. The species is at threat of becoming extinct as aresult of a localised catastrophic event. It is more <strong>for</strong>eseeable that a series of catastrophicevents could cause the extinction of this species. For example, frequent and high intensitybushfires, which are expected to increase due to climate change (Lucus et al. 2007), couldresult in exhaustion of the already limited soil seed bank, death of young germinants anddeath of already stressed semi-senescent adult plants.RiskExtremeDirect threat and knowledge gap: Salinity/changes in hydrologyRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from increased salinityand changes in hydrologyLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: MajorDryland salinity is currently estimated to affect one-third of the Whibley Wattle population(Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998). If salinity levels rise, salinity is expected to further stress plants andcause Whibley Wattle deaths in the Salt lake and isolated roadside sub-populations (Jusaitis &Sorensen 1998). Salinity in this area is caused by removal of perennial native vegetation. Loss ofthese deep rooted plants means more water infiltrates beyond the root zone and moves saltsup the soil layers, commonly called ‘secondary salinity’ (EPNRMB 2007).ExtremeDirect threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of germinated juveniles which unstabilises life class structure and increases risk ofpopulation declineLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: MajorLivestock have been observed grazing Whibley Wattle and in turn preventing naturalrecruitment on private property (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). Grazing by nativeherbivores, particularly kangaroos, may have reduced the success of the 2004 translocationtrial (G Turner [EPNRM] 2005, pers. comm.). Subsequently in the second translocation, adjacentto the Quarry sub-population, all plants were caged in kangaroo and rabbit proof tree guards.Seasonal increases in rabbit populations are also expected to affect grazing pressure on newlygerminated wattles.Direct threat and knowledge gap: Inappropriate fire and disturbance regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire from itscritical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if too frequent fires areexperiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = Almost certainConsequence: ModerateThis threat relates to ‘Restricted distribution/isolated populations’. Too frequent fire would bedetrimental to Whibley Wattle. The main risk may really be that Whibley Wattle sites are longunburnt and this may be contributing to the lack of seedling germination and recruitment.ExtremeExtreme76 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Direct threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to speciessurvivalLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: ModerateWhibley Wattle transplanted into weedy and non-weedy sites in 1996 resulted in the death ofall seedlings planted within the weedy site and 48% survival (after 2 years) of plants within thenon-weedy site (Jusaitis 2005). Bridal Creeper (*Asparagus asparagoides), African Boxthorn(*Lycium ferocissimum) and exotic grasses (agricultural pasture grasses predominantly) havebeen identified as high priority weeds to control within Whibley Wattle habitat (Jusaitis &Sorensen 1998). Roadside Whibley Wattle habitat is largely denuded of native vegetation andcontains Wild Oats (*Avena sp.), Rye Grass (Lolium sp.) Barley Grass (*Critesion murinum) andThreat Iris (*Gynandriris setifolia) (Jusaitis 2005).ExtremeDirect threat and knowledge gap: Lack of recruitment/small population sizeRisk: Species population becomes smaller than the minimum viable population limitLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateSalt lake sub-population plants are close to senescence (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998) and thereare no more than a couple of natural recruitments at any of the sub-populations (opportunisticsearches 2004-06). Such a limited area of occupancy may result in deleterious geneticevolution, e.g. decreased production or viability of seed, and decreased plant vigour.HighDirect threat: Vegetation clearance/Roadside managementRisk: Localised species extinction, and loss of genetic material caused by roadside andeasement work failing to apply Environmental Best PractiseLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateMany plants are located on road reserves and are at risk of clearance by road maintenanceactivities.Direct threat: Pest and diseaseRisk: Loss of a couple of plants through to localised extinction due to plant stress (possibledegradation of critical habitat from Phytophora if spread to that area)Likelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateInsect galls, white scale and caterpillars found on some plants, particularly on plants at the saltlake site, could cause additional plant stress, but are not likely to cause a significant long-termthreat (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1998). Whibley Wattle critical habitat is currently within a Low RiskManagement Zone <strong>for</strong> Phytophthora (Velzeboer et al. 2005).HighHighDirect threat: Urban development/Sub-divisionRisk: Loss of species sub-population as a result of illegal clearance, e.g. progression ofdevelopment without vegetation assessmentLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateLand sub-division within Whibley Wattle critical habitat in 2004 at Mount Liverpool highlights thethreat building development poses on Whibley Wattle critical habitat if not planned <strong>for</strong> andmanaged appropriately.Direct threat: Mineral exploration/extractionRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from mineralextractionLikelihood: UnlikelyConsequences: ModerateThe Quarry sub-population and adjacent translocated plants are located within a councilroadside verge (old mine quarry site). Whibley Wattle plants would be at considerable risk ifmineral extraction were to recommence.HighModerate<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 77

Objective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mance criteria1a.11b.11c.11c.21c.41c.51d.11d.21d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.23a.43b.13b.23c.23d.13d.23d.33e.13e.33e.43f.13f.23f.33f.43f.63f.73f.84b.44b.64b.84c.24d.34e.14f.14f.24g.14g.24h.1 5a.45a.75a.85a.95a.105b.210.7 Main referencesJusaitis, M 2005, ‘Translocation trials confirm species factors affecting the establishment ofthree endangered plant species’, Journal of Ecological Management and Restoration,vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 61-67.Jusaitis, M & Polomka, L in press, Weeds and founder propagules influence translocationsuccess in endangered Whibley Wattle, Acacia whibleyana (Leguminosae), unpublishedpaper, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1997, Research <strong>Plan</strong> Annual Report January 1997, Acaciawhibleyana, Black Hill Flora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1997a, Progress Report August 1997 Acacia whibleyana, Black HillFlora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1998, Conservation Biology of Acacia whibleyana, SouthAustralian National Parks and Wildlife Service, Black Hill Flora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 2007, ‘Successful augmentation of an Acacia whibleyana(Whibley Wattle) population by translocation’, Australian <strong>Plan</strong>t Conservation, Bulletin ofthe Australian Network <strong>for</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>t Conservation, vol. 16, no. 1.Whibley, DJE & Symon, DE 1992, Acacias of South Australia, South Australian GovernmentPrinter, Adelaide.78 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

11 Winter Spider-orchid Caladenia brumalis syn. Arachnorchisbrumalis DL Jones11.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Winter Spider-orchid vital attributes against IUCN criteria(IUCN 2001), this species could be considered Endangered (Table 11.1). Winter Spiderorchidis however recognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels(Table 11.1).Table 11.1. Winter Spider-orchid vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 4012Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.0125Sub-populations 4Endemic to South AustraliaEstimated # of individuals 168EN CIUCN CriteriaJustificationPopulation size estimated to number fewer than 2500 mature individuals onEyre PeninsulaEN C2A continuing decline, observed, projected or inferred, in numbers of matureindividuals on Eyre PeninsulaEN C2a(i) No sub-population on Eyre Peninsula estimated to contain more than 250mature individualsEN C2a(i),b*Extreme fluctuations in number of mature individuals on Eyre Peninsula11.2 DistributionWinter Spider-orchid (Caladenia brumalis, also known as Arachnorchis brumalis) isendemic to South Australia. Populations grow near Adelaide, on Eyre Peninsula and onYorke Peninsula (Bates 2006). The actual distribution of the species is relatively uncertaindue to mistaken identity (Bates 2006). Bates (2006) emphasises that Winter Spider-orchidsgrow in coastal areas, and not in ranges. There<strong>for</strong>e, sub-population records <strong>for</strong> placessuch as Carapee Hill and Coolanie Ranges require closer attention and genetic testing (RBates 2007, pers. comm.). With this in mind, the extent of occurrence <strong>for</strong> Winter Spiderorchidon Eyre Peninsula may range between 4012 km 2 (i.e. within latitude 33°24’50.87”S tolongitude 136°15’56.28” (Carapee Hill) in the north, and latitude 34°32’51.10”S to longitude135°43’6.93” (Wanilla) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006)), and a more conservative estimate of230 km 2 , which encompasses only the more coastal and inland Wanilla southern subpopulations(DEH-EGIS 2007) (Figure 2.1).Winter Spider-orchid sub-populations occur within reserves, private property and roadsidevegetation within the district councils of Elliston, Franklin Harbour and Lower Eyre Peninsula.11.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Winter Spider-orchid is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 79

Note: Winter Spider-orchid details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 11.1. Distribution of Winter Spider-orchid on Eyre Peninsula80 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Topography and soil typeWinter Spider-orchids on Southern Eyre Peninsula grow in hard mottled-yellow duplex soilswithin low open-<strong>for</strong>est. Northern sub-populations at Carapee Hill are recorded on sandypedal mottled-yellow duplex soils within open-scrub (Laut et al. 1977).Vegetation associationsWinter Spider-orchid has been recorded growing in association with vegetationcommunities listed in Table 11.2 (DEH-EGIS 2006). However, in many cases individualorchids frequently grow in more open niches, within and on the edges of these vegetationassociations.Table 11.2. Vegetation associations of selected Winter Spider-orchid sub-populationsSub-populationsNorthern (Carapee Hill)RoadsideHeritage Agreement at Coles PointAssociated vegetationBroombush (Melaleuca uncinata) shrubland >1m over low shrubsCup Wattle (Acacia cupularis) (mixed) shrubland >1m over shrubsDrooping Sheoak (Allocasuarina verticillata) woodland over tallshrubs and low shrubsCoastal White Mallee (Eucalyptus diversifolia ssp. diversifolia)mallee woodland over shrubs and <strong>for</strong>bsAssociated vegetationThe largest Winter Spider-orchid population grows in association with Sugar Gum(Eucalyptus cladocalyx) woodland with an understorey of Yacca (Xanthorrhoeasemiplana ssp. semiplana), Guinea-flower (Hibbertia riparia), Peach Heath (Lissanthestrigosa), Port Lincoln Ground-myrtle (Homoranthus homoranthoides) and Milkmaids(Burchardia umbellata). This habitat was burnt during the Wangary Bushfire on January11 th 2005.ClimateThe extent of occurrence of Winter Spider-orchid spans 4012 km 2 , and covers averageyearly rainfall zones of 300-500 mm (DEH-EGIS 2006). Northern Winter Spider-orchid subpopulationsin the vicinity of Darke Peak could be expected to receive mean annualrainfall of 380.8 mm. Winter Spider-orchid sub-populations in the southern extent of thespecies range near Wanilla could be expected to receive mean annual rainfall of509.4 mm (BOM 2007).Known populations within reservesSome Winter Spider-orchids are found within the Eyre Peninsula reserve system (Table 11.3).Other sub-populations grow within Heritage Agreements in the Coolanie Ranges and nearColes Point.Table 11.3. Winter Spider-orchid sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversCarapee Hill ConservationParkWanilla Land SettlementConservation Reserve1? (requires genetic testing) D Symon 1974AD Freebairn 20011 AD Freebairn, P Hewstone andJ Hutchinson 2001Wanilla Conservation Park 1 JZ Weber 1989<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 81

Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Winter Spider-orchid habitat is expected to produce broaderbiodiversity benefits to associated vegetation communities and the animals that dependon these areas. <strong>Recovery</strong> actions, particularly those focusing on weed and pest control,will improve habitat <strong>for</strong> understorey plant species. Research and monitoring of nativepollinators will expand current knowledge on local invertebrate diversity, and is expectedto benefit a multitude of <strong>flora</strong> and fauna species. Increasing our understanding ofpollinator service and the influence this has on the health of fragmented ecosystems isexpected to have flow-on benefits to the primary industry sector.Other <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species growing within Winter Spider-orchid habitat includeIronstone Mulla Mulla (Ptilotus beckerianus) (nationally Vulnerable), Silver Daisy-bush(Olearia pannosa ssp. pannosa) (nationally Vulnerable), Metallic Sun-orchid (Thelymitraepipactoides) (nationally Endangered) and Twisted Sun-orchid (Thelymitra flexousa) (stateRare). Conservation of these <strong>threatened</strong> species is expected to benefit their associatedSugar Gum woodland habitat. Sugar Gum woodland is recognised as regionally<strong>threatened</strong> (DEH 2002) and is also habitat <strong>for</strong> woodland bird species, which are in decline.11.4 Biology and ecologyThe Winter Spider-orchid is a slender, robust orchid that grows 20-50 cm tall (Bates &Weber 1990). The orchid is deciduous, dying back to below-ground tubers in summer andproducing a new leaf in autumn or winter. Leaves are oblong-lanceolate in shape andgrow 4-15 cm long. Leaves are covered in short, dense hairs and have a red colourationtowards the base, extending into light green over the majority of the leaf surface.Flowering occurs in June though until September under favourable weather conditions.Orchids usually have one flower, rarely two, which are up to 70 mm across (Bates 2006).Flowers are cream coloured, often with dark markings, but can appear in yellow, pink andother colour variations (Bates & Weber 1990).Pollination remains unconfirmed <strong>for</strong> Eyre Peninsula populations. Bee and fly species areknown pollinators of spider-orchids, particularly those with white coloured flowers. Malethynnid wasps are known pollinators of spider-orchids (Jones 2006), pollinating viapseudocopulation 2 . This type of pollination is common throughout the Caladenia (syn.Arachnorchis) genus (Stoutamire 1983). Winter Spider-orchids <strong>for</strong>m hybrids with PinkCaladenia (Caladenia latifolia) and Caladenia conferta (Bates 2006).Following pollination, seeds develop in the ovary, which eventually encloses to <strong>for</strong>m aseed pod. The basic seed dispersal process observed involves the seed pod maturing,drying out and dehiscing (bursting open). At this point, slits appear in the seed capsuleand seeds either fall to the ground or are dispersed by wind (D Bickerton [DEH] 2007, pers.comm.). Seed set and viability requires further study, as does germination.Germination triggers are unstudied; however, orchid germination generally depends uponthe presence of mycorrhiza fungi (Sweedan & Merritt 2006) and appropriate fire regimes<strong>for</strong> long-term survival and flowering success (ANBG 2007).Winter Spider-orchid is affected by grazing (known only from a study of the southernpopulation). During 2006, 29% of Winter Spider-orchids were recorded as affected bygrazing in an orchid caging study as part of the Lower Eyre Peninsula Bushfire ReestablishmentProgram (Ecological Associates 2007). Invertebrate species (potentiallyslugs, snails, etc.) were the most frequent herbivores at this time (Ecological Associates2007).2 Pseudocopulation is a process by which an insect transfers pollen while attempting to mate with theflower.82 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Fire dependence triggersWinter Spider-orchid plant numbers tripled in the southern sub-population following the2005 Wangary Bushfire, but long-term monitoring is needed to identify trends (EcologicalAssociates 2007; DEH Recfind file 40/1185 contains post fire data).Similar speciesWinter Spider-orchid is similar in appearance to a number of white-coloured spider-orchidsincluding the White Beauty Spider-orchid (Caladenia argocalla), Pink-lipped Spider-orchid(C. behrii), Sand Spider-orchid (C. aff. arenaria), Pretty Spider-orchid (C. colorata),Scented Spider-orchid (C. fragrantissima) and Ghost Spider-orchid (C. sp. Brentwood syn.Arachnorchis intuta) (Bates 2006).11.5 Previous management actionsTable 11.4. Previous management actions to conserve Winter Spider-orchidPrevious management actions2001 Winter Spider-orchid article in local Port Lincoln Times newspaper as part of communityawareness-raising series ‘Threatened Flora Census’ (author A Freebairn).2005 Post-fire response studies conducted by Dr Jane Prider (Ecological Associates, Adelaide, as acontractor to DEH) focusing on the southern Eyre Peninsula Winter Spider-orchid population(Prider 2006). Funded through the Commonwealth and State Government Lower EyrePeninsula Bushfire Re-establishment Program (Peeters and Way 2005).2006 In March the monitoring technique and process was reviewed <strong>for</strong> the southern Eyre PeninsulaWinter Spider-orchid population. This was conducted by K Pobke in consultation with orchidrecovery volunteers. New field location markers and monitoring quadrat system trialled in2006.2006 In June the first anti-grazing orchid cages and pollination monitoring trial on the southern EyrePeninsula Winter Spider-orchid population was begun by Dr Jane Prider (Prider 2006) (DEHRecfind file 40/1185, Ecological Associates 2007). Grazing was recorded on 29% of all orchidswithin open control sites and the most frequent herbivores were potentially invertebrates(Ecological Associates 2007).2006 Phytophthora control station and signage erected within Winter Spider-orchid habitat <strong>for</strong>public education to prevent the spread of Phytophthora (DEH Recfind file A142127). WinterSpider-orchid habitat is within the Phytophthora High Risk Management Zone (Velzeboer et al.2005).2005-07 Extensive post-fire weed control within southern Eyre Peninsula Winter Spider-orchid habitatwas conducted by Ben White (SEEDS ExtraordinEYRE, Port Lincoln, as a contractor to DEH).Main weeds controlled included Perennial Veldt Grass, South African Daisy and Freesias.OngoingAnnual monitoring of southern Eyre Peninsula Winter Spider-orchid population by orchidrecovery volunteers Jane Hutchison, Pam Hewstone and Sally Deslandes (DEH Recfind file248478).11.6 Threats to Winter Spider-orchid and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Winter Spider-orchid conservation status fromVulnerable to Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise Winter Spider-orchid conservation status atVulnerable.Winter Spider-orchid has been ranked as a Priority 1 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and Focus Work Areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle.Table 11.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to WinterSpider-orchid recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 83

Table 11.5. Key threats to Winter Spider-orchid and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: MajorWinter Spider-orchid occurs in habitat that is highly fragmented and subjected to significantweed invasion (see Pest and Disease section in this table). The species has extremely limitedopportunity <strong>for</strong> dispersal/colonisation due to the fragmented nature of the surroundinglandscape.A combination of habitat fragmentation and introduced predators (feral cats and foxes) havecaused the loss of small native mammals in the orchid’s ecosystem. It is thought that thesesmall mammals once facilitated seed dispersal and colonisation, <strong>for</strong> example echidna’s(Feuerherdt & Petit 2004) may be one reason behind declining orchid numbers.Direct threat: Pest and disease (Phytophthora)Risk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat caused by pest anddiseaseLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: MajorSouthern Eyre Peninsula Winter Spider-orchid populations occur within a High RiskManagement Zone <strong>for</strong> Phytophthora (Velzeboer et al. 2005). Although there are preventiveactions to prevent spread into critical habitat, this threat is considered to cause majorconsequence should those preventive measures fail.RiskExtremeExtremeDirect threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of orchids and high potential of long-term plant stress resulting in populationdeclineLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: ModerateContinued grazing to plants each season will limit the production of viable seed capsules. 37%of all flowering orchids within the Wanilla sub-population were grazed (in 2005 pre-bushfire). In2005 after the Black Tuesday Bushfire, up to around 75% of the Wanilla sub-population wasgrazed, presumably by kangaroos. Anti-grazing cage trials in 2006 showed that herbivory(potentially by snails, slugs and other invertebrates) is a threat to the species and molluscicidesor similar should be trialled (Ecological Associates 2007).Browse pressure and soil disturbance from sheep grazing and rabbits may represent the largestthreat to northern sub-populations (A Freebairn [DEH] 2001, pers. comm.).Direct threat and knowledge gap: Inappropriate fire and disturbance regimes,Small population/lack of recruitmentRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion offire/disturbance from its critical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if too frequentfires/inappropriate disturbance are experiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = LikelyConsequence: ModerateSouthern Eyre Peninsula Winter Spider-orchids near Wanilla were pollinated in 2006-07 (twoyears after Wangary Bushfire 2005) (Ecological Associates 2007). Be<strong>for</strong>e this event, southernEyre Peninsula Winter Spider-orchids were not producing viable seed capsules (A Freebairn[DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). Since the 2005 bushfire, there have been anecdotal reports fromproperty owners in the Koppio Hills and Wanilla area reporting new Winter Spider-orchid subpopulations(no samples have been taken <strong>for</strong> the State Herbarium).ExtremeHigh84 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Direct threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to speciessurvivalLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateWeeds that infest or threaten southern Eyre Peninsula Winter Spider-orchid habitat includeBridal Creeper (Asparagus asparagoides), Perennial Veldt Grass (Ehartia sp.), Freesia, WildGladiolus (Gladiolus undulates), Soursob (Oxalis pes-caprae) and Tree Lucerne(Chamaecytisus proliferus). These weed species readily out-compete orchids. Winter Spiderorchidhabitat in the north is less fragmented and Bridal Creeper (Asparagus asparagoides)and Cape Weed (Arctothea Calendula) impact on these sub-populations (A Freebairn [DEH]2004, pers. comm.).Direct threat: Lack of knowledge/baseline dataRisk: Loss sub-population and genetic material due to lack of in<strong>for</strong>mationLikelihood: UnlikelyConsequences: ModerateThe northern sub-populations appear to be viable, with plants producing seed (A Freebairn[DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). However, this requires further investigation as only a minimum ofpopulation data has been collected from these populations to date and long-term viability isunknown.Direct threat: Illegal collection or harvestRisk: Loss of individual plants, risk of disease spread into critical habitatLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: MinorIllegal collection of this species has the ability to further endanger and undermine recoveryactions, particularly on Lower Eyre Peninsula where park visitation is higher and parks aresmaller. Winter Spider-orchid is listed under the protection of CITES (the Convention onInternational Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora) (UNEP-WCMC 2007).HighModerateModerateObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.11b.11c.11c.21c.41c.51d.11d.21d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.23a.43b.13b.23c.13c.23d.13d.23d.33f.13f.23f.43f.63f.73f.84b.44b.54b.84c.24d.24e.24f.14g.14g.24h.14h.25a.45a.85a.95a.105b.211.7 Main referencesBates, R 2006, CD-ROM, South Australian native orchids, unpublished, Adelaide.Jones, D 2006, A complete guide to native orchids of Australia including the islandterritories, Reed New Holland, Australia.Quarmby, J 2006, <strong>Recovery</strong> plan <strong>for</strong> twelve <strong>threatened</strong> orchids in the Lofty Block region ofSouth Australia 2007-2012, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Stoutamire, WP 1983, ‘Wasp-pollinated species of Caladenia (Orchidaceae) in South-Western Australia’, Australian Journal of Botany, vol. 31, no. 4, pp. 383-394.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 85

12 Club Spear-grass Austrostipa nullanulla J Everett and SWLJacobs12.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Club Spear-grass vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN2001), this species could be considered Vulnerable (Table 12.1). Club Spear-grass isrecognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 12.1).Table 12.1. Club Spear-grass vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 8813Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.1Sub-populations 5Estimated # of individuals 10 000IUCN CriteriaVU A3VU A3cVU A3c,e*JustificationA suspected population size reduction on Eyre Peninsula of greateror equal to 50% over the last 10 years or three generationsA decline in area of occupancy, extent of occurrence and quality ofhabitat on Eyre PeninsulaThe effects of introduced taxa and hybridisation on Eyre Peninsula12.2 DistributionClub Spear-grass (Austrostipa nullanulla, syn. Stipa nullanulla) grows in three states,i.e. New South Wales (Everett 1986), Victoria (Briggs & Leigh 1996) and South Australia. InSouth Australia, Club Spear-grass is found in the Murray, Yorke Peninsula, Gairdner-Torrens,North-Western and Eyre Peninsula regions (Barker et al. 2005). Generally, Club Spear-grassis thought to occupy gypseous soils on the outskirts of salt lakes across the north of SouthAustralia (L Bebbington 2005, pers. comm.). Specifically, on Eyre Peninsula the extent ofoccurrence of Club Spear-grass is approximately 8800 km 2 . The species occurs withinlatitude 32°0’36”S to longitude 135°25’49”E southwest of Coolia (near Lake Gairdner, thenorthern most recorded distribution), and latitude 33°10’48”S to longitude 135°28’24”E atthe southern-most record just south of Wudinna (DEH-EGIS 2006) (Figure 12.1).Club Spear-grass grows within the district councils of Le Hunte and Kimba, and theunincorporated areas, including outer hundreds of Port Augusta, Gairdner and Yardea.12.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Club Spear-grass is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.86 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Club Spear-grass details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 12.1. Distribution of Club Spear-grass on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 87

Topography and soil typeClub Spear-grass is restricted to gypsum soils, often called ‘flour gypsum’, surroundingsaline lakes in the northern part of Eyre Peninsula. It is known to grow within topography of60-200 m above sea level (DEH-EGIS 2006). Near Lake Wannamanna, the species hasbeen recorded growing in the low dunes and swales surrounding salt scalds (surveyed byC Yates and W Crisp in 2002). New South Wales Club Spear-grass sub-populations aredescribed as restricted to gypseous lunettes and copi rises, on the margins of relict lakesand on crests and sides of lunettes above old lake floors (DEC 2005).Vegetation associationsThe habitat of Club Spear-grass varies from chenopod shrubland, and mixed-speciesgrassland, through to grassland dominated by Club Spear-grass. On Eyre Peninsula, ClubSpear-grass has been recorded growing in association with Nealie (Acacia rigens), Helm’sOak-bush (Allocasuarina helmsii) and an understorey of Zygophyllum aurantiacum,Enneapogon sp. and small Compositae sp. (surveyed by Yeates and Crisp in 2002).The following associated vegetation communities have been sourced from floristicmapping (DEH-EGIS 2006). They still require ground truthing because, <strong>for</strong> example, in manycases spear-grass may grow on the edges of these associations (Table 12.2).Table 12.2. Vegetation associations of Club Spear-grass sub-populationsPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesRed Mallee (Eucalyptus oleosa)mid mallee woodlandSouthern Cypress Pine (Callitrisgracilis), +/- Bullock Bush(Alectryon oleifolius ssp.canescens) low open woodlandBoree (Melaleuca pauperi<strong>flora</strong>ssp. mutica), +/- Dryland Tea-tree(M. lanceolata), +/- Sheep Bush(Geijera linearifolia) tall shrubs+/- Umbrella Bush (Acacialigulata) tall sparse shrublandRuby Saltbush (Enchylaenatomentosa var. tomentosa), +/-Bladder Saltbush (Atriplexvesicaria) low shrubs over GreyBindyi (Sclerolaena diacantha)Black Bluebush (Maireanapyramidata) low sparseshrublandClimateClub Spear-grass inhabits the 300-400 mm rainfall zones; however, the majority of subpopulationsgrow in arid regions, which receive average yearly rainfalls of 200 mm or less(DEH-EGIS 2006). Sub-populations could be expected to experience a climate similar toMinnipa, which receives mean annual maximum and minimum temperatures of 24 °C and10.9 °C respectively, and mean annual rainfall of 327.3 mm (BOM 2007).Known sub-populations within reservesClub Spear-grass grows within Lake Gilles Conservation Reserve (first recorded by SCarruthers and S Kenny in 1998) (DEH-EGIS 2006).Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Club Spear-grass is expected to benefit multiple species throughprotection and management of habitat. Control of feral goats and understanding of firedependence are examples of two broad-scale management techniques expected tobenefit other plant species growing in association with Club Spear-grass. Collectingbaseline data is expected to have broader conservation benefits, particularly in ourunderstanding of grass species, flowering response to environmental conditions andreproductive biology.88 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

12.4 Biology and ecologyClub Spear-grass is a small, perennial grass that has stems to 0.5 m high. This species ischaracterised by ear-like outgrowths coming from the auricles 3 . The plant’s woolly hairsare 9 mm long, lower glume 4 9-11 mm long, and upper glume 8-10 mm long. It has anawn 5 5-7 cm long that is bent twice (Everett 1986).Flowering occurs in response to rain in summer months, mainly during December toJanuary (DEC 2005), and the species most likely follows a C4 pathway (Jessop, Dashorst &James 2006). Pollination is assumed to be via wind, but is unknown. Frequent hybridisationis thought to occur amongst similar grass species (L Bebbington 2004, pers. comm.). Seedsare dispersed via wind, rain and flood events, with the awn and sharp point of the floret 6assumed to aid in seed burial (DEC 2005). In general, grass seed is thought to have a shortviability span of 3-5 years (DEC 2005).Club Spear-grass is very similar to Vickery’s Spear-grass (Austrostipa vickeryana).Differences between the two are distinguished almost entirely by measurements (Jessopet al. 2006).Fire dependence triggersSoil disturbance is thought to stimulate Club Spear-grass germination (L Bebbington 2004,pers. comm.); however, this is yet to be tested. The New South Wales Rural Fire Servicerecommends that Club Spear-grass is not burnt more frequently than once every ten years(NSW 2004).12.5 Previous management actionsTable 12.3. Previous management actions to conserve Club Spear-grassPrevious management actions2001 A Freebairn and M Horgan collected 15 grams of Club Spear-grass seed from the LakeGilles population.2003 <strong>Plan</strong>t survey in Club Spear-grass habitat conducted by A Freebairn with the Friends ofKimba District Parks (DEH volunteers). 15 volunteers, 105 hours.2004 Club Spear-grass seed collected from Eyre Peninsula sub-populations by Seed ConservationCentre, Adelaide, <strong>for</strong> germination tests and long-term low temperature storage, as part ofthe Millennium Seed Bank Project.12.6 Threats to Club Spear-grass and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Club Spear-grass conservation status from Vulnerableto Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, the immediateshort-term goal is to stabilise Club Spear-grass conservation status at Vulnerable.Club Spear-grass is a Priority 3 species, based on degree of threat, potential <strong>for</strong> recovery,level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The species is regarded as a plantthat may respond well to fire (Appendix I).Table 12.4 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to ClubSpear-grass recovery (Table 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).3 Auricles are an ear-shaped appendage at base of a leaf4 Glume is one of a pair of empty bracts at the base of a spikelet5 Awn is a long appendage at the apex of a glume, lemma or palea6 Floret is a grass flower consisting of lemma, palea, lodicules, stamens, pistil<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 89

Table 12.4. Key threats to Club Spear-grass and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat and knowledge gap: Inappropriate fire regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire from itscritical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if too frequent fires areexperiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = LikelyConsequence: ModerateClub Spear-grass fire regime requirements are largely unknown. However, too frequent or intensefires would be expected to impact on the recruitment success of this grassland. The NSW RuralFire Service recommends that Club Spear-grass is not burnt more frequently than once every10 years (NSW 2004).Direct threat and knowledge gap: Salinity/changes in hydrologyRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from increasedsalinity/changes in hydrologyLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateIncreases in salinity scald patches within Club Spear-grass habitat may limit available habitat.RiskHighHighDirect threat and knowledge gap: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of plants resulting in loss of available seed leading to increased risk of populationdeclineLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateGoats and sheep graze Club Spear-grass heavily (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). Rabbitsand kangaroos often dig the entire plant out and feed on the base and root system of manyAustrostipa species, including Club Spear-grass (L Bebbington 2005, pers. comm.). Reports ofrabbits extensively grazing and burrowing in the soft gypsum soils of NSW Club Spear-grass subpopulationsidentifies that this would also be a threat to SA sub-populations.HighDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateIUCN criteria B1, 2c defines Club Spear-grass as <strong>threatened</strong> due to a limited extent ofoccurrence or area of occupancy and severe fragmentation. Further threats to Club Spear-grasssub-populations are the inferred, observed or projected continual decline, in area, extent and/orquality of habitat.Direct threat and knowledge gap: Mineral exploration/extractionRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from mineral explorationand/or extractionLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateClub Spear-grass is restricted to growing in gypsum soils. Gypsum mining on Eyre Peninsula hasthe potential to threaten Club Spear-grass sub-populations if not managed appropriately. Thisrequires further investigation.Knowledge gap: Lack of knowledge and baseline in<strong>for</strong>mationRisk: Loss of sub-population(s) and genetic material due to lack of in<strong>for</strong>mationLikelihood: UnlikelyConsequences: ModerateInsufficient baseline in<strong>for</strong>mation (such as size of populations, age structure and reproductionsuccess) and lack of biological knowledge (e.g. break downs in life cycle stages, pollination,cause and/or percentage of population dying/reaching senescence) needs to be addressed.Prior to 2004, the surveyed Eyre Peninsula sub-populations were reported to display good seedset with recruitment (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.); however, no recent site visits havebeen undertaken to confirm if this is still the case.HighHighModerate90 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Direct threat: Damage from off-road vehiclesRisk: Degradation of critical habitat and loss of individual plantsLikelihood: UnlikelyConsequences: MinorClub Spear-grass sub-populations have the potential to be damaged from off-road vehicle useand/or heavy machinery traffic (e.g. storage of road maintenance machinery temporarily alongside roadways). Maintenance of other utilities with services and easements along roadsides, suchas electricity and telephones, could also threaten Club Spear-grass sub-populations.LowObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.31c.11c.31d.21b.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.43c.13d.23d.33f.13f.33f.43f.53f.84b.34c.25a.65b.212.7 Main referencesDEC 2005, A spear-grass – profile, Department of Environment and Climate Change NSW,Sydney, viewed 8 November 2007,.Jessop, J, Dashorst, G & James, F 2006, Grasses of South Australia: An illustrated guide tothe native and naturalised species, The Board of Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and StateHerbarium, South Australia.NSW RFS 2004, Threatened species hazard reduction list: Part 1 - <strong>Plan</strong>ts, NSW Rural FireService, viewed 8 November 2007,.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 91

13 Prickly Raspwort Haloragis eyreana Orchard13.1 StatusWhen assessing Prickly Raspwort vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN 2001), thisspecies could be considered Endangered (Table 13.1). This is important given that thisspecies only occurs on Eyre Peninsula. Prickly Raspwort is recognised as Endangered atthe Regional, State and National levels (Table 13.1).Table 13.1. Prickly Raspwort vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Endangered Endangered EndangeredExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 2047Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.74Sub-populations 69Endemic to Eyre PeninsulaEstimated # of individuals 16 000IUCN CriteriaJustificationEN B2 Area of occupancy estimated to be less than 500 km 2EN B2b(iv)Continuing decline inferred in area, extent and quality of habitatEN B2b(iv)c(iv)Extreme fluctuations in number of mature individuals13.2 DistributionPrickly Raspwort (Haloragis eyreana) is endemic to Lower Eyre Peninsula, where it grows inlower lying areas, along roadsides and near stormwater drains adjacent to roadintersections (Jusaitis & Smith 1998) (Figure 13.1). The species’ extent of occurrence on EyrePeninsula is approximately 2000 km 2 , occurring within latitude 33°38’40”S to longitude136°45’57”E (Middlecamp Hills) in the north, and latitude 34°24’5”S to longitude135°42’32”E (Edillilie) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006).Prickly Raspwort grows within the district councils of Lower Eyre Peninsula, Tumby Bay andFranklin Harbour. Prickly Raspwort also grows within rail reserves maintained by AustralianRailroad Group Pty Ltd (ARG) and along corridors with water pipelines maintained by SAWater.13.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Prickly Raspwort is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typePrickly Raspwort grows predominantly on poorly drained mottled-yellow duplex soils andhard pedal red-duplex soils in historically grassland areas that have been cleared <strong>for</strong>agriculture (Laut et al. 1977). Jusaitis et al. (2000a) record Prickly Raspwort growing in grey,brown or reddish clays soil with an average pH of 7.8. The species grows in soils that sethard in summer yet become waterlogged in winter.92 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Prickly Raspwort details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 13.1. Distribution of Prickly Raspwort on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 93

Vegetation associationsPrickly Raspwort inhabits areas that are considerably modified from their pre-settlementstate. Areas near Prickly Raspwort sub-populations have been extensively cleared <strong>for</strong> cropproduction. Agricultural land in the area would have once been dominated by Yorrell(Eucalyptus gracilis), Capped Mallee (E. pileata), Ridge-fruited Mallee (E. incrassata) andBroombush (Melaleuca uncinata) (Leigh, Boden & Briggs 1984). Frequently, PricklyRaspwort is found growing in disturbed open grassland areas. It is only occasionally foundgrowing in more intact habitat, where it is associated with Ridge-fruited Mallee(Eucalyptus incrassata), Dumosa Mallee (E. dumosa) or Totem-poles (Melaleucadecussata) (Jusaitis et al. 2000a).ClimatePrickly Raspwort inhabits the 300-500 mm rainfall zone (DEH-EGIS 2006). The climateexperienced by the Middlecamp Hills northern sub-population is best estimated fromCowell’s climate, where the mean annual rainfall is 279.9 mm (BOM 2007). In PricklyRaspwort’s southern-most range, sub-populations could be expected to experienceclimate similar to Wanilla, where mean annual rainfall is much higher at 509.4 mm (BOM2007).Known sub-populations within reservesThere is one record of Prickly Raspwort within Middlecamp Hills Conservation Park, firstobserved by R Davies in 1982 (DEH-EGIS 2006). This record is considered to be outside ofthe species’ currently known range and requires further verification.Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Prickly Raspwort is expected to benefit multiple species throughprotection and management of habitat. Broad-scale management techniques andcollection of baseline data is expected to benefit other plant species growing inassociation with the herb. In particular, these activities will benefit those plant specieswithin similar limited niches, and with similar life <strong>for</strong>ms, flowering response and/or pollinatorneeds.13.4 Biology and ecologyPrickly Raspwort is a perennial, herb growing to 10-30 cm tall. A full taxonomic descriptionof Prickly Raspwort is given in Black (1986a, p. 970).Flowering occurs between October and November, with fruit developing in December.Flowers develop starting from the base and extend to the tip of flowering stems (Jusaitis &Smith 1998; Jusaitis et al. 2000a). According to Orchard (1980), inflorescences arecomposed of up to five hermaphroditic flowers; however Jusaitis et al. (2000a) found thatPrickly Raspwort plants average three to five flowers per node. <strong>Plan</strong>ts from two subpopulationshave even been recorded with up to 12 and 15 flowers per node (from plantsin sub-populations J3 and J1 respectively (Jusaitis et al. 2000a).Studies show varied differences in seed production both between and withinprovenances. For example, sub-population E had consistently higher yield that other subpopulations(35-50 seeds per 100 fruits) (Jusaitis et al. 2000a). Fruit and seed morphology,seed production, and the species breeding system have been studied quite extensively(see Jusaitis et al. (2000a)).Prickly Raspwort reproduces from seed and vegetatively (Jusaitis & Smith 1998; Jusaitis etal. 2000a). The fruit contains an inhibitor or inhibitors that give a dormancy period. Theseed itself is surrounded by hard, woody fruit, but it is unlikely that this seed coat would bea barrier to germination (Jusaitis et al. 2000a).94 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Pollen is readily dispersed by wind gusts, with the optimal weather conditions <strong>for</strong> crosspollinationbelieved to be hot, dry summer days with a light to moderate breeze (Jusaitiset al. 2000a). Bagging experiments on nursery-grown plants in Adelaide indicated thatinsect pollination did not affect seed yield, which further supports that the speciesprobably relies on wind <strong>for</strong> pollination (Jusaitis et al. 2000a).The response of Prickly Raspwort to fire is unknown.13.5 Previous management actionsPrickly Raspwort research work has been led by Manfred Jusaitis (Senior Biologist, DEH). Asummary of research trials and results is listed in Table 13.2.Table 13.2. Previous management actions to conserve Prickly RaspwortPrevious management actions and points of interest1990 Seed of Prickly Raspwort thought to be male sterile. Thought that the species reproducedentirely vegetatively (Orchard 1980 in Jusaitis et al. 2000a).1997 Survey of Prickly Raspwort sub-populations (Jusaitis et al. 2000a, p. 6). Site names include A,B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I1, I2, J, K, L and M, reaching a total of 2933 plants from these sites nearCummins, Yeelanna, Koppio and Cockaleechie.Prickly Raspwort sub-populations are defined based on the assumption that a 500 m gap ofno Prickly Raspwort plants (e.g. along a roadside) constitutes a separate sub-population, asit is unlikely that genetic exchange would take place over that distance (Jusaitis et al.2000a).1998 Survey of Prickly Raspwort sub-populations (Jusaitis & Smith 1998; Jusaitis et al. 2000a, p. 6).From a further 37 newly recorded sub-populations a total of 11 748 plants were surveyed.1998 In May, two field trials were established to investigate the potential impact of roadmaintenance activities, weeds and herbivores on growth and regeneration of PricklyRaspwort.Soil disturbance, slashing and herbicide effectsTrials at sites named Three Brothers, Pearson’s Road and Moreenia investigated effects of:• soil grading: early (May) compared with late (October)• vegetation slashing: early (August/September) compared with late(September/October)• annual grass control with herbicide: 0.5 or 1 L/ha of Fusillade ® in August.Weed and grazing effectsThree enclosures (5 m 2 constructed of chicken-wire) were established on roadside nearCockaleechie. Pairs of 1 m 2 quadrats were set up inside and outside the enclosures.Enclosures included one hand weeded site and one control (left as is).Five photo-points were set up with a 10 m 2 quadrat <strong>for</strong> vegetation assessment in varyingrepresentative Prickly Raspwort habitat.1998 Propagation and ex situ collection including micro-propagation, cuttings and germination.Gibberellin and smoked water trialled (Jusaitis et al. 2000a).1998 Fertile (plump white seed) collected from nursery-grown and in situ plants. This proved thatthe species could produce viable seed. It had previously been assumed to reproducevegetatively only (Jusaitis et al. 2000a).1999 Survey of Prickly Raspwort sub-populations (Jusaitis et al. 2000a, p. 6). Eleven new PricklyRaspwort sub-populations recorded, comprised of 1047 plants.1999 Haloragis eyreana <strong>Recovery</strong> team meeting held in Adelaide in April.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 95

Previous management actions and points of interest2000 First year results of field trials:• density of Prickly Raspwort increased as result of early slashing (result from singlereplicate only) (Jusaitis et al. 2000a)• weed control using Fusillade ® conducted at Sites L; 22(a and b); 6a; I; M; 15, 9b.Annual grasses were controlled and there was no observed impact on PricklyRaspwort or Wallaby-grass (Danthonia sp.) (M Jusaitis [DEH] 2001, pers. comm.)• results so far do not show significant reduction in Prickly Raspwort density as a resultof grading or slashing (Jusaitis et al. 2000a)• weed free plots had higher density and cover of Prickly Raspwort and highernumbers of seedlings• no significant herbivore damage was recorded between the fenced andunfenced trials.2000 Haloragis eyreana Research <strong>Plan</strong> with allocated Project Officer (Karan Smith to June 1999and Anthelia Bond from August 1999; staff transition period) was coordinated by ManfredJusaitis (Project Number 574, Project ID ESU06082) (DEH Recfind file 40/1492).2002 Habitat trials established along Bratten Way to test Prickly Raspwort growth andreproduction in different waterlogged soil micro-niches.2003 Seed collected from two sub-populations <strong>for</strong> the Seed Conservation Centre, Adelaide.Seed has been tested and has been entered into the seedbank <strong>for</strong> long-term, lowtemperature storage (P Ainsley [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.).2004-06 M Jusaitis and K Pobke completed Prickly Raspwort monitoring. Small bushfire (2006) hadburnt through Bratten Way soil moisture trial.2005 Prickly Raspwort Threatened Flora of South Australia In<strong>for</strong>mation Sheet produced (DEHRecfind file 40/1492).13.6 Threats to Prickly Raspwort and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Prickly Raspwort conservation status from Endangeredto Vulnerable, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, the immediate shorttermgoal is to stabilise Prickly Raspwort conservation status at Endangered.Prickly Raspwort has been ranked as a Priority 2 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E).Table 13.3 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to PricklyRaspwort recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).96 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 13.3. Key threats to Prickly Raspwort and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRiskRisk: Complex to determine because Prickly Raspwort grows within fragmented systems, butthis could also threaten species’ resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: MajorThe majority of known populations are small and occur in highly fragmented vegetation on roadand rail reserves. These fragmented populations of Prickly Raspwort may have low geneticvariability and genetic flow because of their small size and isolation. Low genetic variability mayreduce the resilience of the species to environmental changes, pests or diseases. Differences inseed production have already been observed at different sub-populations and the factor(s)contributing to such differences are unknown.Prickly Raspwort distribution spans six different Hundreds, all of which are extensively cleared, withless than 8% of native remnant vegetation remaining (NVMB 1987).ExtremeDirect threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: ModerateWeed invasion, particularly grass weed species, suppresses Prickly Raspwort seedlingregeneration, density and cover (Jusaitis et al. 2000a). Low-lying areas in road and rail reservesare all easily colonised by introduced grasses such as Couch (Cynodon dactylon) and Oat(Avena sp.). These sites already sustain relatively small numbers of plants that could quicklybecome locally extinct from weed encroachment. Weeds recorded within Prickly Raspwortcritical habitat include False Brome (Brachypodium distachyon), Pimpernel (Anagallis arvensis),Common Sow-thistle (Sonchus oleraceus), Cape Weed (Arctotheca calendula), Thread Iris(Gynandriris setifolia), Couch (Cynodon dactylon) and Common Onion-grass (Romulea rosea)(Jusaitis et al. 2000a).Direct threat: Vegetation clearance/roadside managementRisk: Localised species extinction from roadside and easement work failing to applyEnvironmental Best PractiseLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateRoadside management activities such as grading and slashing may impact on Prickly Raspwortsub-populations; however, preliminarily results show Prickly Raspwort density and cover has notbeen significantly affected by slashing and grading.Maintenance of other essential services, such as water pipelines, overhead powerlines andunderground cables, is an identified threat to Prickly Raspwort.Direct threat: Salinity/changes to hydrology, Inappropriate disturbance regimesRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateLow-level disturbance has been demonstrated to invigorate Prickly Raspwort; however, highleveldisturbance with any weed invasion will result in the extinction of this species at a site (MJusaitis [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.).ExtremeHighHighPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteriaObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation1a.21c.11c.31d.3Objective 2Communityinvolvement2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.3Objective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitat3a.13a.33a.43b.33d.33d.33f.13f.43f.8Objective 4Research criticalto management4e.1 5a.55a.95b.2Objective 5Monitoring andevaluation<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 97

13.7 Main referencesJusaitis, M, Bond, A, Smith, K & Polomka, L 2000, Haloragis eyreana Research <strong>Plan</strong>,Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M, Bond, A, Smith, K & Polomka, L 2000a, Annual Report <strong>for</strong> Haloragis eyreanaResearch <strong>Plan</strong>, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M & Smith, K 1997, Progress report Haloragis eyreana, Black Hill Flora Centre,Botanic Gardens of Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Smith, K 1998, Haloragis eyreana Research <strong>Plan</strong>: Annual report, Department<strong>for</strong> Environment, Heritage and Aboriginal Affairs, South Australia.Leigh, J, Boden, R & Briggs, J 1984, Extinct and endangered plants of Australia, MacMillan,Australia.Orchard, AE 1986, ‘Haloragaceae’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of SouthAustralia, PartIII: Leguminosae-Rubiaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.98 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

14 Bead Samphire Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis PG Wilson14.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Bead Samphire vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN2001), this species could be considered Vulnerable (Table 14.1). Bead Samphire isrecognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 14.1).Table 14.1. Bead Samphire vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 22 160Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.5Sub-populations 10Estimated # of individuals 10 000VU D2*IUCN CriteriaJustificationPopulation with very restricted area of occupancy and number of locationson Eyre Peninsula such that it is prone to the effects of human activities orstochastic events within a very short period of time in an uncertain futureand is thus capable of becoming Critically Endangered or even Extinct in ashort time period14.2 DistributionBead Samphire, also known as Bead Glasswort, grows in Western Australia, South Australiaand Victoria. The majority of known sub-populations grow in South Australia (Carter 2005).Isolated Bead Samphire sub-populations grow in the South-East, Northern Lofty and EyrePeninsula regions in South Australia (DEH-EGIS 2007). On Eyre Peninsula, Bead Samphirehas an extent of occurrence in excess of 22 000 km 2 (Figure 14.1) and grows within latitude31°58’1”S to longitude 132°25’5”E (Fowlers Bay) in the north, and latitude 34°28’40”S tolongitude 135°50’52”E (Koppio Tod Reservoir) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006). There is alsoone offshore sub-population on Flinders Island.Bead Samphire grows within the district councils of Cleve, Streaky Bay, Elliston, Ceduna,Tumby Bay and Lower Eyre Peninsula, and on land managed by the Outback AreasCommunity Development Trust.14.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Bead Samphire is considered to be habitat critical to its survival. It islikely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeBead Samphire grows on the margins of salt lakes and coastal salt marshes over gypsumdeposits, and is often associated with other Halosarcia species (Scarlett & Parson 1993).Habitat preference of Bead Samphire sub-populations close to St Kilda and Adelaidehave been studied by Coleman and Cook (2005), who found that Bead Samphire growsin soils that can tolerate a wider soil moisture content than associated edge vegetation.Bead Samphire grows on playa surfaces within mineral soils with a pH of 7.9-8.1, and highchlorinate levels (Coleman & Cook 2005). Bead Samphire habitat preference correspondswith the hard pans, which have been recorded at depths of 25-50 cm (Coleman & Cook2005). General soil descriptions are given in Table 14.2.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 99

Note: Details of Bead Samphire locations are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 14.1. Distribution of Bead Samphire on Eyre Peninsula100 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Vegetation associationsBead Samphire usually occupies different niche habitat than other Halosarcia species. Thespecies grows almost specifically in monoculture stands within low-lying habitat niches.Associated salt tolerant vegetation communities grow on these low-lying areas (see Table14.2) (DEH-EGIS 2006).Table 14.2. Examples of niche sharing species, soil description and associated edge vegetation <strong>for</strong> BeadSamphireSoil description Niche-sharing species Edge associated vegetationAcraman CreekConservation ParkTidal flat – Silty clay loam(top 5 cm)Arno BayCalcareous loam, lessthan 10 m above sea levelGrey Samphire (Halosarciahalocnemoides) andBead Samphire (H.flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis)Bead Samphire(Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis)Brown-head Samphire (Halosarcia indicassp. leiostachya) low shrubland over SaltBluebush (Maireana oppositifolia), GreySamphire (Halosarcia halocnemoides) andThorny Lawrencia (Lawrencia squamata)Grey Mangrove (Avicennia marina ssp.marina) low open <strong>for</strong>est over +/- samphire(Halosarcia sp.), +/- Beaded Samphire(Sarcocornia quinque<strong>flora</strong>) shrubsClimateBead Samphire inhabits a wide-ranging rainfall zone of 300-500 mm (DEH-EGIS 2006).Fowler’s Bay is near the northern extent of the Bead Samphires’ Eyre Peninsula range andhas mean annual maximum and minimum temperatures of 21.5 °C and 12.3 °Crespectively, and a mean annual rainfall of 299.3 mm (BOM 2007). Arno Bay, near thespecies’ southern sub-populations, has a mean annual rainfall of 315 mm (BOM 2007).Known sub-populations within reservesBead Samphire is located within the South Australian reserve system (Table 14.3).Table 14.3. Bead Samphire sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversSceale Bay Conservation Park 1 L Bebbington 2005Acraman Creek Conservation ParkD Fotheringham & G Pearce 19911D Fotheringham 1996Fowlers Bay Conservation Park 1 T Schultz 2005Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Bead Samphire habitat is expected to benefit a wide range ofspecies associated with salt marsh, salt lake and tidal samphire habitats on Eyre Peninsula,particularly those species that will be under threat from sea level rises associated withclimate change. For example, hover flies are known to use Bead Samphire as larvaeraising habitat and fly larvae have been observed feeding on the plants seeds (BSaunders 2006, pers. comm.).14.4 Biology and ecologyBead Samphire is a small woody perennial, belonging to the Chenopod family. BeadSamphires grow to approximately 20 cm high and have upward curving branches. Thesebranches comprise of succulent segments, often described as barrel-shaped or narrowobovoid(egg-shaped). The size of each segment is approximately 5 mm long and 2.5 mm<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 101

wide (Wilson 1986). The feature that distinguishes Bead Samphire from other Halosarciaspecies is its free opposite bracts on the spike.The flowering and fruiting phases of the Bead Samphire life cycle take place from Januaryto May (Wilson 1986). Flowers, or more precisely the plant’s stamens and stigmas, developas yellow/white, barely visible dots along the flowering spikes, at the top of branches.Flowers of Halosarcia species are bisexual, producing both male and female parts (Datson2002). The pollination process and seed dispersal mechanisms are currently unknown.Bead Samphire germination triggers and requirements are unknown. In general,reproduction of samphire species is known to require soil salinity and temperature triggers(Datson 2002). Bead Samphire seeds have a tough, bumpy, brown testa (outer coating)and are less than 1 cm long.14.5 Previous management actionsTable 14.4. Previous management actions to conserve Bead SamphirePrevious management actions1959-2005 Opportunistic surveys/observations locating Bead Samphire populations on Eyre Peninsula(recorded by 17 observers). These records are kept on internal DEH databases.1996 Tidal and salt marsh community survey by DEH. 30 x 30 m quadrats used to record plantspecies lists, cover/abundance data and general soil in<strong>for</strong>mation. Surveys relevant tounderstanding Bead Samphire habitat requirements include: ACR00203 Acraman CreekCP, and ARN00102 Arno Bay.2004-ongoingArno Bay Progress Association and members of the Arno Bay Estuaries Group met to discusssamphire and salt marsh conservation and ecosystem function. EPNRMB CoastalManagement Officer, EPNRMB Wetlands Officer and DEH Threatened Flora Project Officerattended.2005 Bead Samphire article published in West Coast Babbler: The Ark on Eyre Newsletter (springedition) to raise community awareness of Arno Bay estuary system and highlight BeadSamphire (DEH Recfind file 40/1491).2006 Bead Samphire in<strong>for</strong>mation sheet produced (DEH Recfind file 40/1491)2006 Staff field trip and community workshop held at Arno Bay as part of EPNRMB projectofficers’ community capacity building milestones (DEH Recfind file 40/A142128).2006 Site visits to Bead Samphire sub-populations in Sceale Bay, Fowlers Bay and Acraman Creekconservation parks, and at Arno Bay. Juvenile, adult and damaged plants tagged andrecorded <strong>for</strong> future monitoring. One line intercept transect established at Fowlers Bay tomonitor impact from off-road vehicles on this population (DEH Recfind File 40/A248477).2006 Bead Samphire Threatened Flora of Eyre Peninsula In<strong>for</strong>mation Sheet produced as amilestone <strong>for</strong> the Ark on Eyre project (DEH Recfind file 40/A142070).14.6 Threats to Bead Samphire and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Bead Samphire conservation status from Vulnerableto Near Threatened and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, the immediateshort-term goal is to stabilise Bead Samphire conservation status at VulnerableBead Samphire has been ranked as a Priority 2 species based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E).Table 14.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to BeadSamphire recovery (Table 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).102 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 14.5. Key threats to Bead Samphire and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Restricted distribution/isolated and disjunct sub-populationsRisk: Widespread loss of species across multiple sites if species cannot colonise new sitesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: MajorBead Samphire’s restricted niche habitat and disjunct sub-populations are expected to affectthe species ability to survive climate change (e.g. sea-level rise).RiskExtremeDirect threat: Salinity/changes in hydrology, Urban development/subdivisionRisk 1: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat most likely fromchanges in hydrologyRisk 2: Loss of species sub-population as a result of illegal clearance, e.g. progression ofdevelopment without vegetation assessmentLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: MajorRising regional saline groundwater tables are considered a potential long-term threat topopulations in Victoria (Scarlett & Parson 1993). Bead Samphire is tolerant of seasonal inundation,but would be <strong>threatened</strong> by rising water tables, which lead to excessive and/or prolongedflooding (Venn 2005). In general, samphire species cannot tolerant long periods of drought(Datson 2002).Similar threats to Eyre Peninsula Bead Samphire populations are probable and need to beinvestigated, <strong>for</strong> example:• water harvesting (e.g. nearby harvest of ground water behind sand dunes) may affectthe amount/quality of water the samphire ecosystem needs to survive• rising sea-level as a result of climate change and the ability of samphire species tomigrate• the impact of variables such as drainage, nutrient loading, sedimentation and pollutionon critical habitat.The predominantly coastal habitat of Bead Samphire makes the species highly susceptible todirect and indirect impacts from coastal development, as described above in changes tohydrology. Examples of direct impacts include clearance of habitat and populations, andindirect impacts include changes in hydrology, drainage, pollination, and nutrient and sedimentrun-off.Direct threat: Off-road vehicles and rubbish dumpingRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from off-road vehiclesand rubbish dumpingLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateOff-road vehicles frequently cause disturbance to Bead Samphire habitat, increase the risk ofweed species introduction, and change water-flow through soil compaction and depression.Rubbish dumping is also a concern due to environmental pollutants and the message thatdumping gives to the community about the intrinsic value of salt marsh environments.Direct threat and knowledge gap: Mineral exploration/extractionRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from mineralexploration/extractionLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateBead Samphire populations in Victoria are under threat from gypsum mining (Scarlett & Parson1993). Gypsum mining and salt extraction on Eyre Peninsula has the potential to threaten BeadSamphire populations if not managed appropriately.Knowledge gap: Lack of knowledge and baseline in<strong>for</strong>mationRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from lack of in<strong>for</strong>mationLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateBaseline in<strong>for</strong>mation about Bead Samphires on Eyre Peninsula lacks in<strong>for</strong>mation about the size ofpopulations, age structure, reproduction success and knowledge of break-downs in life cyclestages, pollination, and cause and percentage of population dying/reaching senescence.HighHighHighExtreme<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 103

Per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteriaObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation1a.21c.11c.31d.3Objective 2Communityinvolvement2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.3Objective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitat3a.13a.33a.43b.33c.23d.23b.33f.13f.33f.43f.8Objective 4Research criticalto management4b.24b.64h.2Objective 5Monitoring andevaluation5a.55a.75b.214.7 Main referencesCarter, O 2005, DRAFT <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis (Bead Glasswort) in SouthAustralia, Western Australia and Victoria 2006 - 2010, Arthur Rylah Institute <strong>for</strong>Environmental Research & Department of Sustainability and Environment, Heidelberg,Victoria.Scarlett, NH & Parson, RF 1993, ‘Rare and <strong>threatened</strong> plants in Victoria’, in DB Foreman &NG Walsh (eds), Flora of Victoria, Volume 1: Introduction, Inkata Press, Melbourne.Venn, DR 2005, Action Statement No. 95 Bead Glasswort Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis,Department of Sustainability and Environment, Victoria.104 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

15 Granite Mudwort Limosella granitica WR Barker15.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Granite Mudwort vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN2001), this species could be considered Vulnerable (Table 15.1). Granite Mudwort isrecognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 15.1).Table 15.1. Granite Mudwort vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 6090Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.01Sub-populations 5Estimated # of individuals 500VU DVU D2*IUCN CriteriaJustificationPopulation very small or restricted on Eyre PeninsulaPopulation with very restricted area of occupancy (typically less than20 km 2 ) or number of locations (five or fewer) on Eyre Peninsula suchthat is prone to the effects of human activities or stochastic eventswithin a very short time period in an uncertain future, and is thuscapable of becoming Critically Endangered or Extinct in a very shorttime period15.2 DistributionGranite Mudwort distribution is confined to seasonally wet rock-pools (gnamma holes) ontop of granite inselbergs and outcrops, across northern Eyre Peninsula. Sub-populationssurvive in disjunct sub-populations within an estimated 6000 km 2 extent of occurrence,occurring within latitude 31°29’23”S to longitude 136°53’18”E (south-west of MountGunson) in the north, and latitude 33°25’59”S to longitude 136°15’37”E (Carappee Hill) inthe south (DEH-EGIS 2006) (Figure 15.1).Granite Mudwort grows within the district councils of Le Hunte, Cleve and Streaky Bay,and the Counties of Bosanquet (Gawler Ranges National Park). Granite Mudwort has alsobeen recorded within the South Australian Arid Lands NRM region, in the DEH West region(near Lake Gairdner) and the DEH Outback region (near Lake Torrens) (DEH-EGIS 2007).15.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Granite Mudwort is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography, soil, vegetation associations and other featuresGranite Mudwort habitat comprises seasonally wet gnamma holes on granite outcrops(Barker 1984), with a range of 150 m high (in the District Council of Streaky Bay) to 370 mhigh (in Carappee Hill Conservation Park). The species grows in fine silt and, while it isassumed that depth and water quality of the gnamma may influence available habitat,these parameters are unknown.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 105

Note: Details of Granite Mudwort locations are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 15.1. Distribution of Granite Mudwort on Eyre Peninsula106 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

ClimateGranite Mudwort sub-populations experience different climates, <strong>for</strong> example:• the western sub-population could be expected to experience a climate similar toCeduna, with mean annual maximum and minimum temperatures of 22.6 °C and10.6 °C respectively, and mean annual rainfall of 292.8 mm.• north-east sub-populations could be expected to experience a climate similar toWoomera, with mean annual maximum and minimum temperatures of 25.7 °C and12.6 °C respectively, and a mean annual rainfall of 185.5 mm• the southern most sub-populations could be expected to experience a climatesimilar to Darke Peak, with a mean annual rainfall of 380.8 mm.Known sub-populations within reservesGranite Mudwort occurs within the South Australian reserve system (Table 15.2). Subpopulationsare known from Mount Wudinna, Carappee Hill Conservation Park, WallalaHill, Yumbarra Conservation Rerserve and Pygery Rocks. Granite Mudwort is suspected togrow on granite outcrops in the western Gawler Ranges and Moody Tanks ConservationPark; however, these records require verification.Table 15.2. Granite Mudwort sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversCarappee Hill Conservation Park 1 D Symon 1979D Murfet and R Taplin 1998Yumbarra Conservation Reserve 1 A Freebairn, B Waining and M Horgan 200115.4 Biology and ecologyGranite Mudwort is a small perennial, aquatic plant, which grows submerged in water withleaves that float on the water surface. Leaf blades are 3-8 cm long, obovate, attenuateat the base, and obtuse to rounded at the apex.Flowering occurs between August and October; however, it is unknown if flowering takesplace underwater or between rainfall events that replenish gnamma holes (Barker 1984).Flowers are white and have black anthers, which carry white coloured pollen (Barker1984). Each flower has an outer whorl (calyx), which is red-purple and 2-3 mm long. A fulltaxonomic description is given in Black (1977).The plant produces a tiny 2.5-3.5 mm dark brown capsule, which down-turns into the silt.Seeds from the capsules are dark brown, narrow to oblong, and only 0.9-1.1 mm long(Black 1977).Granite Mudwort is closely allied to Limosella australis and both species can easily beconfused. Limosella australis has undifferentiated or elliptic leaf blades; however, leafstructure is highly variable in the field and either species can only be positively identifiedwhen flowering (Black 1977).Granite Mudwort pollination and germination requirements are unknown. It is alsounknown how much disturbance this species can tolerate.15.5 Previous management actionsTo date, the initial surveys locating Granite Mudwort sub-populations on Eyre Peninsula arethe only known steps towards conservation. The earliest recorded survey of GraniteMudwort was in 1935 by Ising, when the species was recorded from Wudinna Hill. Crispcompleted the most recent extensive surveys in 2002 from Wudinna and Pygery Rocks.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 107

15.6 Threats to Granite Mudwort and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Granite Mudwort conservation status from Vulnerableto Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, the immediateshort-term goal is to stabilise Granite Mudwort conservation status at Vulnerable.Granite Mudwort has been identified as a Priority 3 species based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). It is aspecies thought to be at high risk from climatic variation. The niche habitat of GraniteMudwort makes the species highly susceptible to localised extinction. The impact ofextended or extreme weather patterns could be expected to affect the survival of thisperennial aquatic species.Table 15.3 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to GraniteMudwort recovery (Table 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).Table 15.3. Key threats to Granite Mudwort and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateWeed species can already be seen out-competing Granite Mudwort within gnamma holes nearWudinna (K Pobke [DEH] 2005, pers. comm.).RiskHighDirect threat: Inappropriate disturbance regimesRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from inappropriatedisturbanceLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateMining, silting-up of gnamma holes, off-track motorbikes and visitor use (i.e. trampling) threatenGranite Mudwort. Herds of feral goats are also known to muddy and trample through rock pools(A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). Damara Sheep around the Gawler Ranges could alsothreaten populations (L Bebbington 2005, pers. comm.).Direct threat: Pest and diseaseRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from pest and diseaseLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateGranite Mudwort may be highly susceptible to water borne pests and diseases, e.g. increases inwater nutrient levels could increase the risk of algal blooms.Direct threat and knowledge gap: Spray driftRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from spray driftLikelihood: RareConsequences: MinorHighHighLowPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteriaObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation1a.31c.11c.31d.3Objective 2Communityinvolvement2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.3Objective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitat3a.43b.13d.23d.33f.13f.43f.53f.8Objective 4Research criticalto management4b.34f.1Objective 5Monitoring andevaluation5a.65b.2108 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

15.7 Main referenceBarker, WR 1984, ‘Scrophulariaceae’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of SouthAustralia, Part III: Polemoniaceae-Compositae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 109

16 Microlepidium alatum JM Black; EA Shaw16.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Microlepidium alatum vital attributes against IUCN criteria(IUCN 2001), this species could be considered Vulnerable (Table 16.1). Microlepidiumalatum is recognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 16.1).Table 16.1. Microlepidium alatum vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 7325Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.07Sub-populations 7Estimated # of individuals 1000IUCN CriteriaVU B1VU B1aVU B1a,c(iv)*JustificationExtent of occurrence estimated to be less than 20 000 km 2 on EyrePeninsulaNot known from more than 10 locations on Eyre PeninsulaExtreme fluctuations in the number of mature individuals on EyrePeninsula16.2 DistributionMicrolepidium alatum does not have a common name. Until relatively recently thespecies was thought to be endemic to Eyre Peninsula. In 2005 however, a national checkof herbarium records found M. alatum was collected from Western Australia andrecorded in the Victorian Herbarium (Sheet No. Mel74365, DEH Recfind file 40/1489). At thetime of publication, the Western Australian M. alatum record still requires verification. OnEyre Peninsula the species’ extent of occurrence is approximately 7300 km 2 , growingwithin latitude 31°16’52”S to longitude 131°29’59”E (near Nullarbor Regional Reserve) andlatitude 33°3’27”S to longitude 135°28’13”E (near Wudinna) (DEH-EGIS 2006) (Figure 16.1).Microlepidium alatum is known from road reserves within the district councils of Cedunaand Le Hunte, and the County of Hopetoun (Hundreds of Sturdee and Caldwell).16.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Microlepidium alatum is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeMicrolepidium alatum occupies topography ranging from elevations of 60 m above sealevel near Wudinna at the southern extent of the species range to 110 m above sea levelin the north. Microlepidium alatum grows in protected areas, often moss beds,predominantly located on the southern, shaded side of vegetation.The only known soil description <strong>for</strong> M. alatum is light brown/white sandy loam soils oversheet limestone. This was recorded from one sub-population on Eyre Peninsula (DEHRecfind file 40/A24477).110 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Microlepidium alatum details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 16.1. Distribution of Microlepidium alatum on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 111

Vegetations associationsApart from growing in association with moss beds, M. alatum grows in semi-arid habitats(Black 1986) in Melaleuca lanceolata open-woodland with mixed Chenopod andEremophila shrubland (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). DEH-EGIS (2006) still requiresdetailed vegetation descriptions <strong>for</strong> the majority of areas associated with Microlepidiumalatum (Table 16.2).Table 16.2. Vegetation associated with Microlepidium alatumPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesRoadside near Fowlers BayConservation ParkAcacia sp. Winged (CR Alcock4936)Near WudinnaCoastal White Mallee (Eucalyptusdiversifolia ssp. diversifolia),Dumosa Mallee (E. dumosa), +/-Nundroo Mallee (E. calcareana),+/- Beaked Red Mallee (E.socialis) mid mallee woodland+/- Coast Daisy-bush (Oleariaaxillaris), +/- Sheep Bush(Geijera linearifolia) mid openshrublandDryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), Broombush (M.uncinata) tall shrubs+/- Spinifex (Triodia compacta),+/- Southern Sea-heath(Frankenia pauci<strong>flora</strong> var.fruticulosa) low shrubsBlack Grass Saw-sedge (Gahnialanigera), +/- Spinifex (Triodiairritans) low sedgesClimateMicrolepidium alatum inhabits the 400-500 mm rainfall zone. Mean annual rainfall in thevicinity of the northern range of M. alatum is 292.1 mm at Fowlers Bay. Mean annualmaximum and minimum temperatures are 22.6 °C and 10.5 °C respectively. Mean annualrainfall <strong>for</strong> Minnipa, at the southern most extent of M. alatum range, is 327.3 mm andmean annual maximum and minimum temperatures are 24 °C and 10.9 °C respectively.Known populations within reservesMicrolepidium alatum has been recorded within the South Australian reserve system(Table 16.3).Table 16.3. Microlepidium alatum sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversFowlers Bay Conservation Park 1 A Freebairn and M Horgan 2001Yellabinna Regional Reserve Unknown AG Spooner 1972Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Microlepidium alatum is expected to benefit multiple species throughprotection and management of habitat. Broad-scale management techniques andcollection of baseline data is expected to benefit other plant species growing inassociation with M. alatum, particularly those species within such limited niches, and withsimilar life <strong>for</strong>ms, flowering response and/or pollinator needs.16.4 Biology and ecologyMicrolepidium alatum is a small, annual herb that grows to 20 cm tall (Hewson 1986).Growth <strong>for</strong>m is variable and related to rainfall. <strong>Plan</strong>ts vary from spreading to erect, stoutand rigid, and are rarely branched (Hewson 1986). Herbarium records show that plantscan reach 20 cm in height; however, during the 2001 field season plants averaged 3-5 cm112 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

in height (A Freebairn [DEH] 2001, pers. comm.). <strong>Plan</strong>ts are glabrous with basal leaves thatare obovate to 20 mm long and upper leaves to 150 mm long.Flowering varies with seasonal rainfall, but generally occurs during August and September(Hewson 1986). Microlepidium alatum has small flowers, which develop into winged fruit 4-5.5 mm long, containing seeds 0.8-1 mm long (Hewson 1986).Pollination, germination and fire response of M. alatum is unknown and requires furtherstudy.16.5 Previous management actionsTable 16.4. Previous management actions to conserve Microlepidium alatumPrevious management actions2001 Surveys undertaken by A Freebairn to check historic locations of Microlepidium alatum inEyre Peninsula’s Far West. Populations were successfully located at only two of the historicallocations (Fowlers Bay Conservation Park and on the Yalata Aboriginal Lands, east of theYalata community). The record <strong>for</strong> a site at Yalata named Bright Well was not re-located,even following consultation with the Land Management Supervisor <strong>for</strong> the Yalata Aboriginalcommunity.16.6 Threats to Microlepidium alatum and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Microlepidium alatum conservation status fromVulnerable to Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise M. alatum conservation status at Vulnerable.Microlepidium alatum has been identified as a Priority 3 species based on degree ofthreat, potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). Thespecies is regarded as a plant that may be sensitive to fire and disturbance (Appendix I).Table 16.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to M.alatum recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 113

Table 16.5. Key threats to Microlepidium alatum and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateMicrolepidium alatum sub-populations may have low genetic variability and gene flow becauseof their small population size, isolation and environmental stresses.RiskHighDirect threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateCompetition and out-placement by weeds is a threat to M. alatum surviving in highlyfragmented habitat. Highly invasive weed species pose the biggest threat to space and nutrientsof small annual herbs like M. alatum. Wards Weed (Carrichtera annua) is invading M. alatumhabitat (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.) and other weeds, such as Bridal Creeper(Asparagus asparagoides), African Boxthorn (Lycium ferocissimum) and weedy grasses, are allsuspected as being highly probable invaders of M. alatum habitat.HighDirect threat and knowledge gap: Inappropriate disturbance regimesRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from inappropriatedisturbance regimesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateInappropriate disturbance regimes have the potential to threaten M. alatum and underminerecovery actions. Disturbance of moss beds through vehicle access and stock trampling areidentified threats to M. alatum (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). Although M. alatumgermination and recruitment requirements are unknown, it is assumed that disturbance of themoss bed habitat would be deleterious to M. alatum reproductive success and modify microhabitatmaking it unsuitable <strong>for</strong> M. alatum colonisation.Direct threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of plants and seed source with a high potential to cause population declineLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateBeing an annual herb species, M. alatum is assumed to be highly palatable to stock, feral andnative herbivores alike.Direct threat: Vegetation clearance/roadside managementRisk: Localised species extinction from roadside and easement work failing to applyEnvironmental Best PractiseLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: MinorRoadside management and maintenance is a threat to M. alatum if not carried outappropriately. Roadside Vegetation Management <strong>Plan</strong>s need ensure roadside M. alatum subpopulationsare known to all operational staff so that no species of national environmentalsignificance is put in jeopardy. Microlepidium alatum was recorded in a parking bayapproximately 6 km south east of the Yalata roadhouse and, although this site was highlydisturbed, the moss beds were generally undisturbed (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.).HighHighModeratePer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteriaObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation1a.31c.11c.31d.21d.3Objective 2Communityinvolvement2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.3Objective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitat3a.43b.13d.23d.33f.13f.43f.53f.8Objective 4Research criticalto management4b.3 5a.65b.2Objective 5Monitoring andevaluation114 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

16.7 Main referenceHewson, H 1986, ‘Cruiferae (Brassicaceae)’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of SouthAustralia, Part I: Lycopodiaceae-Rosaceae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 115

17 Silver Daisy-bush Olearia pannosa ssp. pannosa I Hook17.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Silver Daisy-bush vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN2001), this species could be considered Endangered (Table 17.1). Silver Daisy-bush ishowever recognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 17.1).Table 17.1. Silver Daisy-bush vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 2208Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.1175Sub-populations 18Estimated # of individuals 1150IUCN CriteriaEN B1EN B1aEN B1a,b(iii)*JustificationExtent of occurrence estimated to be less than 5000 km 2 on EyrePeninsulaSeverely fragmented populations on Eyre PeninsulaContinuing decline inferred in area, extent and quality of habitat on EyrePeninsula17.2 DistributionSilver Daisy-bush (also known as Silver Leaf Daisy-bush) occurs in the Flinders Ranges,Northern Lofty, Murray (Obst 2005), Yorke Peninsula (Steed 2002), Southern Lofty andSouth-East regions of South Australia, and also occurs in Victoria and New South Wales.Sub-populations on Eyre Peninsula have an extent of occurrence of over 2200 km 2 ,occurring within latitude 33°24’35” to longitude 136°42’40” (northern extent), and latitude36°36’20” to longitude 135°43’35” (southern extent) (DEH-EGIS 2006). The sub-populationscan be described as occurring in two geographically separate areas (Figure 17.1);however, this is not yet based on any genetic in<strong>for</strong>mation:• northern sub-populations: Cleve Hills to Coolanie Range area, north-west of Cowell• southern sub-populations: Koppio Hills and Greenpatch area, Lower Eyre Peninsula.Silver Daisy-bush sub-populations are known to occur within roadside reserves managedby SA Water (south of Yeldulknie Conservation Park), and the district councils of FranklinHarbour and Tumby Bay. It is highly likely that this species may exist within roadsides in theDistrict Council of Cleve.17.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Silver Daisy-bush is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeSilver Daisy-bush grows on hill slopes in association with hard pedal mottled-yellow duplexsoils and hard pedal red duplex soils (Laut et al. 1977). Northern sub-populations occupytopography ranging from 140-300 m, whereas southern sub-populations occupy abroader and higher topographic range of 30-510 m above sea level.116 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Silver Daisy-bush details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 17.1. Distribution of Silver Daisy-bush on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 117

Vegetation associationsSilver Daisy-bush is found in mallee, woodlands and <strong>for</strong>est communities (Black 1977; Obst2005). Surveys within the Hundreds of Wanilla, Cleve and Hawker recorded Silver Daisybushgrowing in association with Sugar Gum (Eucalyptus cladocalyx), Drooping Sheoak(Allocasuarina verticillata), Broombush (Melaleuca uncinata), Rock wattle (Acaciarupicola) and Xanthorrhoea sp., with native grasses and litter, and at one site with nativepine (Callitris sp.) (DEH Recfind file 40/ A248477). Associated vegetation communities listedin Table 17.2 and 17.3 have been sourced from DEH-EGIS (2006).Table 17.2. Vegetation associations of northern Silver Daisy-bush sub-populationsPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesDrooping Sheoak (Allocasuarinaverticillata) low woodlandCoastal Daisy-bush (Oleariaaxillaris), Coastal Beard-heath(Leucopogon parviflorus),Dryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata) tall shrubs+/- Coastal Velvet-bush(Lasiopetalum discolor) lowshrubsPeppermint Box (Eucalyptusodorata), +/- E. phenax midmallee woodlandMallee Box (Eucalyptus porosa)mid open mallee woodlandOpenRidge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptusincrassata), Beaked Red Mallee(E. socialis) mid mallee woodlandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) mid shrubsOpenBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall open shrublandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall shrubland andRibbed Thryptomene(Thryptomene micrantha), SilveryPhebalium (Phebalium bullatum),Small Hop-bush (Dodonaeabursariifolia), Desert Baeckea(Baeckea crassifolia) low openshrublandBearded Oat (*Avena barbata),+/-Slender Velvet-bush(Lasiopetalum bauerii) midtussock grasses over +/-BroadleafRaspwort (Gonocarpusmezianus)Austrostipa sp., Scented Mat-rush(Lomandra effusa), SatinEverlasting (Helichrysumleucopsideum), FireweedGroundsel (Senecio pinnatifolius)and tussock grassesSilver Broombush (Babingtoniabehrii), +/- Cup Fringe-myrtle(Calytrix involucrata) low shrubsover +/- Spinifex (Triodia irritans),+/- Guinea-flower (Hibbertia sp.)(DJ Whibley 9012)Woolly Spinifex (Triodia lanata),Satin Everlasting (Helichrysumleucopsideum), Black-antherFlax-lily (Dianella revoluta var.revoluta), Sticky Sword-sedge(Lepidosperma viscidum), HalfbeardSpear-grass (Austrostipahemipogon)ClimateSilver Daisy-bush inhabits the 400-500 mm rainfall zone (DEH-EGIS 2006). Mean annualrainfall <strong>for</strong> the Tod Reservoir, central to the southern Silver Daisy-bush sub-populations, is485.3 mm, with a mean annual temperature of 20.9 °C maximum and 9.6 °C minimum(BOM 2007). The northern-most Silver Daisy-bush sub-populations, close to and north ofCleve, could be expected to experience a climate similar to Cleve, with mean annualmaximum and minimum temperatures of 22 °C and 11.3 °C respectively, and a meanannual rainfall of 400.8 mm.118 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 17.3. Vegetation associations of southern Silver Daisy-bush sub-populationsPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesSugar Gum (Eucalyptuscladocalyx) mid woodland+/- Golden Wattle (Acaciapycnantha over Rock Wattle(Acacia rupicola), +/- Yacca(Xanthorrhoea semiplana), +/-Broombush (Melaleucauncinata) mid shrubsPeach Heath (Lissanthe strigosassp. subulata), Small-flowerWallaby-grass (Austrodanthoniasetacea) low shrubs over BroadleafRaspwort (Gonocarpusmezianus), and CoarseLagenophora (Lagenophorahuegelii)Coast Ridge-fruited Mallee(Eucalyptus angulosa), NarrowleafRed Mallee (E. leptophylla),+/- White Mallee (E. dumosacomplex), +/- Yorrell (E. gracilis)mid mallee woodlandSlender Honey-myrtle(Melaleuca gibbosa), Short-leafHoney-myrtle (M. brevifolia), +/-Scarlet Bottlebrush (Callistemonrugulosus), +/- Dwarf Hakea(Hakea rugosa) mid shrublandEyre Peninsula Blue Gum(Eucalyptus petiolaris), +/-Peppermint Box (E. odorata) lowopen <strong>for</strong>estOpenBroombush (Melaleucauncinata), Hakea mitchellii,Heath tea-tree (Leptospermummyrsinoides)OpenOpenOpenOpenKnown populations within reservesSilver Daisy-bush is located within the South Australian reserve system (Table 17.4). Thespecies also grows within Crown land at Ticklebelly Hill in Cleve, and within four HeritageAgreements on Eyre Peninsula.Table 17.4. Silver Daisy-bush sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversWanilla Conservation Park 1 A Freebairn 2001; J Prider 2006Wanilla Land Settlement Reserve 1 Not recordedMiddlecamp Hills Conservation Park 1 Pobke 2005Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Silver Daisy-bush habitat is expected to produce broader biodiversitybenefits <strong>for</strong> the Eyre Peninsula Yellow-tailed Black-cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus funereus)(state Vulnerable, regionally Endangered on Eyre Peninsula) and Common BrushtailPossum (Trichosurus vulpecula) (state Vulnerable, regionally Rare on Eyre Peninsula). Thesetwo state <strong>threatened</strong> fauna species inhabit the same Sugar Gum (Eucalyptus cladocalyx)woodland habitat as Silver Daisy-bush (Way & Bates 2005). Sugar Gum woodlandcommunities are only known in four sub-populations on Eyre Peninsula and are consideredregionally <strong>threatened</strong> (DEH 2002). The nationally Vulnerable Winter Spider-orchid(Caladenia brumalis) also shares overlapping habitat with Silver Daisy-bush (DEH Recfindfile 40/A248477).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 119

17.4 Biology and ecologySilver-Daisy-bush is a perennial, low spreading shrub, which can grow up to 1.5 m tall(Cooke 1986). It is closely related to the Velvet Daisy-bush (Olearia pannosa), which isknown to be a long-lived species, with some plants suspected of being over 100 years old(Cropper 1993). Silver Daisy-bush gets its common name from the visual appearance of itsleaves. Mature leaves are shiny green on the top and have a distinct white/cream/palerusty-brown coloured, soft, velvet texture (tomentose) on the underside of leaves (Cooke1986).Flowering occurs from August to October. Flowers have a typical daisy appearance withdistinctive ray florets. Flowers are usually white, but can be found in pale mauve, althoughthis is rare (Cooke 1986). Ray florets are 12-24 mm wide and 20-30 mm long. The floweringhead (capitula) grows on a solitary terminal and on the upper leaf axils on 15-22 mm longflower stalks (peduncles).Olearia species are generally known to be self-infertile and must be cross-pollinated byinsects (Schaumann, Barker & Greig 1987). Pollination of Silver Daisy-bush on Eyre Peninsulais unconfirmed and requires further study.Seeds have pappus (fine, feathery hairs), which are thought to aid seed dispersal byacting as a parachute carried on the wind. The closely related Velvet Daisy-bush also hasa heavy achene (one-seeded fruit) in relation to the pappus (Bartley 1990). This results inmost fruits being dispersed within a 3 m radius of the parent plant, giving the specieslimited ability to disperse. Natural populations of Silver Daisy-bush are known to have poorseed set rates (A Freebairn [DEH] 2005, pers. comm.; Obst 2005).Germination of Eyre Peninsula sub-populations to date is unobserved and unstudied. SilverDaisy-bush has however been successfully propagated by the nursery industry in SouthAustralia and used in an unknown number of revegetation programs within the Murrayregion (Obst 2005) and anecdotally on properties on the Eyre Peninsula (K Pobke [DEH]2006, pers. comm.). Studies of Victorian Velvet Daisy-bushes found that only 0.6-7.7% offruits contained germinal seed, and fruits were often damaged by insect predation(Bartley 1990). Asteraceae (daisy) species are known to <strong>for</strong>m associations with mycorrhiza,especially in nutrient poor soils (Schaumann, Barker & Greig 1987). Bartley (1990) foundthat newly germinated Velvet Daisy-bushes could produce tuberous roots at two monthsold, but were slow with initial shoot growth. It is unknown if Silver Daisy-bush can alsoproduce tubers at such a young age.La Trobe University researchers discovered Silver Daisy-bush reproduces by suckers along athick stem (Cropper 1993). Suckering plants are genetic clones of their parent plants. Soil,litter and vegetation often cover the underground or near-ground stem. Numbers ofindividuals, in particular seedlings, are there<strong>for</strong>e frequently overestimated in populationcounts. It is difficult to determine how many actual individuals are present withoutdisturbing plants or conducting genetic analyses.Silver Daisy-bush has been observed re-sprouting vegetatively from rootstock of burntadult plants (K Pobke [DEH] 2005, pers. observation). The same plants flowered in the firstseason post-fire, something that was not expected until the second or third season (MJusaitis [DEH] 2005, pers. comm.). These observations strengthen Bartley’s (1990)assumptions of how dormant axillary vegetative buds in mature plants would respond todamage from fire or grazing. Silver Daisy-bush was found to resprout from basal mersistemsat sub-populations burnt in the 2005 Wangary bushfire (Ecological Associates 2007). Theshort, 2 year preliminary monitoring results show no clear indication that fire increasesrecruitment (i.e. new seedlings); however, there was anecdotal evidence that more subpopulationswere found post-fire (Ecological Associates 2007; DEH Recfind file 40/1488). Ina similar example, the Velvet Daisy-bush (Olearia pannosa) has seedlings that growsubstantial underground storage structures very early in their life cycle (Bartley 1990).120 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Related speciesSilver Daisy-bush is closely related to the following two species (Black 1977):• Silver-leaved Daisy or Velvet Daisy-bush (Olearia pannosa), which has a distributionin South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria• Velvet Daisy-bush (Olearia pannosa subsp. carophylla), which only occurs in theMount Remarkable area of South Australia.17.5 Previous management actionsTable 17.5. Previous management actions to conserve Silver Daisy-bushPrevious management actions2001 Formal confirmation of Silver Daisy-bush on Section 404 in the township of Cleve, now knownas the Ticklebelly Hill site. In 2001, it was estimated that 200 individuals existed on the TicklebellyHill site (DEH Recfind file 40/1488).2001 Conservation biology student Annabelle Bushell worked with Anthony Freebairn on SilverDaisy-bush recovery project.2001 Silver Daisy-bush community awareness raising article was printed in the winter edition of thelocal newsletter The Long Run, as part of the ‘Unusual Suspects’ series (author A Freebairn)(DEH Recfind file 40/1488).2002 Silver Daisy-bush Ticklebelly Hill site fenced by 13 Cleve Area School students and two CleveDistrict Council employees. The protection of the Ticklebelly Hill site involved the Australian<strong>Plan</strong>t Society, Landcare, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, Future Directions, Animal<strong>Plan</strong>t and Weed Control Board, the Cleve District Council and agriculture students from CleveArea School (associated media in the Eyre Peninsula Tribune during 2002).2002 Monitoring sites established at the Ticklebelly Hill site in conjunction with year 10 students fromCleve Area School.2005-07 Ecological Associates Pty Ltd contracted to DEH on 14 th Dec 2005 to undertake Monitoring ofvegetation response following the Lower Eyre Peninsula bushfire. One of the species assessedwas Silver Daisy-bush (DEH Recfind file 40/1185). Monitoring and assessments concluding June2007.2006 Signage installed at Ticklebelly Hill site to increase awareness of plant species on the site, inparticular the Silver Daisy-bush. Signs were funded by the Australian Government’s NaturalHeritage Trust through the Eyre Peninsula Natural Resources Management Group as part ofthe Ark on Eyre project (DEH Recfind file 40/A142070).2006 During the 2006 drought, Silver Daisy-bushes on private property were observed droppingleaves, dying back, and appearing stressed from lack of soil moisture, even more so than seenin previous years (D DeLaine [PIRSA] 2006, pers. comm.).17.6 Threats to Silver Daisy-bush and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Silver Daisy-bush conservation status from Vulnerableto Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, the immediateshort-term goal is to stabilise Silver Daisy-bush conservation status at Vulnerable.Silver Daisy-bush has been ranked as a Priority 1 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle.Table 17.6 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to SilverDaisy-bush recovery (Table 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 121

Table 17.6. Key threats to Silver Daisy-bush and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: High grazing pressure, Pest and Disease (Phytophthora)Risk: Loss of juveniles, developing seed heads and adult plants. Impact on population lifeclass structure, decreases in viable seed yield, and increases in plant stress resulting in longtermpopulation declineLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: ModerateGrazing by domestic livestock is thought to have restricted Silver Daisy-bush growth andrecruitment on private property (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.; S Bey [Greening Australia]2005, pers. comm.). <strong>Plan</strong>ts are often found growing in areas where grazing has been restricted orpaddocks spelled from livestock grazing <strong>for</strong> extended periods.Silver Daisy-bush populations on Eyre Peninsula produce viable seed, although most recruitmentis thought to be from suckering of mature plants (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). However,insects have been observed to predate up to 90% of seed from populations in both the southernand northern Eyre Hills IBRA subregion over two seasons (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.).Corticaria japonica beetles have been identified at Silver Daisy-bush sites and are known to eatsurface moulds on seeds (E Matthews [South Australian Museum], 2001 pers. comm.). Corticariasp. beetles have also been recorded on Victorian Velvet Daisy-bushes (Bartley 1990). Bartley(1990) reports the beetles appear to eat rotting infertile ovules or shrivelled seed tissue fromundeveloped Velvet Daisy-bush fruits, rather than the healthy tissue.Phytophthora has the potential to threaten Silver Daisy-bush sub-populations, critical habitat andaffect species survival (Velzeboer et al. 2005). The species currently falls within the Moderate RiskManagement Zone.Direct threat and knowledge gap: Small population/lack of recruitmentRisk: Species sub-populations become smaller than the minimum viable population limitLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: MajorSilver Daisy-bush is a clonal species and there<strong>for</strong>e it is difficult to gauge population size andgenetic fitness. Seemingly healthy populations may be <strong>threatened</strong> by limited gene pool. Thisconcern is reiterated by Schaumann, Barker and Greig (1987) who state that small populations ofOlearia probably rely on cross-pollination and are at risk of slow decline because of a smallgene-pool. <strong>Recovery</strong> ef<strong>for</strong>t requires in<strong>for</strong>mation on population genetics and populationmodelling to assist in reducing this threat.Direct threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: ModerateRoadside sub-populations in particular are <strong>threatened</strong> by weed encroachment. This is also thecase with Yorke Peninsula Silver Daisy-bush sub-populations (Steed 2002). Bridal Creeper is amajor threat (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). In the Koppio Hills, Aleppo Pines have thepotential to out-compete Silver Daisy-bush (Way 2006). Weeds controlled at the Ticklebelly Hillsite included Aleppo Pines, Bridal Creeper, Gazanias, African Box Thorn and Sour Sobs.Direct threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateLand clearance and grazing has caused fragmentation of Silver Daisy-bush populations. Theseremaining populations may have low genetic variability because of their small size and isolationfrom each other, e.g. inbreeding can lead to decreased seed production and viability.ExtremeExtremeExtremeRiskHighE122 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Direct threat and knowledge gap: Inappropriate fire and disturbance regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire anddisturbance from its critical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if too frequent fires andinappropriate disturbance severity is experiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = LikelyConsequence: ModerateSilver Daisy-bush relies on some disturbance. In Victoria, the species has colonised previouslylogged sites (Cropper 1993). Increased light availability following fire appears to encouragegermination. A similar response to fire has been observed among many Olearia species (Cropper1993). 2005 Wangary fire results.Direct threat: Roadside managementRisk: Localised species extinction from roadside and easement work failing to applyEnvironmental Best PractiseLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateSilver Daisy-bush sub-populations are known to occur within roadside reserves managed by SAWater (south of Yeldulknie Conservation Park), and the district councils of Franklin Harbour andTumby Bay. It is highly likely that this species may occur within roadsides in the District Council ofCleve.HighHighPer<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation1a.11b.11c.11c.21c.41c.51d.11d.21d.3Objective 2Communityinvolvement2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.3Objective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitat3a.13a.23a.43b.13b.23c.23d.13d.23d.33f.13f.23f.43f.63f.73f.8Objective 4Research criticalto management4b.14b.34b.44b.54b.64c.24e.14h.1Objective 5Monitoring andevaluation5a.45a.75a.85a.95a.105b.217.7 Main referencesBartley, MJ 1990, ‘Notes on fruit condition, germinability and seedling morphology ofOlearia pannosa Hook (Velvet Daisy-bush)’, The Victorian Naturalist, vol. 107.Cooke, DA 1986, ‘Compositae (Asteraceae)’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora ofSouth Australia, Part III: Polemoniaceae-Compositae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide.Cropper, S 1993, Management of endangered plants, CSIRO Publications, Australia.Steed, Y 2002, Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group site action plan Olearia pannosa ssp.pannosa Silver-leaved daisy bush, Roadside populations near Pt. Vincent, Threatened<strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group, Adelaide.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 123

18 Nodding Rufous-hood Pterostylis aff. despectans syn.Oligochaetochilus mirabilis DL Jones18.1 StatusWhen assessing Nodding Rufous-hood vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN 2001), thisspecies could be considered Critically Endangered (Table 18.1). This is important giventhat this species only occurs on Eyre Peninsula. Nodding Rufous-hood is howeverrecognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 18.1).Table 18.1. Nodding Rufous-hood vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 197.7Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.08Sub-populations 4Endemic to Eyre PeninsulaEstimated # of individuals 220CR C2CR C2bIUCN CriteriaJustificationPopulation size estimated to number fewer than 250 mature individualsContinuing decline and extreme fluctuations in number of matureindividuals18.2 DistributionNodding Rufous-hood (Pterostylis aff. despectans syn. Oligochaetochilus mirabilis) onlygrows on Eyre Peninsula. It has an extent of occurrence of approximately 190 km 2 (Figure18.1) and grows within latitude 33°9’94”S to longitude 136°31’55”E (Kelly) in the north, andlatitude 33°36’53”S to longitude 136°48’34”E (Coolanie Valley) in the south (DEH-EGIS2006). This distribution area spans the district councils of Kimba and Franklin Harbour.Nodding Rufous-hood was recently described as Oligochaetochilus mirabilis; however, theState Herbarium of South Australia currently recognises it as Pterostylis aff. despectans(Jones 2007).18.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Nodding Rufous-hood is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeNodding Rufous-hood grows within the Messenger Land System, on quartzite strike ridgeswith dense brown loams (Laut et al. 1977). The orchid species has also been recordedgrowing in rocky soil of mallee heathland (Bates & Weber 1990) and stony brown loams(Bates 2006).Vegetation associationsNodding Rufous-hood grows in association with Broombush (Melaleuca uncinata), nativepine (Callitris sp.) and Eucalypt Woodlands (Bates 2006). No ground truthed in<strong>for</strong>mationdetailing species assemblage has been recorded. The following vegetation associations(Table 18.2) are there<strong>for</strong>e sourced from DEH-EGIS (2006).124 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Pterostylis aff. despectans ‘Eyre Peninsula’ details are held on internal DEH files and are available onrequest.Figure 18.1. Distribution of Nodding Rufous-hood on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 125

Table 18.2. Vegetation associated with Nodding Rufous-hood sub-populations on Eyre PeninsulaPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall open shrubland.Occasionally with Eucalyptus sp.overstorey (A Freebairn [DEH]2004, pers. comm.).Eucalyptus sp. including RidgefruitedMallee (Eucalyptusincrassata), Beaked Red Mallee(E. socialis) mid mallee woodlandover Broombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall shrublandSilver Broombush (Babingtoniabehrii),+/- Cup Fringe-myrtle(Calytrix involucrata) low shrubsRibbed Thryptomene(Thryptomene micrantha), SilveryPhebalium (Phebalium bullatum),Small Hop-bush (Dodonaeabursariifolia), Desert Baeckea(Baeckea crassifolia) low openshrubland+/- Spinifex (Triodia irritans), +/-Hibbertia sp. glabriusculaWoolly Spinifex (Triodia lanata),Satin Everlasting (Helichrysumleucopsideum), Black-antherFlax-lily (Dianella revoluta var.revoluta), Sticky Sword-sedge(Lepidosperma viscidum), HalfbeardSpear-grass (Austrostipahemipogon)ClimateNodding Rufous-hood inhabits the 300 mm rainfall zone (DEH-EGIS 2006). The mean annualrainfall at nearby Mangalo is 346.2 mm.Known populations within reservesNodding Rufous-hood is not known within the Eyre Peninsula reserve system.Benefit to other speciesThe conservation of Nodding Rufous-hood is expected to benefit multiple species throughprotection and management of habitat. Broad-scale management techniques andcollection of baseline data is expected to benefit other plant species growing inassociation with the orchid, particularly those species within similar dryland habitats, andwith similar life <strong>for</strong>ms, flowering response and/or pollinator needs.18.4 Biology and ecologyNodding Rufous-hood is a dwarf orchid species growing to 10 cm high. Its leaves <strong>for</strong>m abasal rosette that withers prior to flowering (Bates & Weber 1990). There are one to severalflowers (Bates 2006), which open in sequence on long decurved pedicels.Flowering occurs between October and early January. It is this late flowering period thatmakes Nodding Rufous-hood distinguishable from other orchids, because most cooccurringgreenhoods/rufous-hoods flower much earlier in the season. Pollination isunconfirmed; however, it is likely to be aided by flies (Bates 2006). It is not known if theorchid provides any nectar or rewards to pollinators.Seed development, dispersal, germination, and post-fire and soil disturbance response areunknown and require further study.18.5 Previous management actionsTable 18.3. Previous management actions to conserve Nodding Rufous-hoodPrevious management actions2001-03 Original surveys by R Bates in 1985 and 1987 (near Kimba) and by P Bell in 1985 (CarpeePuntha Hill).2000 Revisit surveys to all historical locations conducted by A Freebairn. Survey data located inDEH Recfind File 40/1485. Twenty-three individuals noted.126 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

18.6 Threats to Nodding Rufous-hood and associated recovery actionsThe long-term goals are to down-list Nodding Rufous-hood conservation status fromVulnerable to Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise Nodding Rufous-hood conservation status atVulnerable.Nodding Rufous-hood has been ranked as a Priority 2 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E).Table 18.4 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant toNodding Rufous-hood recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria <strong>for</strong> all species and their associated recovery costs).Table 18.4. Key threats to Nodding Rufous-hood and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateRiskExtremeDirect threat and knowledge gap: Small population/lack of recruitmentRisk: Species sub-populations become smaller than the minimum viable population limitLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateNodding Rufous-hood populations may have low genetic variability because of their smallpopulation size. Low genetic variability may reduce the resilience of the species toenvironmental changes, pests or diseases. Inbreeding may also reduce the production or viabilityof seed, and the vigour of plants. However, seed set is generally good and recruitment is evidentwithin known populations (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.).Direct threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of orchid seeds from grazing of flowers and/or long-term accumulative reduction inplant health caused by grazing, resulting in population declineLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateAll known populations are located on private property and may be grazed by sheepperodically. The impact of sheep grazing on Nodding Rufous-hood is undetermined. Theselocations are also susceptible to rabbit grazing.Direct threat: Inappropriate disturbance and fire regimesRisk 1: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from inappropriatedisturbance and fire regimesRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion ofdisturbance/fire from its critical habitatRisk 3: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if toodisturbance/frequent fires are experiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = LikelyConsequence: ModerateExcessive trampling has the potential to directly damage the plants, e.g. plants fail to reach seedproduction stage or fail to set seed. Trampling will indirectly affect the survival of the species viasoil surface disturbance, soil compaction and introduction of weeds.High densities of Nodding Rufous-hood were recorded growing in rolled vegetation, 2 years afterrolling. However, where soil was most disturbed, Dandelion weeds had taken over (A Freebairn[DEH] 2000, pers. comm.). It is unknown what fire requirements this species may have.HighHighHigh<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 127

Direct threat and knowledge gap: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateCape Weed (Arctotheca calendula) invasion is extensive in populations occurring in Sections 11-14, Hundred of Miltalie. The extent of weed invasion at other sites has not been assessed since2000.Direct threat and knowledge gap: Spray driftRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from herbicide driftLikelihood: RareConsequences: ModerateThe proximity of Nodding Rufous-hood sites to agricultural land suggests that agricultural spraydrift may affect not only this species, but the insect pollinator/s of this species as well. Surveys in2000 by Freebairn identified the potential threat of locust pesticide drifting into the orchidspecies’ sites.HighModeratePer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteriaObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation1a.21c.11c.31d.21d.3Objective 2Communityinvolvement2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.3Objective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitat3a.13a.33a.43b.13b.33c.13c.23d.23d.33f.13f.43f.8Objective 4Research criticalto management4b.24b.44b.74c.24g.1Objective 5Monitoring andevaluation5a.55a.95b.218.7 Main referencesBates, R 2006, CD-ROM, South Australian native orchids, unpublished, Adelaide.Bates, RJ & Weber, JZ 1990, Orchids of South Australia, South Australian GovernmentPrinter, Adelaide.Bickerton, D & Robertson, M 2000, Lowly Greenhood (Pterostylis despectans) 'Mt. Bryan'<strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>, Threatened Species Network, Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group, Adelaide,viewed 8 November 2007,.Jones, DL 2007, ‘Two new species of Oligochaetochilus (Orchidaceae) from SouthAustralia’, The Orchadian, vol. 15, no. 9.Quarmby, J 2006, <strong>Recovery</strong> plan <strong>for</strong> twelve <strong>threatened</strong> orchids in the Lofty Block region ofSouth Australia 2007-2012, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.128 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

19 Mount Olinthus Greenhood Pterostylis ‘Mt Olinthus’ syn.Oligochaetochilus sp. ‘Mt Olinthus’ R Bates19.1 StatusWhen assessing Mount Olinthus Greenhood vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN2001), this species could be considered Critically Endangered (Table 19.1). This is importantgiven that this species only occurs on Eyre Peninsula. Mount Olinthus Greenhood ishowever recognised as Endangered at the Regional and State levels (Table 19.1). Thespecies is not listed at the National level.Table 19.1. Mount Olinthus Greenhood vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Endangered Endangered NilExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 58Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.0025Sub-populations 2Estimated # of individuals approximately 100(Bates 2006)IUCN CriteriaJustificationEndemic to Eyre PeninsulaCR B1 Extent of occurrence estimated to be less than 100 km 2CR B1aKnown from a single locationCR B1a,c(iv)Extreme fluctuations in the number of mature individuals19.2 DistributionMount Olinthus Greenhood, also known as Mount Olinthus Rufous-hood, is endemic toEyre Peninsula and is known from only two sub-populations (Figure 19.1) (Bates 2006; Jones2006). The species has a very small extent of occurrence estimated to be just 58 km 2 . Itgrows within latitude 136°47’51”S to longitude 33°34’37.26”E (Mount Olinthus) in the northeast(DEH-EGIS 2007), and latitude 136°10’42”S to longitude 33°29’5.50”E (near DarkeRange Conservation Park) in the south-west (Bates 2006). All sub-populations aresurrounded by agricultural land dominated by cropping and sheep grazing (A Freebairn[DEH] 2004, pers. comm.).Both sub-populations grow on private property within the District Council of FranklinHarbour.19.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Mount Olinthus Greenhood is considered to be habitat that is criticalto its survival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeMount Olinthus Greenhood is known to occur on exposed ridge tops in shallow hard soilsoverlying quartz (Bates 2006). The Mount Olinthus sub-population grows on the summitridge at 360 m above sea level (DEH-EGIS 2007).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 129

Note: Mount Olinthus Greenhood details are held on internal DEH files.Figure 19.1. Distribution of Mount Olinthus Greenhood on Eyre Peninsula130 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Vegetation associationsVegetation associated with Mount Olinthus Greenhood is relatively undescribed, withBates (2006) referring to a low shrubland association. The vegetation associations in Table19.2 have been sourced from DEH-EGIS (2006).Table 19.2. Vegetation associated with Mount Olinthus Greenhood sub-populations on Eyre PeninsulaPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesRidge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptusincrassata), Beaked Red Mallee(E. socialis) mid mallee woodlandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall shrubland; RibbedThryptomene (Thryptomenemicrantha), Silvery Phebalium(Phebalium bullatum), Small Hopbush(Dodonaea bursariifolia),Desert Baeckea (Baeckeacrassifolia) low open shrublandWoolly Spinifex (Triodia lanata),Satin Everlasting (Helichrysumleucopsideum), Black-antherFlax-lily (Dianella revoluta var.revoluta), Sticky Sword-sedge(Lepidosperma viscidum) andHalf-beard Spear-grass(Austrostipa hemipogon).ClimateMount Olinthus Greenhood inhabits the 300-350 mm rainfall zone (DEH-EGIS 2006). TheCoolanie Ranges and Mount Olinthus would experience site differences in climatecompared to the coastal town of Cowell (influenced by aspect and topography);however, Cowell has the nearest weather station. There<strong>for</strong>e, as a guide, the MountOlinthus Greenhood population could be expected to receive 279.9 mm mean annualrainfall (i.e. similar to Cowell).Known populations within reservesNo known population of Mount Olinthus Greenhood is conserved within the SouthAustralian reserve system.Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Mount Olinthus Greenhood is expected to benefit multiple speciesthrough protection and management of habitat. Broad-scale management techniquesand collection of baseline data is expected to benefit other plant species growing inassociation with the orchid, particularly those species within such limited niches, and withsimilar life <strong>for</strong>ms, flowering response and/or pollinator needs.19.4 Biology and ecologyMount Olinthus Greenhood is a tiny deciduous, perennial, terrestrial orchid. When in fullflower it only grows to 15 mm tall. The orchid dies back to below ground tubers in summerand produces a leaf in late winter to early spring. Orchids have four to eight blue-green,ovate shaped leaves (40 mm long) arranged in a basal rosette. These basal leavesgenerally wither be<strong>for</strong>e the orchid flowers (Bates 2006).Flowering usually occurs in late September until November. Each orchid has two to sixflowers, which range from greenish-grey, or brown and white in colour. Flowers open oneor two at a time (Bates 2006). The hood of the flower (galea) is curved and swollen at thebase, with a free point to approximately 6 mm long. Each flower has two tonsils inside.Pollination is unknown. Seed development and dispersal has not been studied. To date,germination is unobserved and unstudied, and the average longevity of a dormantMount Olinthus Greenhood tuber is unknown.Fire dependence triggers <strong>for</strong> this species are unknown and can only be assumed from theresponse of others in the genus.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 131

Mount Olinthus Greenhood is similar to Pterostylis ‘Griselda’ (Flinders Ranges), Pterostylisexcelsa syn. Oligochaetochilus excelsa and Pterostylis sp. ‘Arkaroola’ syn.Oligochaetochilus sp. ‘Arkaroola’ (Bates 2006). However, Mount Olinthus Greenhood canbe distinguished from these species by its small stature, rigid flowers and anvil shapedlabellum (Bates 2006).19.5 Previous management actionsTable 19.3. Previous management actions to conserve Mount Olinthus GreenhoodPrevious managements actionsOriginal surveys by R Bates and A Freebairn. Orchids individually tagged.2000 Revisit surveys conducted by A Freebairn. Survey data located in internal DEH Recfind file40/1481.2003 Site visit to Mount Olinthus by P Hewstone and J Hutchinson on 9 th November 2003. Other orchidsseen at the site included Pterosylis aff exelsa, P. xerophila, P. aff pusila and P. biseta. In total,approximately 50 Mount Olinthus Greenhoods were recorded (P Hewstone 2005, pers. comm.).2004 Mount Olinthus Greenhood site visited by K Pobke and A Freeman in a familarisation/projecthandover tour.19.6 Threats to Mount Olinthus Greenhood and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Mount Olinthus Greenhood conservation status fromState Endangered to State Vulnerable, and continue to recover its critical habitat.However, the immediate short-term goal is to stabilise Mount Olinthus Greenhoodconservation status at State Endangered.Mount Olinthus Greenhood has been ranked as a Priority 3 species, based on degree ofthreat, potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). It issuspected that the species may respond well to fire and disturbance (Appendix I).Table 19.4 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant torecovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> all species andtheir associated recovery costs).132 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 19.4. Key threats to Mount Olinthus Greenhood and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat and knowledge gap: Small population/lack of recruitment,Restricted distribution/isolated population, Lack of knowledge and baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: ModerateThe Mount Olinthus Greenhood population may have low genetic variability because of its smallsize, e.g. inbreeding decreases seed viability and plant vigour.Localised catastrophic events could threaten Mount Olinthus Greenhood because of small subpopulationsize and the plants’ isolated ridge-top nature. Climate change is also a probablethreat to critical habitat.Direct threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of orchid seeds from grazing of flowers and/or long-term accumulative reduction inplant health caused by grazing, resulting in population declineLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateRabbits, feral goats, and kangaroos may infrequently graze Mount Olinthus Greenhoods andassociated orchid habitat (J Hutchison & P Hewstone 2007, pers. comm.). The Mt Olinthus site hasbeen fenced from sheep and the current property owner visits the site during flowering season.Direct threat: Illegal collection or harvestRisk: Loss of individual plants and genetic material, undermining recovery ef<strong>for</strong>tsLikelihood: UnlikelyConsequences: MinorWhile there is no record of illegal collection of this species, it is still a perceived threat, capable ofundermining recovery actions.RiskLowHighExtremeObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mance criteria1a.11b.11c.11c.21c.41c.51d.11d.21d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.23a.43b.13b.23c.13c.23d.13d.23d.33e.33e.43f.13f.23f.43f.63f.73f.84b.24b.44b.74c.24h.25a.45a.75a.85b.219.7 Main referenceBates, R 2006, CD-ROM, South Australian native orchids, unpublished, Adelaide.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 133

20 Silver Candles Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeus F Muell20.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Silver Candles vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN2001), this species could be considered Vulnerable (Table 20.1). Silver Candles isrecognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 20.1).Table 20.1. Silver Candles vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 2910Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 1.0Sub-populations 9Endemic to South AustraliaEstimated # of individuals 100 000IUCN CriteriaVU B1VU B1aVU B1a,b(iii)VU B1a,b(iii),c(iv)*JustificationExtent of occurrence is estimated to be less than 20 000 km 2 on EyrePeninsulaExists in no more than 10 locations on Eyre PeninsulaContinuing decline inferred <strong>for</strong> quality of habitat on Eyre PeninsulaExtreme fluctuations in the number of mature individuals on EyrePeninsula20.2 DistributionSilver Candles is endemic to South Australia and is found in disjunct sub-populations acrossEyre Peninsula and Yorke Peninsula (Green 1993) (Figure 20.1). The species’ extent ofoccurrence on Eyre Peninsula is approximately 2900 km 2 , within latitude 33°0’29”S tolongitude 134°19’17”E (Calpatanna Waterhole Conservation Park) in the north, andlatitude 34°40’39”S to longitude 135° 31’32”E (Coomunga) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006).Silver Candles grows within the district councils of Streaky Bay and Lower Eyre Peninsula.20.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of this species is considered to be habitat that is critical to its survival. It islikely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeThe Kellidie Bay Silver Candles sub-population is confined to treeless mud flats and grassyflats subject to waterlogging and overlain by sheet limestone (Davies 1995). Soil is fine,sandy loam with a pH of 9. Soils are dark brown in colour when dry, and greyish brownwhen wet. By comparison, Yorke Peninsula sub-populations grow in clay loam or light claysoils with a similar pH range of 8.5 to 9.5 (Green 1993).Sub-populations on Eyre Peninsula grow predominantly in low-lying topography describedas stream channels with low gradation slopes and clay provinces, and clay loam alluvialwatercourses, or depressions and salt lakes with loamy sand to light clay (DEH-EGIS 2006).Silver Candles grows at elevations of up to 80 m above sea level, but is more commonlyfound at 10-40 m above sea level.134 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Silver Candles details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 20.1. Distribution of Silver Candles on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 135

Vegetation associationsSilver Candles grows in association with salt-tolerant vegetation. The species often grows inassociation with Melaleuca lanceolata, particularly around Coffin Bay and Kellidie Bay.Yorke Peninsula sub-populations are known to grow in vegetation dominated by samphire(Halosarcia sp.), Sea-heath (Frankenia sp.), Thorny Lawrencia (Lawrencia squamata),Heathy Bluebush (Maireana oppositifolia) and Silky Wilsonia (Wilsonia humilis) (Green1993). On Eyre Peninsula, Silver Candles sub-populations are known to grow in herblandsconsisting of Salt Angianthus (Angianthus preissianus), Common Brown-grass (Agrostisavenacea), Common Wallaby-grass (Danthonia caespitosa) and Toad Rush (Juncusbufonius) (Davies 1995). Associated vegetation communities listed in Table 20.2 havebeen sourced from DEH-EGIS (2006).Table 20.2. Vegetation associated with Silver CandlesPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesCalpatanna WaterholeConservation ParkSwamp Paper-bark (Melaleucahalmaturorum) tall shrublandSub-populations near MarbleRangeShort-leaf Honey-myrtle(Melaleuca brevifolia), +/-Totem-poles (M. decussata), +/-Swamp Paper-bark (M.halmaturorum) tall shrublandThatching Grass (Gahnia filum)sedges+/- Cutting Grass (Gahnia trifida),Thatching Grass (G. filum) tallsedgesLove Creeper (Comespermavolubile), Creeping Brookweed(Samolus repens)+/- Bare Twig-rush (Baumeajuncea)Mallee Box (Eucalyptus porosa)mid mallee woodlandBlack Grass Saw-sedge (Gahnialanigera)Bearded Oat (Avena barbata),Common Wallaby-grass(Austrodanthonia caespitosa),Prickly Ground-berry (Acrotrichepatula), Wirewort (Asterideaathrixioides <strong>for</strong>ma athrixioides)low sedgesWanilla to Kellidie Bay areasOpen Open Black-seed Samphire (Halosarciapergranulata ssp. pergranulata),Curly Ryegrass (Parapholisincurva), +/- Barrel Medic(Medicago truncatula) low openshrublandKellidie Bay areaSlender Honey-myrtle(Melaleuca gibbosa), Short-leafHoney-myrtle (M. brevifolia), +/-Scarlet Bottlebrush (Callistemonrugulosus), +/- Dwarf Hakea(Hakea rugosa) mid shrublandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) (NC), Hakea mitchelliiand Heath tea-tree(Leptospermum myrsinoides)-Dryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), +/- Coast Daisybush(Olearia axillaris), +/- CoastBeard-heath (Leucopogonparviflorus) tall open shrublandSea-berry Saltbush (Rhagodiacandolleana ssp. candolleana),+/-Coast Bonefruit (Threlkeldiadiffusa) low shrubs-ClimateSilver Candles inhabits the 300-500 mm rainfall zone (DEH-EGIS 2006). Climate <strong>for</strong> thespecies’ northern-most sub-population is best estimated from Streaky Bay where meanannual maximum and minimum temperatures are 23 °C and 12.1 °C respectively, with amean annual rainfall of 378.4 mm. The southern extent of the species’ range would besimilar to Wanilla’s climate, which receives a mean annual rainfall of 509.4 mm.136 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Known sub-populations within reservesSilver Candles are recorded within the South Australian reserve system (Table 20.3), andadjacent to the Kellidie Conservation Park boundary. The species also grows within oneHeritage Agreement and along the Bratten Way roadside reserve.Table 20.3. Silver Candles sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversCoffin Bay National Park Unknown, assumed 1 J Cleland 1960Reserves Committee 1960Calpatanna Waterhole Conservation Park 2 P Canty and A Wright 2001T Fuhlbohm 1989Kellidie Bay Conservation Park 1 (numerous sites) J Briggs 1983NPWSA 1989Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Silver Candles habitat is expected to have broader biodiversitybenefits, particularly to co-habiting <strong>flora</strong> and fauna species which inhabitat and/ordepend on saline swamps and lakes. Silver Candles habitat includes ecosystemsconsidered to be <strong>threatened</strong> at a state level, such as state Vulnerable Thatching Grass(Gahnia filum) sedgeland in drainage lines and depressions, and state EndangeredCutting Grass (Gahnia trifida) sedgeland (DEH 2001).20.4 Biology and ecologySilver Candles is an annual herb that grows less than 15 cm tall. Each plant has manystems that arise from the base, and each stem ends in a cluster of shiny, golden daisyflowers (capitula). A full taxonomic description is given in Green (1993).Flowers open between September and December, after which the seeds set and theadult plant dies completely (Green 1993). The plant’s life cycle is usually complete byDecember and the next generation germinates late in the following winter.Pollination and species response to fire/disturbance is unstudied and unknown. The SilverCandles sub-population at Lake Malata mining site has been observed coming back indenser coverage in rehabilitated areas than prior to mining (L Bebbington 2005, pers.comm.). Seed longevity and size of viable soil seed bank is also unknown.20.5 Previous management actionsTable 20.4. Previous management actions to conserve Silver CandlesPrevious management actions1989 Green (1995) reports Silver Candles was cultivated at the Australian National Botanic Gardens.1993 An attempt to grow and maintain an ex situ sub-population at the Adelaide Botanical Gardenswas trialled, but was unsuccessful (K Holliday 1993, pers. comm., cited in Green 1995).2001 Surveys conducted by A Freebairn and D Hall along roadside verge on Bratten Way.2001 Permanent monitoring quadrat BH 92-18 established in Kellidie Bay Conservation Park after sitehad been partially compacted by off-road vehicles (Davies 1995). This monitoring program hasthe following aims:a. to determine trends in sub-population size over time in a population of Silver Candlesb. to determine the long-term impact of compaction by off-road vehicles on a subpopulationof Silver Candlesc. to determine the extent of weed invasion over time at the site of the same subpopulationd. to determine changes in associated native vegetation over time.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 137

20.6 Threats to Silver Candles and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Silver Candles conservation status from Vulnerable toNear Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, the immediateshort-term goal is to stabilise Silver Candles conservation status at Vulnerable.Silver Candles is ranked as a Priority 3 species, based on degree of threat, potential <strong>for</strong>recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E).Table 20.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to SilverCandles recovery (Table 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).Table 20.5. Key threats to Silver Candles and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Salinity/changes in hydrologyRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from increased salinityand changes in hydrologyLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: MajorDrainage of wetlands, reclaimation of land and degradation of associated vegetation throughstock grazing are threats to Silver Candles sub-populations on Yorke Peninsula (Green 1993).These major threats are also applicable to Eyre Peninsula sub-populations.RiskExtremeDirect threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateThis annual ground cover species is highly susceptible to invasive, salt tolerant weeds. Soildisturbance from off-road vehicles facilities weed invasion. Red Brome (*Bromus ruben), AnnualCats Tail (*Lophochloa cristata) and Coast Beard-grass (*Polypogon maritimus) invade availablehabitat at Kellidie Bay Conservation Park (Davies 1995). Curly Rye Grass (*Parapholis incurva)invasion threatens the sub-population at Lake Malata (L Bebbington 2005, pers. comm.).Direct threat and knowledge gap: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of seeds from grazing of flowers, resulting in long-term population declineLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateGrazing by sheep and rabbits has been determined as the most threatening process to subpopulationsat Lake Malata (L Bebbington 2005, pers. comm.). Grazing prior to seed release is ofparticular concern because of loss of viable seed.HighHighDirect threat: Inappropriate disturbance regimes, Off-road vehiclesRisk: Degradation of critical habitat leading to localised species extinctionLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateDue to the species’ limited available habitat and low potential to compete with larger species,inappropriate disturbance is a significant threat to the species (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers.comm.). For example, disturbance caused by off-road vehicles (especially at Kellidie Bay) andsoil compaction are major threats (Davies 1995).High138 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Knowledge gap: Lack of knowledge and baseline in<strong>for</strong>mationRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from lack of in<strong>for</strong>mationLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateSub-populations produce viable seed and recruitment is evident (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers.comm.); however, little is known about the species’ reproductive biology. The percentage ofviable seed produced, size of soil seed bank and seed predation have been identified as areasrequiring further research (Green 1993). The hypothesis that sub-population size is significantlysmaller during dry years remains to be tested, as does the influence of plant size on reproductivesuccess.Direct threat: Pest and diseaseRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from pest and disease(Phytophthora)Likelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateHighHighObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.31c.11c.31d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.43d.23d.33e.13e.33e.43f.13f.33f.43f.53f.84b.3 5a.65b.220.7 Main referencesDavies, R 1995, Threatened plant species management in National Parks and Wildlife ActReserves in South Australia, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium, SouthAustralia.Green, P 1993, Threatened plants of Yorke Peninsula, Conservation Council of SouthAustralia, Adelaide.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 139

21 West Coast Mintbush Prostanthera calycina F Muell ex Benth21.1 StatusWhen assessing West Coast Mintbush vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN 2001), thisspecies could be considered Vulnerable (Table 21.1). This is important given that thisspecies only occurs on Eyre Peninsula. West Coast Mintbush is recognised as Vulnerable atthe Regional, State and National levels (Table 21.1).Table 21.1. West Coast Mintbush vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 50 910Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 1.0Sub-populations 62Endemic to Eyre PeninsulaEstimated # of individuals 1000IUCN CriteriaJustificationVU B2 Area of occupancy estimated to be less than 2000 km 2VU B2aSeverely fragmented populationsVU B2a,b(v)Continuing decline inferred in number of mature individuals21.2 DistributionThe West Coast Mintbush, also known as Limestone Mintbush, is endemic to Eyre Peninsula.Sub-populations are distributed from Buckleboo to Coorabie over an extent ofoccurrence exceeding 50 000 km 2 . The species occurs within latitude 32°23’7” tolongitude 135°32’55” (northern extent), and latitude 36°49’26” to longitude 135°43’40”(southern extent) (DEH-EGIS 2006). The densest concentration of sub-populations is foundbetween Lock, Venus Bay and Streaky Bay (Figure 21.1).West Coast Mintbush sub-populations grow within the district councils of Streaky Bay,Elliston, Kimba and Lower Eyre Peninsula. It is highly likely that the species occurs within SAWater reserves; however, there are no records to date. The current known distribution isthought to be heavily influenced by grazing pressure.21.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of West Coast Mintbush is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeWest Coast Mintbush occurs on calcarenite ridges and in mallee communities on sandyloams (Black 1977). In Calpatanna Waterhole Conservation Park, West Coast Mintbush hasbeen recorded growing in pockets of light sandy clay (pH of 9) in sheet limestone on low,broad calcareous ridges (Davies 1995). Sub-populations near Baird Bay are found growingin shallow alkaline clays over limestone (L Bebbington 2005, pers. comm.). Northern subpopulationsoccupy topography ranging from elevations of 10-120 m, and southern subpopulationsoccupy a similar range of 60-140 m above sea level.Vegetation associationsThe species is commonly associated with Ridge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptus incrassata),Red Mallee (E. oleosa), Beaked Red Mallee (E. socialis) and Quandong (Santalumacuminatum), along with Melaleuca, Pittosporum, Grevillea, Hakea and Spyridium species(Black 1977). Northern sub-populations grow within a wide range of vegetationassociations (Table 21.2) (DEH-EGIS 2006). Outlying sub-populations on Lower EyrePeninsula are surrounded by cleared and modified vegetation.140 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: West Coast Mintbush details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 21.1. Distribution of West Coast Mintbush on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 141

Southern West Coast Mintbush sub-populations grow in association with:• Ridge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptus incrassata) mid mallee woodland overBroombush (Melaleuca uncinata), Dune Tea-tree (Leptospermum coriaceum) midshrubs over Cup Fringe-myrtle (Calytrix involucrata) low shrubs over +/- SandhillBog-rush (Schoenus racemosus), +/- Woolly Spinifex (Triodia lanata)• Coastal White Mallee (Eucalyptus diversifolia ssp. diversifolia), +/- Drooping Sheoak(Allocasuarina verticillata) mid mallee woodland over Dryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), +/- Kangaroo Thorn (Acacia paradoxa) tall shrubs over Coast Velvetbush(Lasiopetalum discolor) low shrubs.Table 21.2. Vegetation associations of West Coast Mintbush sub-populations in the vicinity of Streaky Bayand Venus BayPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesOpenNitre-bush (Nitraria billardierei),+/-Coast Daisy-bush (Oleariaaxillaris) mid open shrublandCoast Bonefruit (Threlkeldiadiffusa), Bower Spinach(Tetragonia implexicoma), SeaberrySaltbush (Rhagodiacandolleana ssp. candolleana),Bladder Saltbush (Atriplexvesicaria) shrubsYorrell (Eucalyptus gracilis), +/-White Mallee (E. dumosa), +/-Gilja (E. brachycalyx), +/- E.oleosa ssp. ampliata mid openmallee <strong>for</strong>estDumosa Mallee (Eucalyptusdumosa), +/- Beaked Red Mallee(E. socialis), +/- Yalata Mallee (E.yalatensis) mid mallee woodlandDrooping Sheoak (Allocasuarinaverticillata) low woodlandDryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), +/- Coast Daisybush(Olearia axillaris), +/-CoastBeard-heath (Leucopogonparviflorus) tall open shrublandMallee Box (Eucalyptus porosa),+/- Drooping Sheoak(Allocasuarina verticillata), +/-Golden Wattle (Acaciapycnantha) mid malleewoodlandCoastal White Mallee(Eucalyptus diversifolia ssp.diversifolia) mid malleewoodlandSwamp Paper-bark (Melaleucahalmaturorum) tall shrublandSheep Bush (Geijera linearifolia),Dryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata) shrubsDryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), Broombush (M.uncinata), +/- Mallee Honeymyrtle(M. acuminata ssp.acuminata) tall shrubsCoast Daisy-bush (Oleariaaxillaris), Coast Beard-heath(Leucopogon parviflorus),Dryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata) tall shrubs+/- Sea-berry Saltbush (Rhagodiacandolleana ssp. candolleana),+/-Coast Bonefruit (Threlkeldiadiffusa) low shrubsSweet Bursaria (Bursaria spinosassp. spinosa) shrubs+/- Dryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), +/- Broombush (M.uncinata) tall shrubsThatching Grass (Gahnia filum)sedgesWard’s Weed (Carrichteraannua), Rusty Spear-grass(Austrostipa eremophila), MealySaltbush (Rhagodia parabolic),Ruby Saltbush (Enchylaenatomentosa var.), Grey Bindyi(Sclerolaena diacantha) shrubs+/- Spinifex (Triodia irritans) lowhummock grasses+/- Coast Velvet-bush(Lasiopetalum discolor) lowshrubs-Black anther flax-lily (Dianellarevoluta), Spinifex (Triodiascariosa) (NC), Ringed WallabyGrass (Austrodanthoniacaespitosa), Balcarra Spear-grass(Austrostipa nitida), Hard Matrush(Lomandra multi<strong>flora</strong> ssp.dura), Sticky Sword-sedge(Lepidosperma viscidum),Wingless Fissure-plant (Maireanaenchylaenoides) tussock grassesPrickly Ground-berry (Acrotrichepatula), +/-Coast Velvet-bush(Lasiopetalum discolor) lowshrubsLove Creeper (Comespermavolubile), Creeping Brookweed(Samolus repens)142 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

ClimateMost of the West Coast Mintbush sub-populations inhabit the 250-500 mm rainfall zone(DEH-EGIS 2006). The densest concentration of West Coast Mintbush plants is near StreakyBay, which has a mean annual rainfall of 378.4 mm, and mean annual maximum andminimum temperatures of 23 °C and 12.1 °C respectively.Known populations within reservesWest Coast Mintbush has been recorded within six reserves on Eyre Peninsula (Table 21.3).Table 21.3. West Coast Mintbush sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWSA Reserve Sub-populations ObserversBascombe Well Conservation Park 1 E Jackson; N Donner; R Alcock; HEichler; J Wheeler and N Lothian 1967Calpatanna WaterholeConservation Park5 1. T Dennis 19782. T Fuhlbohm 19883. D Murfet and R Taplin19894. F Davies19895. R Davies and J Briggs 1992Hincks Conservation Park 1 D Symon; R Alcock & J Wheeler 1968Point Labatt Conservation Park 1 T Fuhlbohm 1988; G Carpenter 1993Venus Bay Conservation ParkMany(not yet determined)1. R Taplin 19872. T Fuhlbohm 19893. P Copley and P Canty 19924. G Carpenter 1993Venus Bay Conservation Reserve 3 L Huebner 1999Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of West Coast Mintbush habitat is expected to benefit a wide range ofassociated <strong>flora</strong> and fauna species. Regional pest management and <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>recovery are complementary projects that, in part, focus on decreasing the grazingpressure of pest species. Collaborative work between these two groups is anticipated tohave successful ecological outcomes.21.4 Biology and ecologyWest Coast Mintbush is a perennial shrub that grows to half a metre tall and spreadsacross the ground 7 . The species’ most distinguishing features are leaves that smell like mintwhen crushed, and microscopic hairs that grow on the leaf surface. These hairs are 0.3-0.4 mm long, stiff, straight and closely flattened to the leaf.Flowering occurs from September to December. Flowers are red and tube shaped, withpetals opening out. Variations in flower colour, such as yellow and pink, have beenobserved (D Armstrong [DEH] 2005, pers. comm.).The plant’s pollinator(s) are unknown. Yellow-throated Miners (Manorina flavigula) havebeen observed moving from flower to flower on West Coast Mintbush plants in the ScealeBay area (K Pobke [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.).Seeding, fruiting and seed dispersal also require further study. Germination triggers, suchas response to fire, are also unknown. West Coast Mintbush produces viable seed (PAinsley [DEH], 2006 pers. comm.) and recruits in situ (L Bebbington 2005, pers. comm.; KPobke [DEH] 2006, pers. observation), even though the seed was originally thought to beunviable.7 A detailed botanical description <strong>for</strong> Prostanthera calycina is found in Jessop and Toelken (1986c).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 143

21.5 Previous management actionsTable 21.4. Previous management actions to conserve West Coast MintbushPrevious management actions1999? Numerous sites in the Venus Bay to Streaky Bay area were surveyed by Annie Bond (<strong>for</strong>merThreatened Flora Ecologist, DEH). Many West Coast Mintbush sites recorded in this survey werethought to be revisits of historical sites, the majority of which are along road reserves (DEHRecfind file 40/1486).2001 West Coast Mintbush article in spring edition of local newsletter The Long Run, as part of the‘Unusual Suspects’ series, to increase community awareness (author A Freebairn).2005 Seed collected from Calpatanna Waterhole Conservation Park by Seed Conservation Centrestaff, Adelaide Botanic Gardens, <strong>for</strong> germination tests and long-term, low temperature storage,as part of the Millennium Seed Bank Project.2005 Dr P Ainsley (Germplasm Research Coordinator, DEH) in the process of writing paper ongermination method <strong>for</strong> West Coast Mintbush (DEH Recfind file 40/1486).2006 D Armstrong and K Pobke began a community awareness raising program focused onidentification, recording new locations and amount of grazing on West Coast Mintbush. Aworkshop was held at Streaky Bay on 13 August with Friends of Parks members.2006 Article ‘Flora facts: West Coast Mintbush’ published in Autumn 2006 edition of West CoastBabbler: the Ark on Eyre Newsletter (DEH Recfind file 40/A248481).2006 West Coast Mintbush Threatened Flora of Eyre Peninsula In<strong>for</strong>mation Sheet produced as amilestone <strong>for</strong> the Ark on Eyre project (DEH Recfind file 40/A142070).21.6 Threats to West Coast Mintbush and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list West Coast Mintbush conservation status fromVulnerable to Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise West Coast Mintbush conservation status atVulnerable.West Coast Mintbush has been ranked as a Priority 2 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E).Table 21.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to WestCoast Mintbush recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong>all species and their associated recovery costs).144 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 21.5. Key threats to West Coast Mintbush and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: High grazing pressure, Lack of recruitmentRisk: Loss of germinated juveniles, and grazing-back of adult plants (including flowers), whichunstabilises life class structure and increases risk of population declineLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: ModerateGrazing pressure is thought to be the greatest immediate threat to this species (Davies 1995). Allsurveyed sub-populations show signs of heavy grazing pressure by sheep, kangaroos and rabbits(A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.). Seed viability and level of recruitment in West CoastMintbush populations is currently unknown.RiskExtremeDirect threat: Urban development/subdivisionRisk: Loss of species sub-populations as a result of illegal clearance, e.g. progression ofdevelopment without vegetation assessmentLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateUrban development and land subdivision, especially along coastal properties, is anticipated tothreaten critical habitat. Subdivision <strong>for</strong> building development may place West Coast Mintbushpopulations at risk of becoming degraded or isolated as landscape fragmentation or clearanceincreases.Direct threat: Vegetation clearance/roadside managementRisk: Localised species extinction from roadside and easement work failing to applyEnvironmental Best PractiseLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateThe majority of known West Coast Mintbush populations are located on road reserves withoutRoadside Markers.HighHighKnowledge gap: Lack of knowledge and baseline in<strong>for</strong>mationRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from lack of in<strong>for</strong>mationLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateInsufficient baseline in<strong>for</strong>mation (e.g. size of populations, age structure and reproductionsuccess) and lack of biological knowledge (e.g. break downs in life cycle stages, pollination, andcause or percentage of population dying/reaching senescence) need to be addressed tofurther recovery actions.Direct threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: MinorWeed invasion, particularly Bridal Creeper (Asparagus asparagoides), may directly competewith West Coast Mintbush (Davies 1995). However, other prickly weeds, <strong>for</strong> example AfricanBoxthorn (Lycium ferocissimum), seem to offer juvenile mintbush plants protection from grazing.HighModerateObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.21c.11c.31d.21d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.33a.43b.13b.33c.13c.23d.23d.33e.13e.33e.43f.13f.43f.84b.24c.24d.34h.35a.55a.105b.2<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 145

21.7 Main referencesDavies, R 1995, Threatened plant species management in National Parks and Wildlife ActReserves in South Australia, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium, SouthAustralia.Jessop, JP & Toelken, HR (eds) 1986c, Flora of South Australia, Part III: Polemoniaceae-Compositae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.146 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

22 Desert Greenhood Pterostylis xerophila syn. Oligochaetochilusxerophilus MA Clements22.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Desert Greenhood vital attributes against IUCN criteria(IUCN 2001), this species could be considered Critically Endangered (Table 22.1). DesertGreenhood is however recognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and Nationallevels (Table 22.1).Table 22.1. Desert Greenhood vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 890Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.0075Sub-populations 3Estimated # of individuals 50CR CCR C2b*IUCN CriteriaJustificationPopulation size estimated to be fewer than 250 mature individuals on EyrePeninsulaContinued decline inferred in numbers of individuals because of extremefluctuations in number of mature individuals on Eyre Peninsula22.2 DistributionDesert Greenhood (Pterostylis xerophila syn. Oligochaetochilus xerophilus DesertRustyhood (Jones 2006)) grows in disjunct populations on Eyre Peninsula, in the Gairdner-Torrens and Murray regions of South Australia, and on the edge of the Great VictoriaDesert (Jessop & Toelken 1986a; Bates & Weber 1990). On Eyre Peninsula, DesertGreenhood has an extent of occurrence of 890 km 2 , growing within latitude 32°18’6”S tolongitude 135°17’50”E (north of Gawler Ranges National Park) in the north, and latitude33°19’18”S to longitude 137°9’23”E (Hundred of Batchelor) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006)(Figure 22.1). The species was probably widespread across Eyre Peninsula be<strong>for</strong>esettlement (Bates & Weber 1990). Desert Greenhood is probably still more widespreadthan records show, with the species observed as far south as the Coolanie Range, north ofCowell.The distribution area of Desert Greenhood spreads into the County of Bosanquet, theCorporation of the City of Whyalla, and most probably the District Council of FranklinHarbour (yet to be confirmed).22.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Desert Greenhood is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeDesert Greenhood grows in fertile red loamy soils and can be found mainly on rockyoutcrops, where it now inhabitats a much more restricted range than it did prior toagriculture (Bates & Weber 1990). This is rein<strong>for</strong>ced by Jessop and Toelken (1986a) whoalso record Desert Greenhood growing on or around granite or quartzite rock outcropsand less commonly on fertile alluvial plains. Disjunct sub-populations on Eyre Peninsulaoccupy topography 250-300 m above sea level near or in the Gawler Ranges, to 140-160 m above sea level near Moonabie Ranges.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 147

Note: Desert Greenhood details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 22.1. Distribution of Desert Greenhood on Eyre Peninsula148 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Vegetation associationsDesert Greenhood grows in association with dry woodland; however, no ground truthedin<strong>for</strong>mation detailing species assemblage has been recorded. Vegetation associations inTable 22.2 have been sourced from DEH-EGIS (2006).Table 22.2. Vegetation associated with Desert GreenhoodPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) (NC) tall sparseshrublandNarrow-leaf Hop-bush(Dodonaea viscosa ssp.angustissima), Beckler’s RockWattle (Acacia beckleri), +/-Cup Fringe-myrtle (Calytrixinvolucrata)Spinifex (Triodia irritans) low openhummock grasslandRidge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptusincrassata), Beaked Red Mallee(E. socialis) mid malleewoodland, Broombush(Melaleuca uncinata) tallshrublandRidge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptusincrassata), +/- Narrow-leaf RedMallee (E. leptophylla) midmallee woodlandRibbed Thrytomene(Thryptomene micrantha), SilveryPhebalium (Phebalium bullatum),Small Hop-bush (Dodonaeabursariifolia), Desert Baeckea(Baeckea crassifolia) low openshrublandGreen Tea-tree (Leptospermumcoriaceum), Broombush(Melaleuca uncinata), ScrubCypress Pine (Callitris verrucosa),and Silver Broombush(Babingtonia behrii) shrubsWoolly Spinifex (Triodia lanata),Satin Everlasting (Helichrysumleucopsideum), Black-antherFlax-lily (Dianella revoluta var.revoluta), Sticky Sword-sedge(Lepidosperma viscidum), HalfbeardSpear-grass (Austrostipahemipogon)Hibbertia australis, GoldenPennants (Glischrocaryon behrii)shrubsClimateDesert Greenhood inhabits the 200-300 mm rainfall zone (DEH-EGIS 2006). As ageneralisation, the mean annual rainfall in the Gawler Ranges is approximately 227.3 mm(BOM 2007, Siam weather station). The mean annual rainfall in Munyeroo, in the vicinity ofDesert Greenhood sub-populations, is 286.4 mm (BOM 2007).Known sub-populations within reservesThere is one suspected Desert Greenhood sub-population in Gawler Ranges National Park,which was last observed on 6 October 2002 (W Crisp 2002, pers.comm.). <strong>Plan</strong>t voucherswere collected <strong>for</strong> verification.Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Desert Greenhood is expected to benefit multiple species throughprotection and management of habitat. Broad-scale management techniques andcollection of baseline data are expected to benefit other plant species growing inassociation with the orchid, particularly those species with similar life <strong>for</strong>ms and/orflowering response.22.4 Biology and ecologyThe common name ‘Desert Greenhood’, and the species name xerophila meaning‘loving dry places’, reveal the habitat of this species – it grows in the arid regions of EyrePeninsula. Desert Greenhood is a perennial, terrestrial orchid, which is slender and grows 6-20 cm (Bates & Weber 1990). The orchid has 3-10 variable sized basal leaves, which oftenwither be<strong>for</strong>e flowering (Bates & Weber 1990). It is deciduous in nature, dying back tobelow ground tubers in summer and producing a leaf in spring. Full taxonomic descriptionsof Desert Greenhood are given in Bates (2006) and Jessop and Toelken (1986a).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 149

Flowering occurs between late August and early November (Bates & Weber 1990).Flowers vary in number from 1-8 and are reddish or brown on short pedicels, oftennodding (Bates & Weber 1990).Desert Greenhood pollinator(s) are unknown. Other Pterostylis species are known to bepollinated by small gnats and/or flies that are attracted to the flowers by visual stimulation(Duncan 2005). The labellum, column and galea <strong>for</strong>m a ‘trap’ <strong>for</strong> the insect, and theinsect then has to struggle past the pollinia to escape (Duncan 2005). Pollination is possiblyachieved by pseudocopulation 8 (Jones & Clements 2002). Flowering occurs <strong>for</strong>approximately four weeks and, if pollination has taken place, the seed capsule beginsripening.Germination to date is unobserved and unstudied. Orchids are known to <strong>for</strong>m symbioticrelationships with mycorrhizal fungus, which help to initiate seed germination and provideessential nutrients to the plant (Duncan 2005). It is unknown which, if any, mycorrhizalspecies assist Desert Greenhood growth. The longevity of the tuber to endure extendeddormancy is also unknown.Fire dependence triggers are unknown; however, plants have been observed floweringwell in the absence of fire (Duncan 2005). Occasional, intense summer fires, particularlyafter the flowering period, are assumed to promote flowering of dormant plants, seedgermination and seedling establishment (Duncan 2005). Fire may also indirectly affectorchids by influencing the fungal symbiont (Duncan 2005).22.5 Previous management actionsTable 22.3. Previous management actions to conserve Desert GreenhoodPrevious management actions2001 Desert Greenhood article printed in local newspaper West Coast Sentinel, as part of‘Threatened Flora Census’ series, community awareness raising focus, author A. Freebairn.2002 Survey and Pterostylis species plant voucher collection made by Wesley Crisp (5-6 th October2002). (DEH Recfind file 40/A248478).2007 Pterostylis species plant vouchers collected by W Crisp were found and on 26 th February 2007sent by K Pobke to the State Herbarium of South Australia <strong>for</strong> verification. Pterostylis speciescollected was not Desert Greenhood.22.6 Threats to Desert Greenhood and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Desert Greenhood conservation status fromVulnerable to Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise Desert Greenhood conservation status atVulnerable.Desert Greenhood has been ranked as a Priority 2 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle (Duncan 2005).Table 22.4 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to DesertGreenhood recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).8 Pseudocopulation is a process by which an insect transfers pollen while attempting to mate with theflower.150 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 22.4. Key threats to Desert Greenhood and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateDesert Greenhood has a limited distribution attributed to changes in land use since settlement(Duncan 2005; Bates & Weber 1990). Limited distribution and further fragmentation of what waspossibly once a widespread species may be causing genetic bottleneck problems (e.g. lowgenetic variability and disruption of genetic flow).RiskHighDirect threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of orchid seeds from grazing of flowers and/or long-term accumulative reduction inplant health caused by grazing, resulting in population declineLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateSheep have been removed from the Gawler Ranges Nationaly Park and a goat control programis currently in place across the park (C Nixon [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.). The full extent of totalgrazing pressure requires further investigation.Direct threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateWeed invasion is expected to reduce Desert Greenhood flowering and compete directly withthe species <strong>for</strong> space, light and nutrients. Weeds such as Salvation Jane (Echium plantagineum)need to be maintained to a low level of infestation within immediate critical habitat (Duncan2005).HighHighDirect Threat: Inappropriate fire regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire from itscritical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if frequent fires areexperiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = LikelyConsequence: ModerateWhilst occasional late summer fires are expected to stimulate Desert Greenhood flowering andencourage orchids out of dormancy, timing of fire is a threat to the species. Climate changemodels predict fires becoming more frequent and more intense (Lucus et al. 2007). Spring andearly summer fires would interfere with the flowering process because, <strong>for</strong> example, tuber energyresources are invested in the flower during this period. There<strong>for</strong>e, orchids burnt be<strong>for</strong>e seed setcould result in reduced population size or localised extinction. Sub-populations assumed burnt in1990 on private property near Munyaroo and in 2003 in the Gawler Ranges National Park, southof the Conical Hill track, still need to be checked.HighDirect threat: Illegal collection or harvestRisk: Loss of individual plants and genetic material that may undermine recovery actionsLikelihood: UnlikelyConsequences: ModerateIn a similar approach to Duncan (2005), while there is no record of illegal collection of thisspecies, such activity is still a perceived threat that is capable of undermining recovery actions.Desert Greenhood is listed <strong>for</strong> protection under CITES (the Convention on International Trade inEndangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora) (UNEP-WCMC 2007).Moderate<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 151

Objective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.21c.11c.31d.21d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.33a.43b.33c.13c.33d.23d.33e.33e.43f.13f.43f.84b.24b.44b.74c.24h.25a.55a.95b.222.7 Main referencesDuncan, M 2005, <strong>Draft</strong> <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> Pterostylis xerophila (Desert Greenhood) InVictoria and South Australia 2006-2010, Department of Sustainability and Environment,Heidelberg, Victoria.Jessop, JP & Toelken, HR (eds) 1986a, Flora of South Australia, Part IV: Alismataceae-Orchidaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.Jones, D 2006, A complete guide to native orchids of Australia, including the islandterritories, Reed New Holland, Australia.Jones, DL & Clements, MA 2002, ‘A reassessment of Pterostylis R.Br (Orchidaceae)’,Australian Orchid Research, vol. 4, pp. 6-63.152 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

23 Ironstone Mulla Mulla Ptilotus beckerianus F Muell ex J Black23.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Ironstone Mulla Mulla vital attributes against IUCN criteria(IUCN 2001), this species could be considered Endangered (Table 23.1). Ironstone MullaMulla is however recognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels(Table 23.1).Table 23.1. Ironstone Mulla Mulla vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 185Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.03Sub-populations 10Endemic to South AustraliaEstimated # of individuals 2500IUCN CriteriaEN B2EN B2b(iii)EN B2b(iii),c(iv)*JustificationArea of occupancy estimated to be less than 500 km 2 on Eyre PeninsulaContinuing decline inferred in area, extent and quality of habitat on EyrePeninsulaExtreme fluctuations in the number of mature individuals on EyrePeninsula23.2 DistributionIronstone Mulla Mulla, also known as Becker’s Pussy-tail, is endemic to South Australia andgrows in disjunct populations on Kangaroo Island and southern Eyre Peninsula (Jessop &Tolken 1986). On Eyre Peninsula, Ironstone Mulla Mulla has an extent of occurrence ofapproximately 185 km 2 (Figure 23.1). The species grows within latitude 34°26’17”S tolongitude 135°29’30”E (Marble Range) in the north, and latitude 34°39’24”S to longitude135°43’41”E (railway line near Hyde Road and Lincoln Highway intersection) in the south(DEH-EGIS 2006).Ironstone Mulla Mulla grows on roadside verges and private property within the DistrictCouncil of Lower Eyre Peninsula. There is an historical reference of the species growing asfar east as Pooninide on Eyre Peninsula (Davies 1986).23.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Ironstone Mulla Mulla is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeIronstone Mulla Mulla occupies topography ranging from 30 m above sea level to thehighest sub-populations on the slopes of Marble Range (160 m above sea level) and in theKoppio hills (up to 230 m above sea level) (DEH-EGIS 2006).Ironstone Mulla Mulla, as the common name implies, grows on ironstone gravel soils. Thespecies is also known to grow on light yellow brown sandy loams with a relatively neutralpH level (Davies 1995).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 153

Note: Ironstone Mulla Mulla details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 23.1. Distribution of Ironstone Mulla Mulla on Eyre Peninsula154 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Vegetation associationsIronstone Mulla Mulla often grows in association with Sugar Gum (Eucalyptus cladocalyx)and Xanthorrhoea sp. in low open <strong>for</strong>est or low open woodland along roadsides.Associated vegetation communities are listed in Table 23.2 and have been sourced fromDEH-EGIS (2006). Where Ironstone Mulla Mulla sub-populations persist is assumed to bestrongly associated with disturbance, hence a significant number of populations existalong regularly graded roadside verges. Although many Ironstone Mulla Mulla plants growalong edges of disturbed roadsides, it should not be assumed that this is ideal habitat <strong>for</strong>the species.Roadside sub-populations have not been tested <strong>for</strong> seed viability and these plants mayconsist of vegetative regrowth, stimulated by grading, rather than germinated seedlings(K Pobke [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.; Ecological Associates 2007).Table 23.2. Vegetation associated with Ironstone Mulla Mulla sub-populationsPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesSugar Gum (Eucalyptuscladocalyx) mid woodlandCoastal White Mallee(Eucalyptus diversifolia ssp.diversifolia), +/- Ridge-fruitedMallee (E. incrassata), +/-Narrow-leaf Red Mallee (E.leptophylla), +/- White Mallee(Eucalyptus peninsularis) midmallee woodlandDropping Sheoak (Allocasuarinaverticillata) low woodlandDrooping Sheoak (Allocasuarinaverticillata) low woodland+/- Golden Wattle (Acaciapycnantha) over Rock Wattle (A.rupicola), +/- Yacca(Xanthorrhoea semiplana), +/-Broombush (Melaleucauncinata) mid shrubsBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall shrubs+/- Sticky Hop-bush (Dodonaeaviscosa ssp. spatulata) tall shrubs+/- Yacca (Xanthorrhoeasemiplana) shrubsPeach Heath (Lissanthe strigosassp. subulata), Small-flowerWallaby-grass (Austrodanthoniasetacea) low shrubs over BroadleafRaspwort (Gonocarpusmezianus), Coarse Lagenifera(Lagenophora huegelii)Rosemary Dampiera (Dampierarosmarinifolia) and Hibbertia sp.glabriuscula (DJ Whibley 9012)low shrubsBearded Oat (Avena barbata),Annual Rock-fern (Cheilanthesaustrotenuifolia), +/- StickySword-sedge (Lepidospermaviscidum), +/-Broad-leafRaspwort (Gonocarpusmezianus) low <strong>for</strong>bsKangaroo Grass (Themedatriandra), Hill Raspwort(Gonocarpus elatus), Hard Matrush(Lomandra multi<strong>flora</strong> ssp.dura), Crested Spear-grass(Austrostipa blackii) tussockgrassesClimateIronstone Mulla Mulla inhabits the 450-500 mm rainfall zone. The mean annual rainfall is509.4 mm at Wanilla and 485.3 mm at Koppio. The mean annual maximum and minimumtemperatures at the Tod Reservoir weather station are 20.9 °C and 9.6 °C respectively(BOM 2007).Known sub-populations within reservesApart from sub-populations within reserves (Table 23.3), large Ironstone Mulla Mulla subpopulationsalso grow adjacent to Murrunatta Conservation Park and ConservationReserve on roadside managed by the District Council of Lower Eyre Peninsula. The councilhas erected roadside markers <strong>for</strong> this species.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 155

Table 23.3. Ironstone Mulla Mulla sub-populations within reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversWanilla Conservation Park 1 R Davies 1992Wanilla Land Settlement ConservationReserve1 P Canty 2004S Deslandes (Annual monitoring)Tucknott’s Scrub Conservation Park 1 P Canty 2004Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Ironstone Mulla Mulla is expected to benefit multiple species throughprotection and management of habitat. Broad-scale management techniques andcollection of baseline data are expected to benefit other plant species growing inassociation, particularly those surviving within the highly fragmented landscape of LowerEyre Peninsula, and those that have similar life <strong>for</strong>ms, flowering response and/or pollinationneeds.23.4 Biology and ecologyIronstone Mulla Mulla is a small, perennial herb growing to 10-25 cm tall. <strong>Plan</strong>ts are firstseen emerging from the ground in a rosette of ground-level (radical) leaves. There can beup to 20 of these radical leaves per base, and leaves range in shape from lanceolate 9 toobovate 10 and spatulate 11 . Eyre Peninsula Ironstone Mulla Mulla plants also show variationin leaf colour from dark purple to dark green (S Deslandes 1999-2007, pers. observation).Multiple stems with upright, bottlebrush-shaped flowers grow from the rosette base.Flowering occurs between August and January. The scientific name Ptilotus meansfeathered or winged and refers to the hairy flowers (Greek origin). Generally Ptilotusflowers are bisexual, with 20-40 spiky-looking flowers per stem. The flowers are initiallyhemispherical, becoming ovoid or cylindrically elongated to 9.5 cm (Jessop & Toelken1986).Seed structure indicates that seeds are wind dispersed and this is readily seen on EyrePeninsula (K Pobke [DEH] & S Deslandes 2006, pers. observation). The flowers graduallyage, the seed coating hardens and the long hairy plumes on the flower (perianth)disperse on the wind.Pollination, germination, seed viability and survival, and plant longevity are relativelyunknown. Seed abortion levels and triggers require further study. Above the ground, smallplants often look like new seedlings; however, below the ground the rosettes suspected ofbeing separate are connected by underground rhizomes and shared root structures(Ecological Associates 2007). There<strong>for</strong>e, in monitoring conducted after 2005, all aboveground rosettes less than 2 cm apart are assumed to be from the same plant and arethere<strong>for</strong>e counted as ‘one’ in population counts (Ecological Associates 2007).Flowering is assumed to be linked to available soil moisture, with less rainfall resulting infewer plants flowering (S Deslandes 1999-2007, pers. comm.; A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers.comm.). Very few flowering Ironstone Mulla Mulla plants were observed during the 2006drought, even though they had flowered prolifically after fire the previous year. Accordingto monitoring by Sally Deslandes, flowering success is most probably linked to openness ofcanopy cover (DEH Recfind file 40/1483).9 Lanceolate leaves are fattened, two or three times as long as they are broad, and are widest in themiddle, tapering to a pointed apex.10 Obovate leaves are generally shaped like the longitudinal section of an egg. Their length does notexceed twice their breadth, and the greatest width is slightly above the middle.11 Spatulate or spathulate leaves are spoon-shaped, i.e. broader towards the tip, narrower lower down.156 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Fire dependence triggers <strong>for</strong> Ironstone Mulla Mulla were studied following the 2005Wangary Bushfire. As mentioned previously, the species flowered in abundance in the firstyear after fire; however, the limited data obtained during post-fire monitoring has shownno clear link between Ironstone Mulla Mulla regeneration and fire (Ecological Associates2007). The occurrence of above average rainfall in the first growing season after fire mayhave had a positive impact on Ironstone Mulla Mulla (Ecological Associates 2007). Thespecies has fleshy roots (rhizomes), which suggest that physiologically the species couldsurvive after fire (Ecological Associates 2007). This would, however, depend on the timingof the fire. For example, a late summer fire, while the species is in its dormant state, isexpected to yield a more positive Ironstone Mulla Mulla response (K Pobke [DEH] 2007,pers. comm.).23.5 Previous management actionsTable 23.4. Previous management actions to conserve Ironstone Mulla Mulla1998-ongoingPrevious management actionsSally Deslandes conducted quadrat monitoring and photo-points of Ironstone Mulla Mullasub-population in Wanilla Conservation Park (DEH Recfind file 40/1483).1999-2004 Three collections of seed were taken by A Freebairn and J Nikkulla from sub-populations onCharlton Gully Road, and the corner of Merintha Creek and Settlers roads (20 g uncleanseed in total). Stored at Greening Australia, Port Lincoln. During this time A Freebairn, withthe assistance of the Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group, began on site management of thesub-population at Wanilla Conservation Park.2005 Ecological Associates was contracted to monitor post-fire response of Ironstone Mulla Mulla(DEH Recfind file 40/1483), and look to assess plant density and reproductive output.2006 On 6 th January 2006, post-fire seed collection was undertaken by K Pobke and S Deslandesfrom a total of 292 plants at Settlers Road, Tucknott Scrub Conservation Park, and betweenWanilla oval and the railway line (DEH Recfind file 40/1483). On 27 th January 2006 this seed(20 g unclean) was sent to the Seed Conservation Centre, Adelaide. Initial examination ofthe seed found many unviable embryos. Some seed from Koppio sub-populations wascollected while still immature; however, seed from sandier sub-populations near Murrunattawas ripe, but still had a hollow epicarp (K Pobke [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.).23.6 Threats to Ironstone Mulla Mulla and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Ironstone Mulla Mulla conservation status fromVulnerable to Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise Ironstone Mulla Mulla conservation status atVulnerable.Ironstone Mulla Mulla has been ranked as a Priority 1 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle.Table 23.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant toIronstone Mulla Mulla recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria <strong>for</strong> all species and their associated recovery costs).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 157

Table 23.5. Key threats to Ironstone Mulla Mulla and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateThe majority of known populations are small and occur in highly fragmented vegetation, i.e. roadand rail reserves. These fragmented sub-populations of Ironstone Mulla Mulla may have lowgenetic variability and genetic flow because of their small size and isolation. Low geneticvariability may reduce the resilience of the species to environmental changes, pests or diseases.RiskHighDirect threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateCompetition from annual and perennial grasses is the major threat to Ironstone Mulla Mulla.Bridal Creeper also represents a significant threat across the majority of the habitat, in particularin Sugar Gum (Eucalyptus cladocalyx) low open <strong>for</strong>ests.HighDirect threat: Inappropriate fire regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire from itscritical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if frequent fires areexperiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = LikelyConsequence: ModerateHighDirect threat and knowledge gap: Spray driftRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from spray drift (fertiliserand herbicide)Likelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModerateHerbicide spray drift is an identified threat to Ironstone Mulla Mulla. The agricultural areassurrounding Ironstone Mulla Mulla sub-populations use aerial spraying methods to applyherbicides and insecticides. Council roadside maintenance also involves the periodic use ofherbicides.HighDirect threat: Vegetation clearance/roadside managementRisk: Localised species extinction from roadside and easement work failing to applyEnvironmental Best PractiseLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateWhile Ironstone Mulla Mulla easily colonises disturbed soil at the edge of road <strong>for</strong>mations, itsdisturbance requirements are poorly understood. It is unknown how seed viability, reproductionand other elements of the species life cycle are affected by roadside management. Forexample, during the 2005 flowering season, all Ironstone Mulla Mulla plants on the roadside nearMurranatta Conservation Reserve were thickly infested with thrips (K Pobke [DEH] 2005, pers.comm.). This was not recorded at any other sub-populations that year.Direct threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of plants and seeds leading to population declineLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateLivestock do not appear to graze Ironstone Mulla Mulla and, even where pasture has beengrazed to low levels, this species is often still present (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers. comm.).Grazing by rabbits and kangaroos still requires assessment.HighHigh158 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Direct threat: Pest and disease (Phytophthora)Risk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from pest and diseaseLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateIronstone Mulla Mulla occupies high rainfall areas within the High Risk Management zoneidentified by Velzeboer et al. (2005). It is there<strong>for</strong>e identified as a nationally <strong>threatened</strong> speciespotentially at threat of Phytophthora damage.HighObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.11b.11c.11c.21c.41c.51d.11d.21d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.23a.43b.13b.23c.23d.13d.23d.33e.13e.23e.33e.44b.54b.64c.24d.24e.14f.14h.15a.45a.75a.85a.95b.223.7 Main referencesDavies, RJP 1986, Threatened plant species of the Mt Lofty and Kangaroo Island regions ofSouth Australia, Conservation Council of South Australia Inc, Adelaide.Ecological Associates 2007, Eyre Peninsula Bushfire <strong>Recovery</strong> Program: vegetationmonitoring, report to the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Davies, R 1995, Threatened plant species management in National Parks and Wildlife ActReserves in South Australia, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium, SouthAustralia.Jessop, JP & Toelken, HR (eds) 1986, Flora of South Australia, Part I: Lycopodiaceae-Rosaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.Prider, J 2005, Ptilotus beckerianus monitoring plan: memorandum, report prepared byEcological Associates to the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, Port Lincoln.Prider, J 2006, Study design: Fire response monitoring, report prepared by EcologicalAssociates to the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, Port Lincoln.Prider, J 2006a, Threatened <strong>flora</strong> threat assessment, report prepared by EcologicalAssociates to the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, Port Lincoln.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 159

24 Tufted Bush-pea Pultenaea trichophylla HB Will ex JM Black24.1 StatusWhen assessing Tufted Bush-pea vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN 2001), thisspecies could be considered Vulnerable (Table 24.1). This is important given that thisspecies only occurs on Eyre Peninsula. Tufted Bush-pea is however recognised as Rare atthe Regional and State levels, and Vulnerable at the National level (Table 24.1).Table 24.1. Tufted Bush-pea vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Rare Rare VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 184Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.295Sub-populations 20Endemic to Eyre PeninsulaEstimated # of individuals 10 500IUCN CriteriaJustificationVU B2 Area of occupancy estimated to be less than 2000 km 2VU B2aSeverely fragmented populationsVU B2a,b(iii)Continuing decline inferred in area, extent and quality of habitat24.2 DistributionTufted Bush-pea is endemic to southern Eyre Peninsula, where it is confined to the Eyre HillsSub-region of the Eyre Yorke Block IBRA Region (Figure 1.1). The species’ extent ofoccurrence is approximately 180 km 2 , occurring within latitude 34°9’26” to longitude136°4’55” (Ungarra) in the north, and latitude 34°29’1” to longitude 135°48’45” (TucknottScrub Conservation Park) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006) (Figure 24.1).Tufted Bush-pea sub-populations grow within roadside vegetation managed by theDistrict Council of Tumby Bay.24.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Tufted Bush-pea species is considered to be habitat that is critical toits survival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeTufted Bush-pea sub-populations have been recorded within elevations of 110-270 mabove sea level. The highest sub-populations grow on Heritage Agreement land nearPillaworta and Dray Pole Hill roads, and the lower sub-populations occur near Ungarra(DEH-EGIS 2006). Tufted Bush-pea has been recorded growing in soil types including palebrown or grey, acidic, sandy or clay loam over ironstone in gullies, hillcrests andundulating plains. The species has also been found in acidic gravelly sandy loam in opendepressions, lateritic soils on hill slopes with outcropping quartzite, and hard, red-brownclay loam over laterite on the slopes of hills and gullies.160 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Tufted Bush-pea details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 24.1. Distribution of Tufted Bush-pea on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 161

Vegetation associationsVegetation associated with Tufted Bush-pea is referred to as open woodland scrub onloam with ironstone gravel, overlaying yellow clay (Jusaitis 1991). Associated vegetationincludes Sugar Gum (Eucalyptus cladocalyx), Tate’s grass-tree (Xanthorrhoea semiplanassp. tateana), Broombush (Melaleuca uncinata) and Darwinia homoranthoides (Jusaitis1991). The vegetation associations in Table 24.2 have been sourced from DEH-EGIS (2006).Table 24.2. Vegetation associated with Tufted Bush-pea sub-populationsPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesEyre Peninsula Blue Gum (Eucalyptus UnrecordedUnrecordedpetiolaris), +/- Peppermint Box (E.odorata) low open <strong>for</strong>estCoast Ridge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptusangulosa), Narrow-leaf Red Mallee (E.leptophylla), +/- Dumosa Mallee (E.dumosa complex), +/- Yorrell (E.gracilis) mid mallee woodlandUnrecordedUnrecordedSugar Gum (Eucalyptus cladocalyx)mid woodlandCummins Mallee (Eucalyptuspeninsularis), +/-Ridge-fruited Mallee (E. incrassata), +/-Green-leaf Mallee(E. phenax), +/- Dumosa Mallee (E.dumosa), +/- Square-fruit Mallee (E.calycogona) mid mallee woodlandBroombush (Melaleuca uncinata) tallopen shrubland+/- Golden Wattle (Acaciapycnantha), Rock Wattle (A.rupicola), +/- Yacca(Xanthorrhoea semiplana),+/-Broombush (Melaleucauncinata) mid shrubsBroombush (Melaleucauncinata), Dryland Tea-tree(M. lanceolata), +/- MalleeHoney-myrtle (M. acuminatassp. acuminata) tall shrubsSilver Broombush(Babingtonia behrii), +/-CupFringe-mrytle (Calytrixinvolucrata) low shrubsPeach Heath (Lissanthestrigosa ssp. subulata), SmallflowerWallaby-grass(Austrodanthonia setacea)low shrubs over Broad-leafRaspwort (Gonocarpusmezianus), and Lagenophorahuegelii+/- Limestone Saw-sedge(Gahnia deusta) low sedges+/- Spinifex (Triodia irritans),+/- and Hibbertia sp.Glabriuscula (DJ Whibley9012)ClimateTufted Bush-pea inhabits the 400-500 mm rainfall zones (DEH-EGIS 2006). At the TodReservoir in the vicinity of the southern extent of sub-populations, the mean annualmaximum and minimum temperatures are 20.9 °C and 9.6 °C respectively, and the meanannual rainfall is 485.3 mm (BOM 2007). The mean annual rainfall at Ungarra in the vicinityof the northern-most sub-populations is 411.7 mm (BOM 2007).Sub-populations within reservesTufted Bush-pea is known from Tucknott Scrub Conservation Park where R Bates firstobserved it in 1994 (DEH-EGIS 2006). The Tucknott Scrub sub-population was presumedburnt during the 2005 Wangary Bushfire, and it is presumed that other sub-populationswithin Heritage Agreements in the Hundreds of Hutchison, Koppio, Stokes and Louth werealso burnt. Three sub-populations (estimated total of 569 plants) survive on roadsidereserves within the District Council of Tumby Bay. Table 24.3 shows in<strong>for</strong>mation aboutimportant populations of Tufted Bush-pea.162 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 24.3. Important populations of Tufted Bush-peaSite # plants Extent (m 2 ) ReasonsNear Tod River Reservoir 1200-5000 150 000 m 2 Largest known population,regularly monitored by MJusaitisNear Uranno More than 500 Unknown Large populationNear Nyllow Park andNyllow HillApproximately 500 Unknown Western facing hill-slopepopulation in which seedlingrecruitment has been recordedBenefits to other speciesTufted Bush-pea shares overlapping critical habitat with Eyre Peninsula Yellow-tailed BlackCockatoo (Calyptorhynchus funereus xanthanotus) (state Vulnerable, regionally CriticallyEndangered on Eyre Peninsula) and Common Brushtail Possum (Trichosurus vulpecula)(state Rare, regionally Endangered on Eyre Peninsula) (Way & Bates 2005). Broad-scalemanagement techniques used to conserve Tufted Bush-pea habitat is also expected toproduce broader biodiversity benefits to woodland bird species such as the Scarlet Robin(Petroica mulitcolor) (EP: V) and the Western Grygone (Warbler)(Gerygone fusca) andWestern Yellow Robin (Eopsaltria griseogularis) both of which considered to be in declineon Eyre Peninsula (Way & Bates 2005). Tufted Bush-pea habitat also supports populationsof Fat-leaved Wattle (Acacia pinguifolia) (nationally Vulnerable) near Nyllow, and SilverDaisy-bush (Olearia pannosa ssp. pannosa) (nationally Vulnerable).24.4 Biology and ecologyTufted Bush-pea is a small, perennial, slender shrub with ascending branches to 30 cmlong (Whibley 1986). Branches are reddish and covered with white, curly hairs whenyoung. Leaves occur in false whorls at the ends of small branchlets, on 2-3 mm longpetioles (Whibley 1986). A full taxonomic description <strong>for</strong> this species is found in Whibley(1986).Small yellow pea flowers blossom between November and February (Jusaitis 1994). Theflowers are approximately 7 mm long and grow at the tips of short branchlets. Floweringoccurs progressively along the stem (Jusaitis 1991).Tufted Bush-pea pollinator(s) are unknown. There is very little in<strong>for</strong>mation on pollination ofPultenaea sp.; however, Halictid bees in the Lasioglossum genus are recorded as visitors toPultenaea sp. (from one record) on Eyre Peninsula (Victorian Museum 2007).Tufted Bush-pea seed development and dispersal is unknown. In general, ants are knownto store seeds <strong>for</strong> Fabaceae species underground; however, their role in Tufted Bush-peadispersal is unknown.Germination en masse has been recorded from one sub-population after fire and goodrain (M Jusaitis [DEH] 2007, pers. comm.). Be<strong>for</strong>e the 2005 Wangary fire, only two seedlingrecruits were observed over 10 years of monitoring the same sub-population. Fabaceae(pea flowers) in general are known to <strong>for</strong>m symbiotic relationships with soil bacteria(Rhizobium sp.), allowing <strong>for</strong> nutrient fixing. Although average longevity of the species isunknown, M Jusaitis has monitored the same live plants <strong>for</strong> over 10 years (M Jusaitis [DEH]2007, pers. comm.).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 163

24.5 Previous management actionsTable 24.4. Previous management actions to conserve Tufted Bush-peaPrevious management actions and points of interest1990 Tufted Bush-pea sub-populations surveyed by Black Hill Flora Centre staff. Two photo pointswere established to monitor roadside populations <strong>for</strong> long-term study of population dynamics(Jusaitis 1991; Jusaitis 1994).1990-93 Three year research project on Tufted Bush-pea funded by World Wide Fund <strong>for</strong> Nature(Jusaitis & Sorensen 1994).1991-93 Propagation studies (Jusaitis & Sorensen 1994) and trial translocations to study grazing effects(Jusaitis 1997).2001 One clone of Tufted Bush-pea kept at the Australian National Botanic Gardens.2003 Seed collected from the Tod River Reservoir sub-population by A Freebairn (DEH, ThreatenedFlora Project Officer), and stored at the Seed Conservation Centre, Adelaide, <strong>for</strong> germinationtests and long-term low temperature storage as part of the Millennium Seed Bank Project.2005 Tufted Bush-pea sub-populations burnt in January 2005 during the Wangary Black TuesdayBushfire. Fire-scar covered 11 sub-populations.2005 Preliminary assessments of two Tufted Bush-pea sub-populations following the WangaryBushfire were undertaken by Amber Clarke, Kirsten Knox and Annika Everaadt (DEH Northernand Yorke Region staff).2006-07 Post-fire follow-up monitoring at Tod River site by Manfred Jusaitis (ongoing).24.6 Threats to Tufted Bush-pea and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Tufted Bush-pea conservation status from Vulnerableto Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, the immediateshort-term goal is to stabilise Tufted Bush-pea conservation status at Vulnerable.Tufted Bush-pea has been ranked as a Priority 2 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle (M Jusaitis [DEH] 2007,pers. comm.).Table 24.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to TuftedBush-pea recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).164 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 24.5. Key threats to Tufted Bush-pea and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Habitat fragmentation, Restricted distribution/isolated populationsRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateSub-populations grow in small patches of remnant vegetation interspersed by cleared land.Fewer than 500 individuals occur along roadsides and these populations may be significant inmaintaining gene flow between larger populations.RiskHighDirect threat: Pest and diseaseRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from pest and disease(Phytophthora)Likelihood: PossibleConsequences: ModeratePhytophthora cinnamomi (water mould) has the potential to threaten Tufted Bush-pea criticalhabitat and affect the plant species’ survival. Velzeboer et al. (2005) regard Tufted Bush-pea asgrowing in the Moderate to Low Risk Management Zones <strong>for</strong> Phytophthora.HighDirect threat: Inappropriate fire regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire from itscritical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if too frequent fires areexperiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = LikelyConsequence: ModerateAnnually monitored Tufted Bush-pea study sites near Tod River Reservoir had prolific seedlinggermination after the 2005 bushfire and first autumn rains (M Jusaitis [DEH] 2007, pers. comm.). It ishighly likely that this very preliminary result of mass seedling germination in response to fire is oneof the species’ fundamental recruitment methods and a necessary part of the plant’s life cycle.Long unburnt sub-populations are assumed to have downward population trends.HighDirect threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateHighDirect threat: Vegetation clearance/roadside and Railway managementRisk: Localised species extinction from roadside and easement work failing to applyEnvironmental Best PractiseLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: MinorRoad and rail reserve sub-populations are potentially at risk of clearance and/or off-targetherbicide damage. These populations are also considered to be at higher risk of weed invasion.Direct threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of germinated juveniles and adult plants (including flowers and associated seed),which unstabilises life class structure and increases risk of population declineLikelihood: PossibleConsequences: MinorTufted Bush-pea grows primarily between agricultural lands and there<strong>for</strong>e agricultural practicesmay impact upon this species. Domestic stock appears to utilise this species as a fodder plant,while no evidence has been found of grazing by rabbits and kangaroos (Jusaitis 1991).ModerateModerate<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 165

Objective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.11c.11c.31d.21d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.33a.43b.13b.33c.23d.23d.33e.13e.33f.13f.33f.43f.84b.24b.64c.24h.25a.55a.75a.75a.95b.224.7 Main referencesJusaitis, M 1991, <strong>Recovery</strong> plans Prostanthera eurybiodes, Pterostylis arenicola, Acaciacretacea, Pultenaea trichophylla, Black Hill Flora Centre, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide.Jusaitis, M 1997, ‘Experimental translocations: implications <strong>for</strong> the recovery of endangeredplants’ in DH Touchell, KW Dixon, AS George & AT Wills (eds), Conservation into the 21 stCentury: Proceedings of the 4 th International Botanic Gardens Conservation Congress,Perth, Western Australia, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, Western Australia.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1994, Conservation studies on endangered plant species fromSouth Australia's Agricultural regions, Black Hill Flora Centre, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide.National Parks & Wildlife Council 2003, Review of the status of <strong>threatened</strong> species in SouthAustralia: Proposed schedules under the South Australian National Parks and Wildlife Act1972, discussion paper, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.166 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

25 Sandalwood Santalum spicatum R Br. & A. DC25.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Sandalwood vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN2001), this species could be considered Endangered (Table 25.1). Sandalwood is howeverrecognised as Vulnerable at the Regional and State levels (Table 25.1). The species is notlisted at the National level.Table 25.1. Sandalwood vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable NilExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 26 950Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.4Sub-populations 48Estimated # of individuals 5000IUCN CriteriaJustificationEN A2a A suspected population size reduction on Eyre Peninsula of at least 50%over the last three generationsEN A2a,cEN A2a,c,d*A decline in area of occupancy, extent of occurrence and quality ofhabitat on Eyre PeninsulaPotential levels of exploitation on Eyre Peninsula25.2 DistributionSandalwood distribution spans from the Western Australian coast, wheat-belt andNullarbor into South Australia, though to the Gairdner-Torrens region, across the northernpart of Eyre Peninsula and into the Flinders Ranges (Jessop & Toelken 1986). Forty-eightSandalwood populations have been recorded from northern Eyre Peninsula; however,only seven sites have been revisited since 1995 (Figure 25.1). The known Sandalwoodpopulations span four Natural Resource Management regions, namely Eyre Peninsula,Alinytjara Wilurara, South Australian Arid Lands, and Northern and Yorke. The extent ofoccurrence of Sandalwood across northern Eyre Peninsula is approximately 27 000 km 2 ,occurring within latitude 30°14’S to longitude134°47’E (near Andamooka) in the north, andlatitude 33°24’S to longitude 136°0’E (near Darke Peak) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006).25.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Sandalwood is considered to be habitat that is critical to its survival. Itis likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeSandalwood grows in sandy, gravel and loamy soils, and is also known to grow neargranite outcrops (Fox 1997). From DEH-EGIS mapping (2006), Sandalwood locations havebeen recorded corresponding with the following environmental descriptions:• dune crests, dune slopes and inter-dunes with sand to loamy sand• hill foot-slopes with soil derived from up slope erosion, sand, cemented withcalcrete• consolidated dunes with sand to loamy sand• ridges, hill crests and plains with loam to clay loam.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 167

Note: Details of Sandalwood populations are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 25.1. Distribution of Sandalwood on Eyre Peninsula168 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Vegetation associationsBecause Sandalwood is a root hemi-parasite 12 it relies on host species including, but notlimited to Acacia, Allocasuarina, Melaleuca and various herbaceous species (Brand 2000;Brand, Crombie & Mitchell 1999; Fox 1997). Ground truthed vegetation at the Mount IveSandalwood sub-population includes overstorey species of Myall (Acacia papyrocarpa),A. aneura var. aneura, Granite Wattle (A. tarculensis), Prickly Wattle (A. tetragonphylla),Heterodendrum oleiafolium and Allocasuarina species. Understorey species includeDesert Senna (Senna artemisioides), Perennial Saltbush (Atriplex vesicaria), Ward’s Weed(*Carrichtera annua), Slender Hopbush (Dodonaea viscosa ssp. angustissima), Lobe-leafHopbush (D. lobulata), Short-leaf Bluebush (Maireanna brevifolia), Black Bluebush (M.pyramidata), Porcupine Grass (Triodia irritans) and Ptilotus species.<strong>Plan</strong>t species recorded in association with the Lake Gilles Conservation Park Sandalwoodsub-population include False Sandalwood (Myoporum platycarpum), Sheep Bush (Geijeralinearfolia), Senna artemisioides subspecies, Spiny Fanflower (Scaevola spinescens),Bladder Saltbush (Atriplex vesicaria) and Notable Wattle (Acacia notabilis). Associatedvegetation communities are listed in Table 25.2 and have been sourced from DEH-EGIS(2006).Table 25.2. Vegetation associated with Sandalwood sub-populations, Eyre PeninsulaPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesRed Mallee (Eucalyptus oleosassp. oleosa), +/-Boree(Melaleuca pauperi<strong>flora</strong> ssp.mutica) mid mallee woodlandHummock Honey-myrtle(Melaleuca eleuterostachya),Broom Emubush (Eremophilascoparia), Boree (Melaleucapauperi<strong>flora</strong> ssp. mutica), +/-Merrall’s Wattle (Acaciamerrallii), +/- Sheep Bush (Geijeralinearifolia) tall open shrublandMueller’s Daisy-bush (Oleariamuelleri), Purple Emubush(Eremophila weldii), Spinifex(Triodia scariosa), +/- BladderSaltbush (Atriplex vesicaria), StiffWestringia (Westringia rigida),Small Hop-bush (Dodonaeabursariifolia), +/- Erect MalleeBluebush (Maireana pentatropis),+/- Fleshy Saltbush (Rhagodiacrassifolia), +/- Bluebush Daisy(Cratystylis conocephala) lowopen shrublandThree-valve Mallee (Eucalyptustrivalvis), Ooldea Mallee (E.youngiana), Acacia clelandii,and Mulga (Acacia aneura var.)mid mallee woodlandWhite Mallee (Eucalyptusdumosa), +/- Beaked Red Mallee(E. socialis), +/-Yalata Mallee (E.yalatensis) mid mallee woodlandYorrell (Eucalyptus gracilis), RedMallee (Eucalyptus oleosa ssp.oleosa) mid mallee woodlandSheep Bush (Geijera linearifolia),+/- Acacia sp., +/- Desert Senna(Senna artemisioides) mid openshrublandWater Bush (Grevilleanematophylla ssp.nematophylla), Dead Finish(Acacia tetragonophylla),Crimson Emubush (Eremophilalatrobei ssp. glabra), Bluebush(Maireana sedifolia) mid sparseshrublandDryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), Broombush (M.uncinata), +/- Mallee Honeymyrtle(M. acuminata ssp.acuminata) tall shrubsBluebush (Maireana sedifolia)and Atriplex sp. shrubsNitre-bush (Nitraria billardierei)Australian Boxthorn (Lyciumaustrale), Silky Bluebush(Maireana villosa) low openhummock grassland+/- Spinifex (Triodia irritans) lowhummock grassesUnrecordedMaireana sp., Austrostipa sp.shrubs12 Hemi-parasite, where hemi is derived from Greek meaning ‘half, partial’ and parasite refers toSandalwood living on/in other organisms (hosts) though the root system. Sandalwood is able tophotosynthesise, but taps into the host plants’ roots <strong>for</strong> water and inorganic nutrients, gradually leading tothe demise of the host plants.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 169

ClimateSandalwood inhabits the arid 150-320 mm rainfall zone (Bonney 1997). From Figure 25.1, itis clear that the northern expanse of Sandalwood populations spans extensivelythroughout the arid north of South Australia. The southern most Sandalwood subpopulationsexperience climatic conditions similar to Whyalla (south-eastern extent) andCeduna (south-western extent). Ceduna’s mean annual maximum and minimumtemperatures are 22.6 °C and 10.6 °C respectively, with a mean annual rainfall of292.8 mm. Whyalla has mean annual temperatures of 23.2 °C (maximum) and 13 °C(minimum), and mean annual rainfall of 277.5 mm.Known sub-populations within reservesSandalwood is located within the South Australian reserve system (Table 25.3), and is notknown to occur within any Heritage Agreements on Eyre Peninsula.Table 25.3. Sandalwood sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversYellabina Regional Reserve 1 A Robinson and P Canty 1984Lake Gairdner National Park 1 C Malley and J Gillen 1985Lake Gilles Conservation Park 2? Mason 1973A Freebairn 2003Munyaroo Conservation Park 1 A Spooner 1990Whyalla Conservation Park 1 D Murfet and R Taplin 1998Winninowie Conservation Park 1 Field Naturalist Society of South Australia(FNS-SA) 1970Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Sandalwood is expected to benefit multiple species throughprotection and management of habitat. Retaining a tall tree vegetation layer within aridareas is a key conservation objective because grazing pressure on seedlings is resulting inmany of these tall, mature trees reaching senescence without recruiting.Monitoring and control of feral goat grazing <strong>for</strong> the targeted conservation of Sandalwoodwill have multiple species benefit. Broad-scale management techniques and collection ofbaseline data are expected to benefit other plant species growing in association withSandalwood, particularly those species with similar niches, flowering response and/orpollinator needs. For example, species such as the native Spotted Jezebel butterfly breedand grow on Sandalwood, and the larvae of these butterflies have actually beenobserved growing better on Sandalwood that any other plant species (DEC 2007). Hostspecies may also benefit.170 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

25.4 Biology and ecologySandalwood biology and ecology has undergone substantial research because of theworldwide demand <strong>for</strong> Sandalwood products, and the subsequent plantation and farm<strong>for</strong>estry industry. Primary production of Sandalwood, largely Western Australian based,means that Australia still harvests and exports Sandalwood seeds, oil and aromaticheartwood. In the past (1892-1901), harvest of native Sandalwood was big business withan estimated 51 336 tons harvested in that 10 year period alone (Talbot 1983).As mentioned in Section 25.3, Sandalwood is a root hemi-parasite associated with a rangeof host species including, but not limited to, various Acacia species (Brand 2000; Brand,Crombie & Mitchell 1999). Sandalwood is a perennial shrub or tree that grows to 3-8 mhigh, with sparse, irregular spreading branches and dull grey-green fleshy leaves (Jessop1986).Flowering generally occurs between March and June, but can occur throughout the year(Jessop 1986). Sandalwood flowers change colour, starting with green (day 1), turning pink(day 2) and maturing to dark red (day 3) (Rugkhla, McComb & Jones 1997). Flowers areapproximately 5 mm across (Barrett 1987) and grow from the axil (leaf to stem joint) in acluster arrangement of small flowers (Jessop 1986). Flowers are fragrant and have fourpetals. The flowering success of individual trees is thought to be influenced byphotoperiod 13 response and to a lesser degree influenced by rainfall (Fox 1997). Fruitsmature from August to November (Brand & Jones 1999a).Natural pollinators of Sandalwood are not widely reported in literature, although thespecies is assumed to be insect pollinated (Byrne et al. 2003), with flies, bees, wasps, antsand native cockroaches regular seen visiting Sandalwood flowers in Western Australia(Barrett 1987). Johnson (1996) observed Flower Wasps (Scolia sp., family Scoliidae) feedingon flowers of Northern Sandalwood (Santalum lanceolatum). Spotted Jezebel Butterfliesare known to breed and grow on Sandalwood (DEC 2007), but it is unknown what role, ifany, they play in pollination.Sandalwood produces round, yellowish to red-brown coloured fruits, 2-2.5 cm in diameter,which have a non-succulent exocarp (outermost layer of the fruit wall) (Jessop 1986).<strong>Plan</strong>ts can produce fruits as early as 5 years old (Brand 1999b). On average Sandalwoodtrees start fruiting between 5-10 years old (Brand 1999b). Dry and empty fruits have beenobserved lying on the ground under mature Sandalwood trees in the Lake GillesConservation Park (K Pobke [DEH] & S Bey [Greening Australia] 2005, pers. observation).Dispersal and germination has been studied in Western Australian Sandalwood subpopulations.Murphy, Garkaklis and Hardy (2005) found that sites that had Brush-tailedBettongs (Bettongia penicillata) had significantly more Sandalwood seedlings andsaplings. The seed caching behaviour of Brush-tailed Bettongs meant that seedlings wereestablished significantly further away from parent trees, thereby modifying Sandalwooddistribution (Murphy, Garkaklis & Hardy 2005).Sandalwood is a slow growing species, taking 20-90 years to reach a size that would deemit commercially viable to be harvested (Rugkhla, McComb & Jones 1997) or grow a stemdiameter of 127 mm at 15 cm above ground (Brand 1999c). Sandalwood is thought to befire sensitive, with poor re-sprouting observed post-fire (Brand 1999b).Two other Santalum species occur on Eyre Peninsula, i.e. Quandong (Santalumacuminatum) and Bitter Quandong (S. murrayanum) (Jessop 1986).13 Photoperiod is the interval in a 24 hour period during which a plant is exposed to light.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 171

25.5 Previous management actionsTable 25.4. Previous management actions to conserve SandalwoodPrevious management actions2001 Sandalwood seeds collected from Lake Gilles CP sub-population by Freebairn.2002 Site visits and assessments by W. Crisp to Mt. Ive Station Sandalwood populations2003 Site visit (14/03/03) and assessment by Freebairn of Lake Gilles Conservation ParkSandalwood sub-population. One kilometre transects walked to map/count individualSandalwood. Results located on internal DEH files, including GPS location, height class, trunkcircumference, presence of seed, scats and tracks of kangaroos, goats, and rabbits.25.6 Threats to Sandalwood and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Sandalwood conservation status from StateVulnerable to State Rare, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise Sandalwood conservation status at stateVulnerable.Sandalwood has been ranked as a Priority 2 species, based on degree of threat, potential<strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E).Table 25.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant toSandalwood recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).172 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 25.5. Key threats to Sandalwood and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of germinated juveniles which unstabilises life class structure and severely increasesrisk of population declineLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: MajorGoats were identified as being the primary herbivore grazing Sandalwood at the Lake GillesConservation park (A Freebairn [DEH] 2003, pers. comm.). These Sandalwood populations allhave obvious canopy grazing lines and damage to trunks and branches that can be attributedto goat grazing.The impact of camel grazing on Sandalwood is unknown. Camel grazing of Quandong(Santalum acuminatum) in the Great Victoria Desert has been noted (Peeters et al. 2005).Impacts of other herbivore species on Sandalwood are yet to be assessed, with the presence ofkangaroos and rabbits at the Lake Gilles site noted (A Freebairn [DEH] 2003, pers. comm.).Future control of grazing at Sandalwood sites will require adequate input into other localprograms (e.g. Bounceback) to facilitate strategic expansion to include Sandalwood sites.RiskExtremeDirect threat: Inappropriate fire and disturbance regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) at risk of localised extinction due to large fire incritical habitatRisk 2: Identified break down in species reproductive cycle, e.g. seed caching and seedgermination nil to minimal across all sub-populationsLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: MajorSandalwood is known to be a fire sensitive species (FPC 2007). In particular, a large, intense fire inthe species’ critical habitat could be expected to kill populations outright.Loss of small mammals as dispersal, distribution and propagation vectors (Murphy, Garkaklis &Hardy 2005) is a significant threat. The long-lived nature of the species means that maturepopulations will survival up to a point when all plants start senencing at once, and there are nonew, younger plants to replace them. Any seed on the ground that has not already beenpredated or perished, is likely to be damaged by an intense bushfire. Without the seed burialprocess used by small mammals to cache these seeds into places where they can otherwisegerminate, there is likely to be no germination after fire.ExtremeDirect threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: MajorThe majority of known populations are small and occur in highly fragmented and modifiedhabitat. These fragmented populations of Sandalwood may have low genetic variability andgenetic flow, particularly when comparing the species’ widespread distribution prior tosettlement with their now small, isolated and generally senescing sub-populations. Low geneticvariability may reduce the resilience of the species to environmental changes, pests or diseases.ExtremeDirect threat: Lack of recruitment/small populationRisk: Loss of germinated juveniles which unstabilises life class structure and increases risk ofpopulation declineLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: MajorAccording to a site visit to Lake Gilles Conservation Park in 2003 by Freebairn, verified populationsof Sandalwood demonstrate good seed set, although no recruitment is evident. This lack ofrecruitment and <strong>for</strong>eseeable lack of recruitment in the future has also been observed by Bey (SBey [Greening Australia] 2007, pers. comm.). The lack of recruitment within natural Sandalwoodpopulations requires interventional assistance (S Bey [Greening Australia] 2007, pers. comm.).The current small, but growing interest in Sandalwood <strong>for</strong>estry on Eyre Peninsula could result inSandalwood seed from Western Australia coming into areas where Eyre Peninsula Sandalwood isgrowing. It is assumed that Western Australian Sandalwood is genetically different to that foundon Eyre Peninsula. Although it is considered too late to stop this process, policy guidelines shouldprobably be developed to ensure that Western Australian sourced seeds are phased out andlocal provenance used where possible (P Copley [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.). Such guidelinescould include the maintenance of a buffer distance between plantations and wildplants/populations) (P Copley [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.).Extreme<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 173

Direct threat: Illegal collection and harvestRisk: Loss of individual plants and genetic material, undermining recovery ef<strong>for</strong>tsLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModeratePrices <strong>for</strong> Sandalwood remain high, there<strong>for</strong>e, the collection of seed and timber harvesting arepotential threats to Sandalwood recruitment and survival.HighObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.21c.11c.31d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.33a.43b.13b.33c.13c.23d.33e.13e.33e.43f.13f.33f.43f.84d.34e.15a.55a.105b.225.7 Main referencesBrand, J & Jones, P 1999a, Growing Sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) on farmland inWestern Australia, in<strong>for</strong>mation sheet, Department of Conservation and LandManagement, Perth.Brand, J 1999b, Conserving sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) in the rangelands, WesternAustralia, in<strong>for</strong>mation sheet, Department of Conservation and Land Management, Perth.Brand, J 2002, ‘Review of the influence of Acacia species on establishment ofSandalwood (Santalum spicatum) in Western Australia’, Conservation Science WesternAustralia, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 125-129.Barrett, DR 1987, ‘Initial observations on flowering and fruiting in Santalum spicatum (R.BR.)A.DC. the Western Australian Sandalwood’, Mulga Research Centre Journal, no. 9.Fox, F 1997, ‘Why is Santalum spicatum common near granite rocks?’, Journal of RoyalSociety of Western Australia, vol. 80, pp. 209-220.Murphy, M, Garkaklis, M & Hardy, G 2005, ‘Seed caching by Woylies Bettongia penicillatacan increase Sandalwood Santalum spicatum regeneration in Western Australia’, AustralEcology, vol. 30, pp. 747-755.Rugkhla, A, McComb, J & Jones, M 1997, ‘Intra- and inter-specific pollination of Santalumspicatum and S. album’, Australian Journal of Botany, vol. 45, pp. 1083-1095.Talbot, L 1983, ‘Wooden gold: early days of the Sandalwood industry’, Forest Focus, vol.30, pp. 21-31.174 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

26 Annual Candles Stackhousia annua WR Barker26.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Annual Candles vital attributes against IUCN criteria (IUCN2001), this species could be considered Critically Endangered (Table 26.1). AnnualCandles is however recognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels(Table 26.1).Table 26.1. Annual Candles vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 22.55Area of occupancy (km 2 )UnknownSub-populations 3Endemic to South AustraliaEstimated # of individuals 300IUCN CriteriaCR B1CR B1b(iii)CR B1b(iii),c(iv)*JustificationExtent of occurrence estimated to be less than 100 km 2 on Eyre PeninsulaContinued decline inferred in area, extent and quality of habitat on EyrePeninsulaExtreme fluctuations in number of mature individuals on Eyre Peninsula26.2 DistributionAnnual Candles is endemic to South Australia and grows in disjunct sub-populations onthe southern tips of Eyre Peninsula and Yorke Peninsula, and in the upper South East. OnEyre Peninsula, Annual Candles grows within an estimated extent of occurrence of 22 km 2 ,within latitude 34°46’10”S to longitude 135°56’41”E in the north, and latitude 34°54’13”S tolongitude 135°55’11”E in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006) (Figure 26.1).Annual Candles grows in the District Council of Lower Eyre Peninsula.26.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Annual Candles is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeSub-populations of Annual Candles have been found growing on relatively flat terrain onflats and plains that are 10-60 m above sea level (DEH-EGIS 2006). Herbarium records <strong>for</strong>Eyre Peninsula state that the species grows in grey clay loam over broken limestone andgranite. Soils are silty loam, sandy loam and light medium clay, often with calcareousmaterial present (DEH-EGIS 2006). <strong>Plan</strong>ts are denser in concentration in damp areas, <strong>for</strong>example, in graded road gutters in Lincoln National Park. On Yorke Peninsula, subpopulationsare associated with similar soil characteristics, such as skeletal loamy organicmatter with a pH of 8.5, <strong>for</strong>med over limestone, in gently undulating terrain (DEH Recfindfile 40/1477).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 175

Note: Annual Candles details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 26.1. Distribution of Annual Candles on Eyre Peninsula176 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Vegetation associationsAssociated vegetation is generally described as coastal woodland containing DrylandTea-tree (Melaleuca lanceolata) on thin soils above sheet limestone. Associatedvegetation communities are listed in Table 26.2 and have been sourced from DEH-EGIS(2006).Table 26.2. Vegetation associated with Annual Candles on Eyre PeninsulaPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesYorrell (Eucalyptus gracilis) midmallee woodlandDrooping Sheoak(Allocasuarina verticillata) lowwoodlandPort Lincoln Mallee (Eucalyptusconglobata ssp. conglobata),+/- Yorrell (E. gracilis), +/- RedMallee (E. oleosa) mid malleewoodlandDryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), +/-Broombush (M.uncinata) tall shrubsCoast Daisy-bush (Oleariaaxillaris), Coast Beard-heath(Leucopogon parviflorus),Dryland Tea-tree (M. lanceolata)tall shrubsDryland Tea-tree (M. lanceolata)tall shrubsOpen+/- Coast Velvet-bush(Lasiopetalum discolor) lowshrubs+/- Pale Turpentine Bush (Beyerialechenaultii), +/- Coast Velvetbush(Lasiopetalum discolor) lowshrubsClimateAnnual Candles inhabits the 450-500 mm rainfall zone. On Lower Eyre Peninsula thespecies experiences a similar climate to Port Lincoln, which has mean annual maximumand minimum temperatures of 20.8 °C and 11.7 °C respectively, and a mean annualrainfall of 490.9 mm.Known sub-populations within reservesThere are only three records of Annual Candles growing on Eyre Peninsula and all arewithin Lincoln National Park (observed by J Briggs in 1983 and D Murfet in 1995).Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Annual Candles is expected to benefit multiple species throughprotection and management of habitat. Broad-scale management techniques andcollection of baseline data are expected to benefit other plant species growing inassociation, such as those that have a similar annual life <strong>for</strong>m, flowering response and/orpollination needs. Collection of Annual Candles baseline data is expected to develop ourunderstanding of vegetation succession, weed invasion, fire management and theconservation of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> within Lincoln National Park.26.4 Biology and ecologyAnnual Candles is an annual herb that grows to approximately 19 cm tall. It is hairless(glabrous) and slender. Leaves are 7-25 mm long and grade from basal leaves that aregenerally narrowly spoon-shaped (spathulate), to upper leaves that are narrowlyobovate 14 to linear (Barker 1986).Flowering occurs between September to October. The cream coloured flowers grow atthe terminal in a dense, cylindrical <strong>flora</strong>l spike. Fertile flowers of Stackhousia species arehermaphrodites (Macfarlane, Watson & Marchant 2002).14 Obovate leaves are generally shaped like the longitudinal section of an egg. Their length does notexceed twice their breadth, and the greatest width is slightly above the middle.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 177

Pollination of Annual Candles is unknown; however, moths are presumed to be apollination vector <strong>for</strong> some Stackhousia species (DPIW 2003; DPIW 2003a). Seed longevity,size of seed soil bank, seed predation levels and dispersal are also unknown.Germination triggers are unknown, but assumed to be influenced by available soilmoisture, with dry conditions resulting in a lack of germination in some years (Leigh, Boden& Briggs 1984). Annual Candles has been observed growing in rolled firebreaks atWarrenben Conservation Park on Yorke Peninsula (Lang 1984).Stackhousia species have been observed doing well after fire (Leigh, Boden & Briggs1984); however, it is unknown how this relates to the ecology of Annual Candles.26.5 Previous management actionsTable 26.3. Previous management actions to conserve Annual CandlesPrevious management actions1989 Annual Candles cultivated at the Adelaide Botanic Gardens and Australian NationalBotanical Gardens (Meredith and Richardson) (DEH Recfind file 40/1477).1989 Photo-point photos taken <strong>for</strong> Annual Candles sub-populations in Lincoln National Park.2004 Seed collection made by D Durval from the Seed Conservation Centre, Adelaide, <strong>for</strong> theMillennium Seed Bank Project.26.6 Threats to Annual Candles and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Annual Candles conservation status from Vulnerableto Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, the immediateshort-term goal is to stabilise Annual Candles conservation status at Vulnerable.Annual Candles has been ranked as a Priority 2 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). It issuspected that the species may respond well to fire.Table 26.4 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to AnnualCandles recovery (Tables 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).178 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 26.4. Key threats to Annual Candles and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Restricted distribution/isolated sub-populationsRisk: Low genetic variability may reduce the resilience of the species to environmentalchanges, pests or diseasesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: ModerateLimited distribution range on Lower Eyre Peninsula may mean this species has low geneticvariability and genetic flow.RiskHighDirect threat and knowledge gap: High grazing pressureRisk: Loss of germinated juveniles and seed source, resulting in unstable life class structure andincreased risk of population declineLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateAnnual Candles is thought to be a highly palatable species and rabbits are known grazers(Green 1988). If grazing occurs be<strong>for</strong>e the plant has set seed, seed production <strong>for</strong> the nextgeneration is <strong>threatened</strong>. Seed predation from the soil seed bank also requires further study.HighDirect threat and knowledge gap: Inappropriate fire and disturbance regimesRisk: Localised species extinction and/or changes in critical habitat that no longer suit speciessurvivalLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateThe species grows in open areas maintained as firebreaks, e.g. along rolled firebreaks inWarrenben Conservation Park on Yorke Peninsula. Changing firebreak maintenance regimescould directly alter Annual Candles population density (Green 1988). Disturbance needs tocoincide with favourable weather conditions and there is thought to be a strong relationshipbetween rainfall, germination and seed set (DEH Recfind file 40/1477). Changes in climatepatterns, even <strong>for</strong> a relatively short period of time (e.g. a decade), may result in localisedextinction.Direct threat and knowledge gap: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateAs with other annuals, this species is susceptible to competition and crowding-out from weeds.Annual weedy herbs and grasses have been identified as a management issue in WarrenConservation Park where the weeds invade Annual Candles habitat (Green 1988). A similarthreat from periodic weed invasion is likely on Eyre Peninsula.HighHighPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteriaObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation1a.21c.11c.31d.21d.3Objective 2Communityinvolvement2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.3Objective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitat3a.13a.33a.43b.13b.33c.23d.23d.33e.33f.43f.8Objective 4Research criticalto management4b.24d.2Objective 5Monitoring andevaluation5a.55a.95b.226.7 Main referencesBarker, WR 1986, ‘Stackhousiaceae-Stackhousia’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora ofSouth Australia, Part II: Leguminosae-Rubiaceae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide.Leigh, J, Boden, R & Briggs, J 1984, Extinct and endangered plants of Australia, MacMillan,Australia.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 179

27 Yellow Swainson-pea Swainsona pyrophila J Thomps27.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Yellow Swainson-pea vital attributes against IUCN criteria(IUCN 2001), this species could be considered Vulnerable (Table 27.1). Yellow Swainsonpeais recognised as Vulnerable at the Regional, State and National levels (Table 27.1).Table 27.1. Yellow Swainson-pea vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status Vulnerable Vulnerable VulnerableExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 12 980Area of occupancy (km 2 )UnknownSub-populations 14Estimated # of individuals 330 (severely fluctuating)IUCN CriteriaVU B1VU B1b(v)VU B1b(v),c(iii)*JustificationExtent of occurrence estimated to be less than 20 000km 2 on EyrePeninsulaContinuing decline inferred in number of mature individuals on EyrePeninsulaExtreme fluctuations in number of locations or sub-populations on EyrePeninsula27.2 DistributionYellow Swainson-pea, also known as Yellow Darling Pea, occurs in South Australia, NewSouth Wales and Victoria (Briggs & Leigh 1996; Thompson 1993). South Australian YellowSwainson-pea populations are known to grow in the Murraylands, Yorke Peninsula andEyre Peninsula regions. The species’ extent of occurrence on Eyre Peninsula isapproximately 12 900 km 2 , occurring within latitude 31°49’0”E to longitude 133°27’28”S(Yumbarra Conservation Park near Ceduna) in the north, and latitude 33°25’56”E tolongitude 135°49’28”S (Hambidge Conservation Park) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006) (Figure27.1).Yellow Swainson-pea sub-populations grow in the district councils of Ceduna, Elliston andFranklin Harbour.27.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Yellow Swainson-pea is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeYellow Swainson-pea is known to occur on sandy or loamy soil in mallee scrub and isusually found after fire (Thompson 1993). The northern sub-populations occupytopography around 100 m above sea level, whereas southern sub-populations (nearMunyaroo) occupy a broader topographic range of 40-140 m above sea level. Subpopulationsrecorded in Heggaton Conservation Park occupy the highest areas at 380 mabove sea level.On Eyre Peninsula, Yellow Swainson-pea has been recorded growing in claypans andashes in Hambidge Conservation Park (observed by Alcock in 1966), shallow reddishbrown loams over calcrete near Yumbarra Conservation Park (observed by Copley in1987), deep white sand ridges near Munyaroo Conservation Park (observed by DKraehenbuehl in 1986), through to yellowish-brown fine sandy clay loams (pH 9) withinMunyaroo Conservation Park (observed by RJ Davies in 1992).180 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Yellow Swainson-pea details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 27.1. Distribution of Yellow Swainson-pea on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 181

Vegetation associationsAssociated vegetation communities that occur where Yellow Swainson-pea has beenrecorded are listed in Table 27.2 (DEH-EGIS 2006). The vegetation assemblages growingwith Yellow Swainson-pea post-fire are young vegetation structures with open canopy.Two years post-fire, Yellow Swainson-pea was recorded growing in low mallee (less than3 m tall) in Munyeroo Conservation Park (observed by RJ Davies, TM Reynolds and F Trissi in1992). At this time, associated low shrubs consisted of Pointed Twinleaf (Zygophyllumapiculatum), Small Hop-bush (Dodonaea bursariifolia), Grey Bindyi (Sclerolaenadiacantha/uni<strong>flora</strong>), Stiff Westringia (Westringia rigida), Erect Mallee Bluebush (Maireanapentatropis) and Tar Bush (Eremophila glabra), and ground covers included ClusteredLawrencia (Lawrencia glomerata) and Rough Spear-grass (Austrostipa scabra).Table 27.2. Vegetation associated with Yellow Swainson-pea locations, Eyre PeninsulaPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesNorthern Eyre Peninsula:Yumbarra Conservation ParkGilja (Eucalyptus brachycalyx),Western Myall (Acaciapapyrocarpa), +/- Red Mallee(Eucalyptus oleosa ssp. oleosa),Quandong (Santalumacuminatum) mid malleewoodlandBroom Emubush (Eremophilascoparia), Sheep Bush (Geijeralinearifolia) mid sparse shrublandover Mueller’s Daisy-bush(Olearia muelleri), SpinyFanflower (Scaevola spinescens),Erect Mallee Bluebush (Maireanapentatropis), Bladder Saltbush(Atriplex vesicaria), FleshySaltbush (Rhagodia crassifolia)low open shrublandOblique-spined Bindyi(Sclerolaena obliquicuspis),Bladder Saltbush (Atriplexvesicaria)Central Eyre Peninsula:Hambidge and Heggatonconservation parksRidge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptusincrassata), Beaked Red Mallee(E. socialis) mid mallee woodlandover Brrombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall shrublandGilja (Eucalyptus brachycalyx),Yorrell ( E. gracilis), +/- Redmallee (E. oleosa) mid malleewoodlandEastern Eyre Peninsula: MunyarooConservation ParkSquare-fruit Mallee (Eucalyptuscalycogona), +/- Dumosa Mallee(E. dumosa) mid malleewoodlandRidge-fruited Mallee (Eucalyptusincrassata), +/- Narrow-leaf RedMallee (E. leptophylla) midmallee woodlandRibbed Thryptomene(Thryptomene micrantha), SilveryPhebalium (Phebalium bullatum),Small Hop-bush (Dodonaeabursariifolia), Desert Baeckea(Baeckea crassifolia) low openshrubland+/- Broom Emubush (Eremophilascoparia), +/- Hook-leaf Wattle(Acacia ancistrophylla var.lissophylla) tall shrubsBroombush (Melaleucauncinata), +/- Hard-leaf Wattle(Acacia sclerophylla var.sclerophylla), +/- Dryland Teatree(Melaleuca lanceolata) tallshrubsDune Tea-tree (Leptospermumcoriaceum), Broombush(Melaleuca uncinata), ScrubCypress Pine (Callitris verrucosa),Silver Broombush (Babingtoniabehrii) shrubsWoolly Spinifex (Triodia lanata),Satin Everlasting (Helichrysumleucopsideum), Black-antherFlax-lily (Dianella revoluta var.revoluta), Sticky Sword-sedge(Lepidosperma viscidum), HalfbeardSpear-grass (Austrostipahemipogon)Mueller’s Daisy-bush (Oleariamuelleri), Grey Bindyi(Sclerolaena diacantha) lowshrubs+/- Spinifex (Triodia scariosa) midhummock grassesGuinea-flower (Hibbertiaaustralis), Golden Pennants(Glischrocaryon behrii) shrubs182 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

ClimateYellow Swainson-pea inhabits the 250-400 mm rainfall zone (DEH-EGIS 2006). The meanannual maximum and minimum temperatures <strong>for</strong> Minnipa, in the vicinity of the mostnorthern sub-population, are 24 °C and 10.9 °C respectively, with a mean annual rainfallof 327.3 mm (BOM 2007). The mean annual rainfall <strong>for</strong> Munyaroo is 286.4 mm (BOM 2007).Known sub-populations within reservesYellow Swainson-pea has been recorded within the South Australian reserve system. Ofthe 14 historical records shown in Figure 27.1, five of these sub-populations are recordedwithin reserves (Table 27.3) and nine are located very close to reserves. Records of YellowSwainson-pea also fall within Heritage Agreement 977 adjoining Munyaroo ConservationPark.Table 27.3. Yellow Swainson-pea sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversMunyaroo Conservation Park 6 AG Spooner 1990RJ Davies; TM Reynolds and F Trissi 1992Hambidge Conservation Park 3 CR Alcock 1966DE Symon 1966 (at 2 sites)Heggaton Conservation Reserve 1 DE Murfet and RL Taplin 1998Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Yellow Swainson-pea is expected to benefit multiple species throughprotection and management of habitat. Broad-scale management techniques andcollection of baseline data are expected to benefit other plant species growing inassociation with the pea species, particularly those species with similar fire andenvironmental disturbance regime needs, flowering response and/or pollinator needs.27.4 Biology and ecologyYellow Swainson-pea is an erect, renascent 15 , perennial legume that grows to 1 m tall(Thompson 1993). <strong>Plan</strong>ts have several stems and 5-15 cm long leaves, with approximately17 leaflets on a short leaf stalk (petiole) (Thompson 1993).Flowering occurs from July to October. Between 15-20 yellow pea-shaped flowers growalong a 15-25 cm long main stalk. Flowers develop and flower in succession along thestalk. The flowers closest to base of the plant are the oldest, and those progressively furtheralong the stalk are younger and flower later.The pollinator(s) and pollination process of Yellow Swainson-pea are unknown. There isvery little in<strong>for</strong>mation on pollination of Swainsona species; however, Halictid bees in theLasioglossum genus are recorded as visitors to Swainsona species from around Australia(Victorian Museum 2007). Once pollinated, fruits develop and usually grow 20-30 mm longand 10-15 mm wide (Thompson 1993).In general, Swainsona species (and particularly mallee Swainsona species like the YellowSwainson-pea) are known to re-sprout from persistent rootstock via vegetativereproduction (Earl, Barlow & Moorrees 2001). Swainsona species produce hard-coatedseeds that generally require treatment to break dormancy (Earl, Barlow & Moorrees 2001).In Victorian sub-populations, Scarlett and Parson (1993) suspect that a gradual depletionin the Yellow Swainson-pea’s soil seed bank is caused by absence of regular fires. Seeddispersal has not been studied <strong>for</strong> Yellow Swainson-pea on Eyre Peninsula.The species’ scientific name, pyrophila, is derived from pyro (i.e. fire) and philos (i.e.loving). Yellow Swainson-pea is a short-lived plant that appears only one to two years after15 Renascent plants show renewed growth or vigour.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 183

fire. It can flower in the first spring following fire (Earl, Barlow & Moorrees 2001). Examples offire dependence can be found on Eyre Peninsula where sub-populations near MunyarooConservation Park were recorded by multiple observers in 1992 after a 1990 fire, and inHeggaton Conservation Park where Yellow Swainson-pea was recorded in 1998 after a1997 fire (DEH-EGIS 2006).Twenty Swainsona species occur on Eyre Peninsula, including three that are currentlyconsidered state Rare. These <strong>threatened</strong> species include Lee’s Swainson-pea (Swainsonaleeana), Wild Violet (S. microcalyx) and Ashy-haired Swainson-pea (S. tephrotricha).27.5 Previous management actionsTo date, the initial surveys locating Yellow Swainson-pea populations on Eyre Peninsula arethe only known steps towards conservation. Surveys were conducted between 1966 and1992 on an ad hoc basis, and were recorded by nine different observers (DEH Recfind File40/1479).27.6 Threats to Yellow Swainson-pea and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Yellow Swainson-pea conservation status fromVulnerable to Near Threatened, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise Yellow Swainson-pea conservation status atVulnerable.Yellow Swainson-pea has been ranked as a Priority 3 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle.Table 27.4 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to YellowSwainson-pea recovery (Table 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).Table 27.4. Key threats to Yellow Swainson-pea and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Restricted distribution/isolated sub-populationsRiskRisk: Species sub-populations become smaller than the minimum viable population limitLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateRestricted by fire frequency and soil disturbance, and occurs in isolated populations, therebypotentially affecting the species ability to survive climate change and catastrophic events. Todate, no Yellow Swainson-pea seed has been collected from Eyre Peninsula. It is not known howlong in situ seed will remain viable. Changes in seed viability and germination are expected toinfluence long-term population size (i.e. number of individuals) and long-term species survival.HighDirect threat: Inappropriate fire regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seedbank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire from itscritical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seedbank) will become locally extinct if too frequent fires areexperiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = LikelyConsequence: ModerateRecords <strong>for</strong> seven of the 14 Yellow Swainson-pea sub-populations on Eyre Peninsula were made1-2 years after fire. Fire is regarded as a necessary trigger <strong>for</strong> Yellow Swainson-pea germinationand vegetative regrowth, but this remains unstudied on Eyre Peninsula. Swainsona species areknown to regenerate after fire (e.g. Swainsona plagiotropis in Victoria and New South Wales)(Scarlett & Parson 2003). Yellow Swainson-pea may have similar responses to S. plagiotropis,which germinates and stimulates seedling growth facilitated by increased light from an opencanopy (Scarlett & Parson 2003). Inappropriate fire frequency and intensity, and a lack ofspringtime moisture, may threaten recruitment and long-term survival of Yellow Swainson-peaand result in localised extinction.High184 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Direct threat: Inappropriate disturbance regimesRisk: Localised species extinction and degradation of critical habitat from inappropriatedisturbance regimesLikelihood: PossibleConsequence: ModerateDepending on the frequency and intensity of disturbance, earthworks and firebreakconstruction/maintenance may have a positive and/or negative effect on Yellow Swainson-pea.Site disturbance, including maintenance activities associated with roadside and rail reserves, isthought to influence Swainsona survival (Earl, Barlow & Moorrees 2001). Yellow Swainson-pearecords are associated with firebreaks, along roadsides, fence lines, or vegetation clearanceand earth disturbance.The potential overlap between fire disturbance and other types of disturbance, and appropriatedisturbance frequency and intensity, requires further investigation and research. This will enable abetter understanding of population dynamics of Yellow Swainson-pea on Eyre Peninsula.HighDirect threat: Weed invasion, High grazing pressureRisk: Failure of species to recruit and failure of adult plants to grow and produce seed in thelimited time (1-3 years) that is available to colonise bare ground after fire or disturbanceLikelihood: LikelyConsequences: ModerateThere is a potential <strong>for</strong> weeds to invade after disturbance and compete with emerging andestablished Yellow Swainson-pea plants. Following fire, sub-populations recolonising firebreakswithin Munyaroo Conservation Park were recorded growing with Smooth mustard (*Sisymbriumerysimoides) and White Horehound (*Marrubium vulgare) (Davies 1992). Annual weeds thatflourish under favourable wet spring conditions have been shown to threaten sub-populations inVictoria, particularly when rabbit control has been undertaken (Earl, Barrow & Moorrees 2001).Grazing impact is unknown. Based on observations of Victorian Swainsona populations, grazingshould be regarded as a threat. Swainsona species are known to be highly palatable, and eventoxic (Coventry 2004; McKenzie 2004), and are grazed by stock, rabbits and native herbivores(Earl, Barrow & Moorrees 2001). Grazing is most damaging to the species during the springflowering and seeding period, whereas grazing outside of this sensitive growing time mightactually benefit Swainsona (Earl, Barrow & Moorrees 2001).HighObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.31c.11c.31d.21d.32a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.43b.13d.23d.33e.33f.13f.43f.53f.84b.34c.25a.65a.95b.227.7 Main referencesBriggs, JD & Leigh, JH 1996, Rare or <strong>threatened</strong> Australian plants, CSIRO Publishing,Canberra.Earl, G, Barlow, T & Moorrees, A 2001, Action Statement: Twelve <strong>threatened</strong> Swainsonpeasand Darling peas (Swainsona species), Department of Natural Resources andEnvironment, Victoria.Scarlett, NH & Parson, RF 1993, ‘Rare and <strong>threatened</strong> plants in Victoria’, in DB Foreman &NG Walsh (eds), Flora of Victoria, Volume 1: Introduction, Inkata Press, Melbourne.Thompson, J 1993, ‘Swainsona pyrophila’, Telopea, vol. 5, no. 3, p. 448.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 185

28 Metallic Sun-orchid Thelymitra epipactoides F Muell28.1 StatusWhen assessing Eyre Peninsula Metallic Sun-orchid vital attributes against IUCN criteria(IUCN 2001), this species could be considered Endangered (Table 28.1). Metallic Sunorchidis recognised as Endangered at the Regional, State and National levels(Table 28.1).Table 28.1. Metallic Sun-orchid vital attributesEyre PeninsulaSouth Australia(NPW Act)Australia(EPBC Act)Conservation status * Endangered Endangered EndangeredExtent of occurrence (km 2 ) 500-900?Area of occupancy (km 2 ) 0.0275Sub-populations 19Estimated # of individuals 100IUCN CriteriaEN B1EN B1aEN B1a,c(iv)*JustificationExtent of occurrence estimated to be less than 500 km 2 on Eyre PeninsulaSeverely fragmented habitat on Eyre PeninsulaExtreme fluctuations in number of mature individuals on Eyre Peninsula28.2 DistributionMetallic Sun-orchid, also known as Stout Sun-orchid, has a distribution that spans LowerEyre Peninsula, parts of the Murraylands and South East regions of South Australia, andparts of Victoria (Coates 2003). The orchid species is thought to have once beenwidespread in coastal regions of south-eastern Australia (Cropper 1993). Its extent ofoccurrence on Eyre Peninsula reflects this; however, currently the area of occupancy ofthis species is thought to be highly restricted (Table 28.1). The extent of occurrence ofMetallic Sun-orchids on Eyre Peninsula is approximately 900 km 2 , growing within latitude34°23’35” to longitude 135°34’33” (Edillilie) in the north, and latitude 34°52’ to longitude135°40’30” (Mikkira) in the south (DEH-EGIS 2006) (Figure 28.1).On Eyre Peninsula, approximately half of all known Metallic Sun-orchid sub-populations,including the largest sub-population, are located on roadsides managed by the DistrictCouncil of Lower Eyre Peninsula. Metallic Sun-orchid plants also grow within rail reservesmaintained by the Australian Railroad Group Pty Ltd (ARG), on land managed by SAWater, and in ETSA Utilities powerline easements.28.3 Habitat critical to survivalAll known habitat of Metallic Sun-orchid is considered to be habitat that is critical to itssurvival. It is likely that additional critical habitat is yet to be identified.Topography and soil typeMetallic Sun-orchid grows in fertile loams that are often covered by open <strong>for</strong>est, openheathland, or grasslands (Weber & Bates 1986). On Lower Eyre Peninsula, soil types aretypically red friable loams at heights of 40-290 m above sea level (DEH-EGIS 2006). In thespecies’ central distribution the orchid grows on mottled-yellow duplex soils, while at itswestern extent it has been rercorded on the slopes of quartzite hills (DEH-EGIS 2006).186 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Note: Metallic Sun-orchid details are held on internal DEH files and are available on request.Figure 28.1. Distribution of Metallic Sun-orchid on Eyre Peninsula<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 187

Vegetation associationsMetallic Sun-orchid has been recorded growing in association with vegetationcommunities listed in Table 28.2 (DEH-EGIS 2006); however, in many cases individualorchids frequently grow in the more open niches within or on the edges of thesevegetation associations (Calder, Cropper & Tonkinson 1989).Table 28.2. Vegetation associated with Metallic Sun-orchids on Eyre PeninsulaPrimary species Secondary species Understorey speciesDrooping Sheoak (Allocasuarinaverticillata) low woodlandDrooping Sheoak (Allocasuarinaverticillata) low woodlandSugar Gum (Eucalyptuscladocalyx) mid woodlandCoast Ridge-fruited Mallee(Eucalyptus angulosa), CoastalWhite Mallee (E. diversifolia ssp.diversifolia) mid malleewoodlandCoastal White Mallee(Eucalyptus diversifolia ssp.diversifolia) mid malleewoodlandBroombush (Melaleucauncinata) tall open shrubland+/- Yacca (Xanthorrhoeasemiplana) shrubs+/- Sticky Hop-bush (Dodonaeaviscosa ssp. spatulata) tall shrubs+/- Golden Wattle (Acaciapycnantha) over Rock Wattle(Acacia rupicola), +/- Yacca(Xanthorrhoea semiplana), +/-Broombush (Melaleucauncinata) mid shrubsYacca (Xanthorrhoeasemiplana), Broombush(Melaleuca uncinata), +/-Dryland Tea-tree (M. lanceolata)tall shrubs+/- Dryland Tea-tree (Melaleucalanceolata), +/- Broombush(Melaleuca uncinata) tall shrubsSilver Broombush (Babingtoniabehrii), +/- Cup Fringe-myrtle(Calytrix involucrata) low shrubsKangaroo Grass (Themedatriandra), Hill Raspwort(Gonocarpus elatus), Hard Matrush(Lomandra multi<strong>flora</strong> ssp.dura), Crested Spear-grass(Austrostipa blackii) tussockgrassesBearded Oat (*Avena barbata),Annual Rock-fern (Cheilanthesaustrotenuifolia), +/- StickySword-sedge (Lepidospermaviscidum), +/- Broad-leafRaspwort (Gonocarpusmezianus) low <strong>for</strong>bsPeach Heath (Lissanthe strigosassp. subulata), Small-flowerWallaby-grass (Austrodanthoniasetacea) low shrubs over BroadleafRaspwort (Gonocarpusmezianus), and CoarseLagenifera (Lagenophorahuegelii)+/- Guinea-flower (Hibbertia sp.Glabriuscula) (DJ Whibley 9012)low shrubsPrickly Ground-berry (Acrotrichepatula), +/- Coast Velvet-bush(Lasiopetalum discolor) lowshrubs+/- Spinifex (Triodia irritans), +/-Guinea-flower (Hibbertia sp.Glabriuscula) (DJ Whibley 9012)ClimateMetallic Sun-orchid predominantly inhabits the 500 mm rainfall zone (DEH-EGIS 2006).Northern sub-populations in Barwell Conservation Park would experience similar climaticconditions to Lock, which has a mean annual rainfall of 391.6 mm. Southern most subpopulationsmay be expected to experience a similar climate to Port Lincoln, withmaximum and minimum temperatures of 20.8 °C and 11.7 °C respectively, and a meanannual rainfall of 490.9 mm.188 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Known populations within reservesMetallic Sun-orchids grow within the South Australian reserve system. The orchid speciesalso occurs within four Roadside Marker segments within the District Council of Lower EyrePeninsula, and one under the management of Transport SA. There is one record ofMetallic Sun-orchid within Wanilla Forest, which is managed by the Port Lincoln AboriginalCommunity Council.Table 28.3. Metallic Sun-orchid sub-populations in reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWS Reserve Sub-populations ObserversBarwell Conservation Reserve 1 R Bates 1986Wanilla Conservation Park 1 JZ Weber 1979Benefits to other speciesThe conservation of Metallic Sun-orchid habitat is expected to produce broaderbiodiversity benefits <strong>for</strong> associated vegetation communities and the animals that dependon these areas. An ecological community that may benefit from orchid recovery actionsis Purple-flowered Mallee Box (Eucalyptus lansdowneana ssp. albopupurea), DroopingSheoak (Allocasuarina verticillata), +/- Coastal White Mallee (E. diversifolia) malleewoodland.Other <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species growing within Metallic Sun-orchid habitat includeIronstone Mulla Mulla (Ptilotus beckerianus) (nationally Vulnerable), Silver Daisy-bush(Olearia pannosa ssp. pannosa) (nationally Vulnerable) and Gill’s Wattle (Acacia gillii)(regionally Uncommon on Eyre Peninsula). Other Thelymitra species, many of which areregionally Rare or have unknown conservation status, also grow within Metallic Sun-orchidhabitat.28.4 Biology and ecologyMetallic Sun-orchid is the tallest native orchid on Eyre Peninsula, growing 21-25 cm tall(Weber & Bates 1986). It is easily distinguished by its metallic flowers, which range fromiridescent greyish-green to pinkish or bronze tints (Weber & Bates 1986). The orchid isdeciduous, dying back to below-ground tubers in summer. If conditions are right, theorchid will re-emerge each year signalled by the growth of a new leaf. Leaves may beseen protruding as early as April and continue to grow throughout winter.Flowering occurs from August through to November, and fruits mature from December toJanuary. An exceptionally quick flowering period in 2006 during drought conditions, andafter the 2005 bushfire, coincided with simultaneous podding, flowering and seed set ondifferent plants within the same sub-populations (K Pobke [DEH] 2006, pers. comm.). Thisvariation in reproductive advancement within a sub-population was more evident than inprevious years, where orchids within a sub-population usually progressed through buddingand flowering together at a similar rate. Intense north wind weather patterns in late springand an unseasonally early decrease in soil moisture coincided with drying and earlyfinishing (i.e. September) of Metallic Sun-orchids during 2007 (K Pobke [DEH], J Hutchinson,P Hewstone & S Deslandes 2006-2007, pers. comm.).Metallic Sun-orchid flowers are faintly scented and are pollinated by insects (Weber &Bates 1986). Three pollinator species, i.e. Nomia and Lasioglassum bee species and BlowFly (Calliphora stygia), have been recorded on Metallic Sun-orchid flowers (Cropper &Calder 1990). Pollinators are thought to visit Thelymitra species because they mimic themain food sources of pollinators (Bates 1984). The flowers contain highly reflectivepolychromatic epidermal cells, which attract pollinators; however, there is no obviousfood reward <strong>for</strong> visiting insects (Cropper & Calder 1990). Successful pollination results in theflowers’ ovary swelling and producing microscopic seeds contained within a seedcapsule.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 189

Metallic Sun-orchid grows in association with soil mycorrhiza. Tulasnella asymmetrica is onefungi species known to grow in association with the orchid (Cropper, Calder & Tonkinson1989). T. asymmetrica is a common fungi, widely associated with many orchid species(Warcup & Talbot 1967).Fire dependence triggersMetallic Sun-orchids are known to flower abundantly after late summer burns (observed atWeecurra, Victoria and Lower Eyre Peninsula, South Australia) (Calder, Cropper &Tonkinson 1989; K Pobke [DEH] 2007, pers. comm.). Beardsell (1980-1984) suggests burnregimes <strong>for</strong> sub-populations within Victoria of once every 5-10 years in heathland andevery 3-4 years in grasslands. Late summer burning results in increased flowering andincreased long-term orchid numbers (Beardsell 1980-1984). A lack of summer-autumn fireshas contributed to a decline in Metallic Sun-orchid recruitment (Calder, Cropper &Tonkinson 1989).Disturbance triggersMetallic Sun-orchid is known as a post-disturbance coloniser (Cropper 1993). It utilisesnatural disturbances such as salt pruning, wind damage and plant dieback, whichprovide openings in the upper canopy (Calder, Cropper & Tonkinson 1989). Echidnadiggings are also thought to provide suitable habitat <strong>for</strong> Metallic Sun-orchid colonisation(Calder, Cropper & Tonkinson 1989).Grazing pressureGrazing of orchid leaves, and occasionally flowers, occurs on Lower Eyre Peninsula (KPobke [DEH] 2007, pers. comm.); however, it is yet to be determined how significant athreat herbivory is to the species.28.5 Previous management actionsTable 28.4. Previous management actions to conserve Metallic Sun-orchid1998-ongoingPrevious management actionsAnnual Metallic Sun-orchid monitoring of all sub-populations on Lower Eyre Peninsula.Majority of sub-populations monitored by volunteers P Hewstone and J Hutchinson.Population counts, flowering and seed set success recorded.2000 A Freebairn and members of the Port Lincoln Aboriginal Community Council searched theWanilla Forest <strong>for</strong> Metallic Sun-orchid, but on this occasion it was not found.2001 Metallic Sun-orchid community awareness raising article was printed in the local Port LincolnTimes newspaper as part of the ‘Threatened Flora Census’ series (author A Freebairn).28.6 Threats to Metallic Sun-orchid and associated recovery goalsThe long-term goals are to down-list Metallic Sun-orchid conservation status fromEndangered to Vulnerable, and continue to recover its critical habitat. However, theimmediate short-term goal is to stabilise Metallic Sun-orchid conservation status atEndangered.Metallic Sun-orchid has been ranked as a Priority 1 species, based on degree of threat,potential <strong>for</strong> recovery, level of endemism and focus work areas (Appendix E). The speciesis regarded as a plant that requires fire to complete its life cycle.Table 28.5 details the key threats and summarises per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria relevant to MetallicSun-orchid recovery (Table 31.2 to 31.4 give an overview of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria <strong>for</strong> allspecies and their associated recovery costs).190 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 28.5. Key threats to Metallic Sun-orchid and summary of associated per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDirect threat: Weed invasionRisk: Species out-competed and/or change in site specific habitat critical to species survivalLikelihood: Almost certainConsequences: ModerateExtremeDirect threat: Small population/lack of recruitmentRisk: Species subpopulations become smaller than minimum viable population limit. Loss ofspecies ability to recruit causes destabilisation of population life class structure (i.e. old andnew underground tubers), resulting in population declineLikelihood: Almost certainConsequence: ModerateThe primary threat to Metallic Sun-orchid is lack of seed set (A Freebairn [DEH] 2004, pers.comm.). Monitoring between 2001 and 2003 has indicated that <strong>for</strong> this species, the flower to fruitconversion rate is less than 5% (Freebairn Unpublished).Direct threat: Habitat fragmentationRisk: Reduction in species resilience to environmental changes, pests or diseasesLikelihood: LikelyConsequence: MajorThe majority of known populations are small and occur in highly fragmented vegetation on roadand rail reserves. These fragmented populations of Metallic Sun-orchid may have low geneticvariability and genetic flow because of their small size and isolation. Low genetic variability mayreduce the resilience of the species to environmental changes, pests or diseases.Direct threat: Inappropriate fire and disturbance regimesRisk 1: Species (including soil seed-bank) will become extinct due to exclusion of fire from its’critical habitatRisk 2: Species (including soil seed-bank) will become locally extinct if frequent fires areexperiencedLikelihood: Risk 1 long unburnt/no fire is most likely = Likely (links strongly with lack ofrecruitment)Consequence: ModerateExtremeRiskHighExtremeObjective 1Baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationObjective 2CommunityinvolvementObjective 3Manage threatsand improvehabitatObjective 4Research criticalto managementObjective 5Monitoring andevaluationPer<strong>for</strong>mancecriteria1a.11b.11c.11c.21c.41c.51d.21d.3 2a.52a.62b.22b.32c.33a.13a.23a.43b.13b.23c.23d.13d.23d.33f.13f.23f.43f.63f.73f.84b.44b.54b.74b.84c.24c.54d.14e.14f.14g.14g.24h.15a.45a.75a.8<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 191

28.7 Main referencesCoates, F 2003, Action Statement No. 156 Metallic Sun-orchid Thelymitra epipactoides,Department of Sustainability and Environment, Victoria.Cropper, S 1993, Management of endangered plants, CSIRO Publications, Australia.Cropper, SC & Calder, DM 1990, ‘The <strong>flora</strong>l biology of Thelymitra epipactoides(Orchidaceae), and the implications of pollination by deceit on the survival of this rareorchid’, <strong>Plan</strong>t Systematics and Evolution, vol. 170, pp. 11-27.Cropper, SC, Calder, DM & Tonkinson, D 1989, ‘Thelymitra epipactoides F. Muell.(Orchidaceae): The Morphology, biology and conservation of an endangered species’,Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. 101, pp. 89-101.Weber, JZ & Bates, R 1986, ‘Orchidaceae’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of SouthAustralia, Part IV: Alismataceae-Orchidaceae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide, pp. 2132 - 2137.192 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

29 Prioritisation of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species <strong>for</strong> recovery on EyrePeninsulaIn comparison with other regions within the state, Eyre Peninsula has one of the highestnumbers of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species in South Australia. Strategic allocation of resources isnecessary to ensure best use of limited resources and funding. All <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> specieswithin this plan were assessed using a threat matrix (Appendix E) and were then rankedaccording to their priority <strong>for</strong> recovery (Table 29.1).Species scoring between 130 and 90 were ranked as Priority 1, meaning those speciesrequire the most immediate attention and priority funding. Species with scores between 89and 80 were ranked as Priority 2, and those scoring between 79 and 70 were ranked asPriority 3 species.Table 29.1. Prioritised <strong>threatened</strong> plant speciesSpecies nameCurrent threatsscoreFuture threatsscoreCombinedscoresPriorityMetallic Sun-orchid 38 90 128Whibley Wattle EP 39 84 123Fat-leaved Wattle SA 40 74 114Ironstone Mulla Mulla SA 30 74 104Silver Daisy-bush 28 68 96Jumping-jack Wattle 27 66 93Priority 1 speciesChalky Wattle EP 32 60 92Winter Spider-orchid SA 27 64 91Nodding Rufous-hood EP 27 62 89Resin Wattle 31 56 87Prickly Raspwort EP 27 60 87Sandalwood 25 62 87Bead Samphire 28 58 86West Coast Mintbush EP 22 64 86Desert Greenhood 20 64 84Priority 2 speciesAnnual Candles SA 32 52 84Tufted Bush-pea EP 23 58 81Yellow Swainson-pea 22 56 78Club Spear-grass 29 48 77Silver Candles SA 25 50 75Mt Olinthus Greenhood EP 19 56 75Granite Mudwort 24 50 74Priority 3 speciesMicrolepidium alatum 22 48 70SASpecies is endemic to South Australia; EP Species is endemic to Eyre Peninsula.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 193

30 Prioritisation of Focus Work AreasPrioritised species (Table 29.1) sites were assessed using ArcMap Geographic In<strong>for</strong>mationSystems and data from the Biological Databases of South Australia (DEH-EGIS 2007) todetermine Focus Work Areas. From this assessment, 96% of Priority 1 species subpopulationsfall within the Eyre Hills IBRA subregion (Table 30.1). This result is rein<strong>for</strong>ced bythe Threatened Habitat Areas identified in the Biodiversity <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> Eyre Peninsula, whichsets apart the Cleve Hills, South West and Koppio Hills as significant areas <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong><strong>flora</strong> conservation (DEH 2002).Table 30.1. Summary of percentage of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> populations within Eyre Hills IBRA Subregion# of species recordswithin EPNRMB region# of species recordswithin Eyre HillsIBRA Subregion% of known EPNRMpopulation in Eyre HillsIBRA SubregionPriority 1 species 680 651 96Priority 2 species 502 287 57Priority 3 species 158 28 18Total 1340 966 -Mapping and prioritising Focus Work AreasImportant <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery sites on Eyre Peninsula have been mapped as FocusWork Areas. Priority 1, 2 and 3 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species occurring across Eyre Peninsula aremapped into prioritised areas based on where the most <strong>threatened</strong> and largest numberof <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa overlap (Figure 30.1). There are some limitations to this basic typeof overlapping prioritisation, which underestimates the importance of outlier subpopulations.Core and outlier sub-populations were used by Taylor (2003) <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong><strong>flora</strong> recovery on Kangaroo Island; however, Eyre Peninsula’s <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> baselinedata is not comprehensive enough (i.e. lack of population count data) to distinguish coreand outlier populations. During the implementation of this plan, outlier populations will bechecked as part of the Key Monitoring Sites per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria (i.e. Per<strong>for</strong>mance Criteria5a.1, 5a.4, 5a.5 and 5a.6). Gaps in baseline data will be addressed under Objective 1,and true core and outlier populations will be verified through genetic testing (recoveryAction 4e).Focus Work Areas have been prioritised using a decision making table (Table 30.2).Prioritised Focus Work Areas are presented in Figure 30.2 (Northern Eyre Hills) and Figure30.3 (Southern Eyre Hills), and these figures show the Focus Work Areas divided into units1A-D, 2E-G and 3H-I. This division is intended to assist those implementing the plan indeciding which area should be the focus of the most immediate on-ground actions.Priority areas ranked second and third are important to the recovery of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>on Eyre Peninsula, but ideally should only be the focus of recovery actions after the threatsto Priority 1 Focus Work Areas have been sufficiently addressed. Priority 2 and 3 areasshould definitely be considered within the five years of this plan if funding becomesavailable, otherwise they should become the focus of recovery actions following the nextphase of this plan.Other species within Priority 1 Focus Work AreasWhile the rationale <strong>for</strong> determining Priority Focus Work Areas is aimed specifically at therecovery of the <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa addressed within this plan, these areas also includemany other species of conservation significance. For example, 32 other state <strong>threatened</strong><strong>flora</strong> and fauna occur within habitat defined as Priority 1A-D Focus Work Areas (DEH-EGIS2007) (Table 30.3).194 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table 30.2. Decision making table used to prioritise Focus Work Areas1 A More than one Priority 1 species record within 20 metres of land parcel1 BAt least one Priority 1 species record and one Priority 2 species record within 20 metresof land parcel1 CAt least one Priority 1 species record and one Priority 3 species record within 20 metresof land parcel1 D Only one Priority 1 species record within 20 metres of land parcel2 E More than one Priority 2 species record within 20 metres of land parcel2 FAt least one Priority 2 species record and one Priority 3 species record within 20 metresof land parcel2 G Only one Priority 2 species record within 20 metres of land parcel3 H More than one Priority 3 species record within 20 metres of land parcel3 I Only one Priority 3 species record within 20 metres of land parcelTable 30.3. State <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> and fauna species within Priority 1A-D Focus Work AreasFlora scientific name Common name National rating State ratingAcacia dodonaeifolia Hop-bush Wattle RareAcacia hexaneura Six-nerve Spine-bush RareAcacia iteaphylla Flinders Ranges Wattle RareAcacia imbricata Feathery Wattle Vulnerable RareAcacia praemorsa Senna Wattle EndangeredAcacia rhigiophylla Dagger-leaf Wattle RareCentrolepis glabra Smooth Centrolepis RareDaviesia benthamii ssp. humilis Mallee Bitter-pea RareDaviesia pectinata Zig-zag Bitter-pea RareDesmocladus diacolpicus Bundled Cord-rush VulnerableEremophila gibbifolia Coccid Emubush RareEucalyptus behriana Broad-leaf Box RareLevenhookia stipitata - RarePoa fax Scaly Poa RareSchoenus sculptus Gimlet Bog-rush RareSphaerolobium minus Leafless Globe-pea RareSpyridium spathulatum Spoon-leaf Spyridium RareThelymitra flexuosa Twisted Sun-orchid RareXanthorrhoea semiplana ssp.tateanaTate's Grass-treeRareFauna scientic name Common name National rating State ratingCalyptorhynchus funereus Yellow-tailed Black-Cockatoo VulnerableCinclosoma castanotus Chestnut Quail-thrush RareEgretta sacra Eastern Reef Egret RareFalco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon RareGerygone fusca Western Gerygone RareIxobrychus minutus Little Bittern RareLeipoa ocellata Malleefowl Vulnerable VulnerableMalurus pulcherrimus Blue-breasted Fairy-wren VulnerablePyrrholaemus brunneus Redthroat RareStagonopleura guttata Diamond Firetail VulnerableStipiturus malachurus Southern Emu-wren RareTurnix varia Painted Button-quail VulnerableBassiana trilineata Western Three-lined Skink Rare<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 195

Figure 30.1. Focus Work Areas within Eyre Peninsula Natural Resources Management Board region196 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Figure 30.2. Prioritised Focus Work Areas within the northern Eyre Hills IBRA sub region, SA<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 197

Figure 30.3. Prioritised Focus Work Areas within the Southern Eyre Hills IBRA sub region, SA31198 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Five year timetable and associated costs<strong>Recovery</strong> costsThe costs associated with <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery are separated into three funding tiers,i.e. Core Operating budget, Tier 2 funding and Tier 3 funding (Table 31.1). Each fundingtier has an associated colour code (refer to Table 31.1). All 93 per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria havebeen allocated to a funding tier (Section 4.5 and Appendix D).Table 31.1. Key to budget tablesColour code Budget name DescriptionCore Operating budgetMinimum financial investment required to start meetingconservation needs of Priority 1 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxaTier 2 fundingMinimum financial investment required to start meetingconservation needs of Priority 1 and 2 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxaTier 3 fundingMinimum financial investment required to start meetingconservation needs of all <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa and criticalhabitat identified within this plan<strong>Recovery</strong> time frameThe timing of each recovery action is based on the current extent and predicted futureextent of threatening processes (determined using a threat matrix; see Appendix E: Threatmatrix and assessment tables <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> plant species, Eyre PeninsulaThe timing and seasonal requirements <strong>for</strong> each per<strong>for</strong>mance criterion are outlined in thefull 5 year timetable provided in Table 31.2. Colour-coded squares within Table 31.2 showthe times at which per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria should be undertaken.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 199

Table 31.2. Timetable of recovery actions and per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria (Part 1of 3)2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013Summary of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaFinancial Year (Quarters) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Jul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunCost over5 yearsGrey = in kind costs1a.1 Survey 90% Priority 1 species sub-populations 49,5001a.2 Survey 70% Priority 2 species sub-populations 47,5001a.3 Survey 50% of Priority 3 species sub-populations 15,0001b.1 Minimum dataset analysed via GIS Priority 1 species 25,0001c.1 All species critical habitat identified & mapped 25,0001c.2 Map potential habitat Priority 1 species 25,0001c.3 Map potential habitat Priority 2 & 3 species 34,6501c.4 Critical habitat ground truthed Priority 1 species 35,0001c.5 Corridors identified Priority 1 species 1001d.1 Searches in Priority 1 species potential habitat 4,0001d.2 Searches <strong>for</strong> fire & disturbance dependant species Included in 2a.11d.3 <strong>Plan</strong>t samples verified by State Herbarium staff 2,5002a.1 1x FTE maintained (including on-costs) 450,0002a.2 External funds sought & managed 6,0002a.3 Resources secured <strong>for</strong> plan duration 78,5002a.4 Eyre Peninsula Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> Team established 8,0002a.5 Log volunteer, in-kind, technical support hours Included in 2a.12a.6 Support staff assist in field work, logistics 210,0002b.1 Communication strategy developed 502b.2 In<strong>for</strong>mation shared state, interstate & international Included in 2a.12b.3 Updates readily accessible to stakeholders 5002c.1 Volunteer group <strong>for</strong>malised Included in 2a.12c.2 One annual meeting with volunteers 7502c.3 Training <strong>for</strong> volunteers 4,0003a.1 Threats Priority 1 & 2 species local database3a.2 Prioritise threats at Priority 1 sub-populations level3a.3 Prioritise threats at Priority 2 sub-populations level41,6003a.4 Prioritise weed & grazing control in FWAs 1, 2 & 33b.1 Weed control high risk weeds in 80% of FWA 1 42,5003b.2 Weed control, med. risk weeds, 50 m Priority 1 sp. 16,000

Table 31.2 continued. Timetable of recovery actions and per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria (Part 2 of 3)2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013Financial Year (Quarters) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Summary of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepGrey = in kind costs3b.3 Weed control, high risk weeds, in 50% of FWA 2 & 3 Included in 2a.13c.1 Determine grazing damage Included in 2a.13c.2 Implement grazing control 26,0003d.1 Phytophthora soil tests Priority 1 species 1,2003d.2 Phytophthora in<strong>for</strong>mation to stakeholders Included in 2a.13d.3 DEH Phytophthora hygiene practices 3,0003e.1 Establish Road Marker System in councils 200,0003e.2 Railway Marker System maintained & improved Included in 2a.13e.3 Provide land holders with species & grant info Included in 2a.13e.4 Negotiate Has or conservation covenants Included in 2a.13f.1 Soil sampling – salinity or acidification Included in 2a.13f.2 Determine strategic buffers of Priority 1 species Included in 2a.13f.3 Salinity abatement <strong>for</strong> critical habitat 10,0003f.4 Strategic vegetation buffers <strong>for</strong> critical habitat 60,0003f.5 Enhance connectivity Priority 3 species 10,0003f.6 Feasibility of translocation Priority 1 species Included in 2a.13f.7 Undertake translocation Priority 1 species 4,0003f.8 Seed collection Millennium Seed Bank Included in 2a.14a.1 Honours student(s) (minimum one per year) 15,0004a.2 List of plant knowledge deficiencies Included in 2a.14b.1 Break downs in Priority 1 species life cycle Included in 4a.12a.14b.2 Break downs in Priority 2 species life cycle Included in 4a.12a.14b.3 Break downs in Priority 3 species life cycle Included in 4a.12a.14b.4 Pollinators & vector(s) <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species 9,0004b.5 Germination & recruitment Priority 1 species 1,0004b.6 Average longevity <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species Included in 2a.14b.7 Soil & pH level Priority 1 & 2 species Included in 2a.14b.8 Symbiotic mycorrhiza Priority 1 orchids 3,0004c.1 Literature review fire & disturbance needs 1,0004c.2 Determine & identify prescribed burn needs In kind multipleOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunCost over5 years

Table 31.2 continued. Timetable of recovery actions and per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria (Part 3 of 3)2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013Summary of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaFinancial Year (Quarters) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Jul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunJul-SepOct-DecJan-MarApr-JunCost over5 yearsGrey = in kind costs4c.3 Experiment designs completed <strong>for</strong> burning 365,0004c.4 Two prescribed burns conducted 7,500 23,0004c.5 Two disturbance experiment designs 40,0004c.6 Two disturbance trials Links with 4a.14d.1 Two canopy-cover trials conducted Links with 4a.14d.2 Two grazing pressure exclosures trials 1,0004e.1 Genetics <strong>for</strong> Whibley’s & Chalky wattles 10,0004e.2 Genetics remaining Priority 1 species 50,0004f.1 Chemical drift effect <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species 5,0004f.2 Hydrology influence on critical habitat Links with 4a.1 & other4g.1 Model impact climate change Priority 1 sp. Interagency multiple4g.2 Research climate Priority 1 sp. reproduction 5,0004h.1 Minimum viable population Priority 1 species 1,5004h.2 Minimum viable population Priority 2 species Links with 4a.1 & other5a.1 List of Key Monitoring Sites Included in 5a.35a.2 Upgrade local <strong>threatened</strong> plant database 3,500 4,7005a.3 Twice yearly storing, archiving and storage 9,0005a.4 Priority 1 sp. Key Monitoring Sites monitored Included in 2a.15a.5 Priority 2 sp. Key Monitoring Sites monitored Included in 2a.15a.6 Priority 3 sp. Key Monitoring Sites monitored Included in 2a.15a.7 Life-class structure Priority 1 species Included in 2a.15a.8 All translocated populations monitored Included in 2a.15a.9 Prescribed burn monitoring data analysed Included in 2a.15a.10 Herbivore exclosures trials monitored Included in 2a.15a.11 Weed control effectiveness in FWAs Included in 2a.15a.12 Herbivore density Chalky Wattle Included in 2a.15a.13 Incorporate recommendations re impacts Included in 2a.15b.1 Progress check criteria/schedule Included in 5a.35b.2 Incorporate research findings into actions Included in 5a.35c.1 Re-evaluation of recovery plan Included in 5a.35c.2 Review second stage of program Included in 5a.3

Table 31.3. Break down of per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria and associated funding tier by speciesSpecies thatper<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaapply to Abbreviatedper<strong>for</strong>mance criteria Chalky Wattle P1Jumping-jack WattleP1Fat-leaved Wattle P1Resin Wattle P2Whibley Wattle P1Winter Spider-orchid P1Club Spear-grass P3Prickly Raspwort P2Bead Samphire P2Granite Mudwort P3Microlepidium alatumP3Silver Daisy-bush P1Silver Candles P3West Coast MintbushP2Mt Olinthus GreenhoodP1Nodding Rufous-hoodP2Desert Greenhood P2Ironstone Mulla MullaP1Tufted Bush-pea P2Sandalwood P2Annual Candles P2Yellow Swainson-peaP3Metallic Sun-orchidP11a.1 Survey 90% Priority 1species sub-populations1a.2 Survey 70% Priority 2species sub-populations1a.3 Survey 50% of Priority 3species sub-populations1b.1 Minimum datasetanalysed via GIS Priority 1species1c.1 All species critical habitatidentified & mapped1c.2 Map potential habitatPriority 1 species1c.3 Map potential habitatPriority 2 & 3 species1c.4 Critical habitat groundtruthed Priority 1 species1c.5 Corridors identified Priority1 species1d.1 Searches in Priority 1species potential habitat1d.2 Searches fire &disturbance dependant species1d.3 <strong>Plan</strong>t samples verified byState Herbarium staff3a.1 Threats Priority 1 & 2species local database3a.2 Prioritise threats at Priority1 sub-population level3a.3 Prioritise threats at Priority2 sub-population level3a.4 Prioritise weed & grazingcontrol FWAs 1, 2 & 33b.1 Weed control high riskweeds in 80% of FWA 13b.2 Weed control, med. riskweeds, in 50 m Priority 1 sp.3b.3 Weed control, high riskweeds, 50% of FWA 2 & 33c.1 Determine grazingdamageYet to be determined at a species levelYet to be determined at a species level3c.2 Implement grazing control3d.1 Phytophthora soil testsPriority 1 species3d.2 Phytophthora in<strong>for</strong>mationto stakeholders3d.3 DEH Phytophthorahygiene practices3f.1 Soil sampling - salinity oracidification3f.2 Determine strategicbuffers of Priority 1 species3f.3 Salinity abatement <strong>for</strong>critical habitat3f.4 Strategic vegetationbuffers critical habitat3f.5 Enhance connectivityPriority 3 species3f.6 Feasibility of translocationPriority 1 species3f.7 Undertake translocationPriority 1 species3f.8 Seed collection MillenniumSeed Bank5a.4 Priority 1 sp. KeyMonitoring Sites monitored5a.5 Priority 2 sp. KeyMonitoring Sites monitored5a.6 Priority 3 sp. KeyMonitoring Sites monitored5a.7 Life-class structure Priority1 species5a.8 All translocatedpopulations monitored5a.10 Herbivore exclosures trialsmonitoredYet to be determined at a species levelYet to be determined at a species level<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 203

Table 31.4. Species by species breakdown of research per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria onlyAbbreviatedper<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaChalky Wattle P1Jumping-jack Wattle P1Fat-leaved Wattle P1Resin Wattle P2Whibley Wattle P1Winter Spider-orchid P1Club Spear-grass P3Prickly Raspwort P2Bead Samphire P2Granite Mudwort P3Microlepidium alatum P3Silver Daisy-bush P1Silver Candles P3West Coast Mintbush P2Mt Olinthus Greenhood P1Nodding Rufous-hood P2Desert Greenhood P2Ironstone Mulla Mulla P1Tufted Bush-pea P2Sandalwood P2Annual Candles P2Yellow Swainson-pea P3Metallic Sun-orchid P14b.1 Break downs in Priority 1sp. life cycle4b.2 Break downs in Priority 2species life cycle4b.3 Break downs in Priority 3species life cycle4b.4 Pollinators & vector(s) <strong>for</strong>Priority 1 species4b.5 Germination & recruitmentPriority 1 species4b.6 Average longevity <strong>for</strong>Priority 1 species4b.7 Soil & pH identified Priority1 and 24b.8 Symbiotic mycorrhizaPriority 1 orchids4c.2 Determine & identifyprescribed burn needs4c.5 Two disturbanceexperiments designed4c.6 Two disturbance trials Yet to be determined at a species level4d.1 Two canopy-cover trialsconducted4d.2 Two grazing pressureexclosures trials4e.1 &/or 4e.2 Geneticsrelationship within & between4f.1 Chemical drift effect on<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species4f.2 Hydrology influence oncritical habitat4g.1 Model impact climatechange Priority 1 sp.4g.2 Research climate Priority1sp. reproduction4h.1 Minimum viable pop.Priority 1 sp.4h.2 Minimum viable pop.Priority 2 sp.204 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

32 Management practicesAs a general guide, any management practice undertaken in or directly adjacent tocritical or potential habitat of the nationally <strong>threatened</strong> plant species addressed in thisplan should be considered carefully. Where possible, activities should be avoided if theymight promote the spread and/or impact of the threatening processes identified withinthis plan. Table 32.1 provides a selection of examples of such activities and potentialmanagement pitfalls that may limit the success of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery. This list is byno means exhaustive and should be treated as a guide only. Table 32.1 also highlightsthat management inaction is a key practice that may increase the spread and impact ofthreatening processes on nationally <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species.Table 32.1. Examples of management practices that may contribute to the extent and impact of identifiedthreats and impediments to the recovery of nationally <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species on Eyre PeninsulaThreat to recoveryManagement activities that may contribute to each threatHigh grazing pressure • Grazing of livestock in critical and potential <strong>threatened</strong> plant specieshabitat that does not take into account ecological requirements ofspecies• Failure to determine, monitor and manage the impact of nativeherbivore grazing on nationally <strong>threatened</strong> plant speciesIllegal collection orharvest• Illegal take of seed or plant material from a <strong>threatened</strong> speciesMineral exploration/extractionOff-road vehicles andrubbish dumpingPest and disease(Phytophthora)Roadsidemanagement(including railway andother easements)Salinity/changes inhydrology• Failure to follow environmental impact assessment process and usedata stored in Biological Databases of South Australia (custodian DEH)• Use and parking of vehicles in roadside vegetation, in critical andpotential habitat• Rubbish dumping in critical habitat• Any activity contributing to the transfer of soil material withoutadequate hygiene precautions• Any activity, without precautionary measures, that increases risk ofplant pathogens and diseases spreading into wild <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>populations on Eyre Peninsula• Upgrading road carriageways, annual road maintenance, andweed/vegetation control along roadsides or rail corridors, on bothTransport SA and local government roads• Installation and maintenance of services (e.g. power, water andcommunication cables)• Weed/vegetation control along roadsides or rail corridors bymechanical or chemical means• Any activity that contributes to the rise and salinisation of water tablesin areas of critical of potential habitat• Any activity that significantly changes natural flows of ground-surfacewater to, from and within areas of critical or potential habitatSpray drift • Off-target or deliberate use of insecticides in the vicinity of knownorchid sub-populations may reduce the abundance of pollinators ofthe orchid and other species, and consequently the plant populationnumbersUrban development/subdivision• Failure to follow environmental impact assessment process and usedata stored in Biological Databases of South Australia (custodian DEH)Vegetation clearance • Any activity that reduces the size and increases the isolation of<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> sub-populations• Small scale vegetation clearance and firewood collection in narrowstrips of roadside vegetation identified as critical and potential habitatWeed invasion • Failure to target weed management activities to reduce the impact ofenvironmental weed species on nationally <strong>threatened</strong> plant species<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 205

Table 32.1. continued.Impediments torecoveryManagement activities that may contribute to each threatAvailability ofresourcesLack of coordinationof <strong>Recovery</strong> Actions• Failure to apply <strong>for</strong> and allocate sufficient funding to the recovery ofnationally <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species on Eyre Peninsula• Failure to obtain and maintain a coordinator dedicated to the task ofimplementing the recovery plan• Failure to maximise potential multiple outcomes <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> aspart of broad biodiversity conservation ef<strong>for</strong>ts• Failure to adequately engage the community in <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>recovery activities through a lack of provision of training, supervisionand ongoing supportHabitat fragmentation • Any activity that reduces the size and increases the isolation of<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> sub-populationsInappropriatedisturbance regimesInappropriate fireregimesLack of involvement ofstakeholdersLack of knowledge(ecology and biology)and baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation(understanding ofthreats)Lack of recruitment/small population sizeRestricted distribution/isolated subpopulations• Initiation of disturbance events, which do not take into account theecological requirements of nationally <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species• Small-scale vegetation clearance and firewood collection in narrowstrips of roadside vegetation identified as critical and potential habitat• Maintenance and establishment of walking trails in critical or potentialhabitat• Any activity that contributes to the rise and salinisation of groundwatertables in areas of critical or potential habitat• Any activity that promotes soil disturbance in areas of critical habitatsusceptible to soil erosion• The placement of bee hives in the vicinity of known nationally<strong>threatened</strong> orchid sub-populations may adversely affect the orchids’pollinators• Failure to undertake fire management activities (including ecologicalburns and the control of wildfire), which establish appropriate fireregimes <strong>for</strong> nationally <strong>threatened</strong> plant species and their habitat• Failure to recognise the importance of potential habitat in the recoveryof <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species and undertake protection measures• Lack of support <strong>for</strong> any activities• Failure to place an emphasis on research into biology and ecology of<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species as a means of improving the management of<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species• Failure to recognise the importance of research to determine the trueimpact of threats on nationally <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species• Failure to develop a cooperative approach to research with relevantresearch organisations• Links with management activities listed under Habitat fragmentation,Inappropriate disturbance regimes, and Lack of knowledge andbaseline in<strong>for</strong>mation206 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

33 Reference listANBG 2007, Introduction to Australia Orchidaceae, Australian National Botanical Gardens,viewed 17 November 2007, .Barker, WR 1984, ‘Scrophulariaceae’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of SouthAustralia, Part III: Polemoniaceae-Compositae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide.Barker, WR 1986, ‘Stackhousiaceae-Stackhousia’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora ofSouth Australia, Part II: Leguminosae-Rubiaceae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide.Barker, W, Barker, R, Jessop, J & Vonow, H 2005, Census of South Australian Vascular <strong>Plan</strong>ts,The Botanical Gardens and State Herbarium, South Australia.Barrett, DR 1987, ‘Initial observations on flowering and fruiting in Santalum spicatum (R.BR.)A.DC. the Western Australian Sandalwood’, Mulga Research Centre Journal, no. 9.Bartley, MJ 1990, ‘Notes on fruit condition, germinability and seedling morphology ofOlearia pannosa Hook (Velvet Daisy-bush)’, The Victorian Naturalist, vol. 107.Bates, R 1984, ‘Australia’s colourful sun-orchids: Thelymitra’, Australian Orchid Review,vol. 49.Bates, R 2006, CD-ROM, South Australian native orchids, unpublished, Adelaide.Bates, RJ & Weber, JZ 1990, Orchids of South Australia, South Australian GovernmentPrinter, Adelaide.Beardsell, C 1980-1984, ‘A register of rare and endangered native plant species inVictoria’, unpublished report on Thelymitra epipactoides, La Trobe University, Melbourne.Bickerton, D & Robertson, M 2000, Lowly Greenhood (Pterostylis despectans) 'Mt. Bryan'<strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>, Threatened Species Network, Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group, Adelaide,viewed 8 November 2007,.Black, JM 1977, Flora of South Australia, Part III: Polemoniaceae-Compositae, SouthAustralian Government Printer, Adelaide.Black, JM 1986, Flora of South Australia, Part I: Lycopodiaceae-Rosaceae, 4th edn, SouthAustralian Government Printer, Adelaide.Black, JM 1986a, Flora of South Australia, Part II: Leguminosae-Rubiaceae, 4th edn, SouthAustralian Government Printer, Adelaide.BOM 2007, Climate statistics <strong>for</strong> Australian sites: South Australia, Bureau of Meteorology,Melbourne, viewed 25 July 2007,.Bonney, N 1997, Economic trees and shrubs <strong>for</strong> South Australia, Graphic Print Group,Richmond.Bradstock, R, Williams, J & Gill, A 2002, Flammable Australia: the fire regimes andbiodiversity of a continent, Cambrige University Press, Tasmania.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 207

Brand, J 1999b, Conserving sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) in the rangelands, WesternAustralia, in<strong>for</strong>mation sheet, Department of Conservation and Land Management, Perth.Brand, J 1999c, ‘Ecology of Sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) near Paynes Find andMenzies, Western Australia: Size structure and dry-side stems’, Rangeland Journal, vol. 21,no. 2, pp. 220-8.Brand, JE 2000, ‘The effect of management regime and host species on sandalwood(Santalum spicatum) recruitment near Paynes Find, Western Australia’, RangelandsJournal, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 243-55.Brand, J 2002, ‘Review of the influence of Acacia species on establishment ofSandalwood (Santalum spicatum) in Western Australia’, Conservation Science WesternAustralia, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 125-129.Brand, J & Jones, P 1999a, Growing Sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) on farmland inWestern Australia, in<strong>for</strong>mation sheet, Department of Conservation and LandManagement, Perth.Brand, JE, Crombie, DS & Mitchell, MD 1999, ‘Establishment and growth of sandalwood(Santalum spicatum) in south-western Australia: the influence of host species’, AustralianForestry, vol. 63, no. 1, pp. 60-65.Briggs, JD & Leigh, JH 1996, Rare or <strong>threatened</strong> Australian plants, CSIRO Publishing,Canberra.Byrne, M, MacDonald, B, Broadhurst, L & Brand, J 2003, ‘Regional genetic differentiation inWestern Australian sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) as revealed by nuclear RFLPanalysis’, Theoretical Applied Genetics, vol. 107, pp. 1208-1214.Calder, D, Cropper, S & Tonkinson, D 1989, ‘The ecology of Thelymitra epipactoides F.Muell. Orchidaceae, in Victoria, Australia, and the implication <strong>for</strong> management of thespecies’, Australian Journal of Botany, vol. 37.Carter, O 2005, DRAFT <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis (Bead Glasswort) in SouthAustralia, Western Australia and Victoria 2006 - 2010, Arthur Rylah Institute <strong>for</strong>Environmental Research & Department of Sustainability and Environment, Heidelberg,Victoria.CILR 2007, Legumes and the nitrogen cycle, ARC Centre of Excellence <strong>for</strong> IntegrativeLegume Research, St Lucia, Queensland, viewed 8 November 2007,.Coates, F 2003, Action Statement No. 156 Metallic Sun-orchid Thelymitra epipactoides,Department of Sustainability and Environment, Victoria.Coleman, P & Cook, F 2005, Habitat preferences of Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis, MicrosoftPowerPoint display, viewed on 8 September 2005, Delta Environmental Consulting,Adelaide.Commonwealth of Australia 2006, EPBC Act Policy Statement 1.1: Significant impactguidelines - matters of national environmental significance, Department of theEnvironment and Heritage, Canberra.Cooke, DA 1986, ‘Compositae (Asteraceae)’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora ofSouth Australia, Part III: Polemoniaceae-Compositae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide.208 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Coventry, J 2004, Agnote: 'Swainsona' poisoning in cattle and horses, Department ofPrimary Industry, Alice Springs, viewed 8 November 2007,.Cowan, RS & Maslin, BR 2001, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia, PartII: Leguminosae-Rubiaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.Cropper, S 1993, Management of endangered plants, CSIRO Publications, Australia.Cropper, SC & Calder, DM 1990, ‘The <strong>flora</strong>l biology of Thelymitra epipactoides(Orchidaceae), and the implications of pollination by deceit on the survival of this rareorchid’, <strong>Plan</strong>t Systematics and Evolution, vol. 170, pp. 11-27.Cropper, SC, Calder, DM & Tonkinson, D 1989, ‘Thelymitra epipactoides F. Muell.(Orchidaceae): The Morphology, biology and conservation of an endangered species’,Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. 101, pp. 89-101.CSIRO Australia 2007, Ecosystem Services, CSIRO Sustainable Ecosystems, Canberra,viewed 8 November 2007, .Datson, B 2002, Samphires of Western Australia: A field guide to Chenopodiaceae tribeSalicornieae, Department of Conservation and Land Management, Perth.Davies, RJP 1986, Threatened plant species of the Mt Lofty and Kangaroo Island regions ofSouth Australia, Conservation Council of South Australia Inc, Adelaide.Davies, R 1992, Swainsona pyrophila survey data - Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Species PopulationDatabase, unpublished, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Davies, R 1995, Threatened plant species management in National Parks and Wildlife ActReserves in South Australia, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium, SouthAustralia.DEC 2005, A spear-grass – profile, Department of Environment and Climate Change NSW,Sydney, viewed 8 November 2007,.DEC 2007, Butterfly gardening - food plants, Department of Environment andConservation, viewed 8 November 2007,.DEH 2002, Biodiversity plan <strong>for</strong> Eyre Peninsula, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage,South Australia.DEH 2004, Phytophthora cinnamomi causing dieback in plants: Spread the word – notPhytophthora, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.DEH 2004a, Naturelinks: Implementing the Wild Country philosophy in South Australia,Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.DEH 2007, 'Species found to be endangered: Acacia pinguifolia', in DEH Recfind File40/1498, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia, pp. 23-27.DEH 2001, ‘Provisional list of <strong>threatened</strong> ecosystems of South Australia’, unpublished andprovisional list, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.DEH-EGIS 2006, Environmental GIS, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, SouthAustralia.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 209

DEH-EGIS 2007, Environmental GIS, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, SouthAustralia.DPIW 2003, Stackhousia gunnii: Threatened <strong>flora</strong> of Tasmania, Department of PrimaryIndustries and Water, Hobart, viewed 8 November 2007,.DPIW 2003a, Stackhousia viminea: Threatened <strong>flora</strong> of Tasmania, Department of PrimaryIndustries and Water, Hobart, viewed 8 November 2007,.Driscoll, D & Halliday, L 2007, Project brief <strong>for</strong> Implementing Nature Links: can dune-topand roadside native vegetation act as connecting habitat or stepping stones <strong>for</strong> plantand animal species?, unpublished report in DEH Recfind file 40/1588 by School ofBiological Sciences Flinders University to the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage,South Australia.Duncan, M 2005, <strong>Draft</strong> <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> Pterostylis xerophila (Desert Greenhood) InVictoria and South Australia 2006-2010, Department of Sustainability and Environment,Heidelberg, Victoria.DWLBC 2006, State Natural Resources Management <strong>Plan</strong>, Department of Water, Land andBiodiversity Conservation, South Australia.Earl, G, Barlow, T & Moorrees, A 2001, Action Statement: Twelve <strong>threatened</strong> Swainsonpeasand Darling peas (Swainsona species), Department of Natural Resources andEnvironment, Victoria.Ecological Associates 2006, Threatened <strong>flora</strong> threat assessment, report to the Department<strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Ecological Associates 2007, Eyre Peninsula Bushfire <strong>Recovery</strong> Program: Vegetationmonitoring, report to the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Environment Australia 2001, Threat abatement plan <strong>for</strong> dieback caused by the root-rotfungus Phytophthora cinnamomi, Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra.Environment Australia 2002 Revised recovery plan guidelines <strong>for</strong> nationally listed<strong>threatened</strong> species and ecological communities under the Commonwealth EnvironmentProtection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, Department of the Environment andHeritage, Canberra.EPNRMB 2007, Regional in<strong>for</strong>mation and maps: Salinity on Eyre Peninsula, Eyre PeninsulaNatural Resources Management Board, Port Lincoln, viewed 8 November 2007,.Everett, J 1986, ‘Stipa - Gramineae’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of SouthAustralia, Part III: Polemoniaceae-Compositae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide, pp. 1454-1455.Feuerherdt, L & Petit, T 2004, The role of echidnas in soil disturbance and the conservationof endangered orchids in South Australia, Australian Mammal Society ScientificConference Presentation, Adelaide.Fox, F 1997, ‘Why is Santalum spicatum common near granite rocks?’, Journal of RoyalSociety of Western Australia, vol. 80, pp. 209-220.210 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

FPC 2007, Tree facts Sandalwood (Santalum spicatum): guide <strong>for</strong> farmers, Forest ProductsCommission, viewed 18 November 2007, .Freebairn, A 2003, Roadside markers: Protecting <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> within the District Councilof Lower Eyre Peninsula 2001/2002, report to the Native Vegetation Research Fund.Green, P 1988, Stackhousia annua survey data - Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Species PopulationDatabase, unpublished, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Green, P 1993, Threatened plants of Yorke Peninsula, Conservation Council of SouthAustralia, Adelaide.Grey, P & Grey, E 2005, Fungi downunder: the Fungimap guide to Australian fungi,Fungimap, Melbourne.Hewson, H 1986, ‘Cruiferae (Brassicaceae)’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of SouthAustralia, Part I: Lycopodiaceae-Rosaceae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide.Hewson, HJ & George, AS 1984, ‘Santalaceae’, in Flora of Australia, AustralianGovernment Publishing Services, Canberra.Hussey, BMJ 2002, ‘Wattle I plant <strong>for</strong> wildlife?’, Conservation Science Western Australia, vol.4, no. 3, pp. 62-71.IUCN 1994, IUCN Red List Categories, IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.IUCN 2001, IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 3.1, IUCN Species SurvivalCommission, Gland, Switzerland.Jessop, J, Dashorst, G & James, F 2006, Grasses of South Australia: An illustrated guide tothe native and naturalised species, The Board of Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and StateHerbarium, South Australia.Jessop, JP & Toelken, HR (eds) 1986, Flora of South Australia, Part I: Lycopodiaceae-Rosaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.Jessop, JP & Toelken, HR (eds) 1986a, Flora of South Australia, Part IV: Alismataceae-Orchidaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.Jessop, JP & Toelken, HR (eds) 1986c, Flora of South Australia, Part III: Polemoniaceae-Compositae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.Johnson, G 1996, Action Statement: Northern Sandalwood Santalum lanceolatum,Department of Sustainability and Environment, Victoria.Jones, D 2006, A complete guide to native orchids of Australia including the islandterritories, Reed New Holland, Australia.Jones, DL 2007, ‘Two new species of Oligochaetochilus (Orchidaceae) from SouthAustralia’, The Orchadian, vol. 15, no. 9.Jones, DL & Clements, MA 2001, ‘Arachnorchis brumalis (D.L. Jones)’, Orchadian, vol. 13,no. 9, pp. 393.Jones, DL & Clements, MA 2002, ‘A reassessment of Pterostylis R.Br (Orchidaceae)’,Australian Orchid Research, vol. 4, pp. 6-63.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 211

Jusaitis, M 1997, ‘Experimental translocations: implications <strong>for</strong> the recovery of endangeredplants’ in DH Touchell, KW Dixon, AS George & AT Wills (eds), Conservation into the 21 stCentury: Proceedings of the 4 th International Botanic Gardens Conservation Congress,Perth, Western Australia, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, Western Australia.Jusaitis, M 1998, <strong>Recovery</strong> plan Acacia whibleyana, South Australian National Parks andWildlife Service, Black Hill Flora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M 1991, <strong>Recovery</strong> plans Prostanthera eurybiodes, Pterostylis arenicola, Acaciacretacea, Pultenaea trichophylla, Black Hill Flora Centre, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide.Jusaitis, M 2005, ‘Translocation trials confirm species factors affecting the establishment ofthree endangered plant species’, Journal of Ecological Management and Restoration,vol. 6, no. 1.Jusaitis, M, Bond, A, Smith, K, Sorensen, B & Polomka, L 2000, Acacia cretacea recoveryplan: Annual report, <strong>Plan</strong>t Biodiversity Centre, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage,South Australia.Jusaitis, M, Bond, A, Smith, K & Polomka, L 2000, Haloragis eyreana Research <strong>Plan</strong>,Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M, Bond, A, Smith, K & Polomka, L 2000a, Annual Report <strong>for</strong> Haloragis eyreanaResearch <strong>Plan</strong>, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M & Polomka, L in press, Weeds and founder propagules influence translocationsuccess in endangered Whibley Wattle, Acacia whibleyana (Leguminosae), unpublishedpaper, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M & Smith, K 1997, Progress report Haloragis eyreana, Black Hill Flora Centre,Botanic Gardens of Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Smith, K 1998, Haloragis eyreana Research <strong>Plan</strong>: Annual report, Department<strong>for</strong> Environment, Heritage and Aboriginal Affairs, South Australia.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1994, Conservation studies on endangered plant species fromSouth Australia’s agricultural regions, Black Hill Flora Centre, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1997, Research <strong>Plan</strong> Annual Report January 1997, Acaciawhibleyana, Black Hill Flora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1997a, Progress Report August 1997 Acacia whibleyana, Black HillFlora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1998, Conservation Biology of Acacia whibleyana, SouthAustralian National Parks and Wildlife Service, Black Hill Flora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 2007, ‘Successful augmentation of an Acacia whibleyana(Whibley Wattle) population by translocation’, Australian <strong>Plan</strong>t Conservation, Bulletin ofthe Australian Network <strong>for</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>t Conservation, vol. 16, no. 1.Lang, P 1984, Stackhousia annua survey data - Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Species PopulationDatabase, unpublished, Department of Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Laut, P, Heyligers, C, Keig, G, Loffler, E, Margules, C, Scott, RM & Sullivan, ME 1977,Environments of South Australia, Province 4 Eyre and Yorke Peninsulas, CSIRO, Canberra.Leigh, J, Boden, R & Briggs, J 1984, Extinct and endangered plants of Australia, MacMillan,Australia.212 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Lepp, H 2005, Truffle-like fungi in Australia, Australian National Botanical Gardens, viewed18 November 2007, .Lindenmayer, DB & Burgman, MA 1998, Conservation Biology <strong>for</strong> the AustralianEnvironment, Surrey Beatty & Sons Pty Ltd, Sydney.Lindenmayer, D & M, Burgman 2005, Practical conservation biology, CSIRO Publishing,Australia.Lucas, C, Hennessy, K, Mills, G & Bathols, J 2007 Bushfire weather in southeast Australia:Recent trends and projected climate change impacts, report to The Climate Institute ofAustralia, Sydney.Luke, RH & McArthur, AG 1978, Bushfires in Australia, Australian Government PublishingService, Canberra.Macfarlane, T, Watson, L & Marchant, N 2002, Flora of Western Australia: Stackhousia,Western Australian Genera and Families of Flowering <strong>Plan</strong>ts, Western Australian Herbarium,viewed 2007, .Maslin, BR & Whibley, DJE 1987, ‘The taxonomy of some South Australian Acacia sectionPhyllodineae species (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae)’, Nuytsia, vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 19-32.McKenzie, R 2004, Australian native poisonous plants, The Marsupial Society of Australia,viewed 8 November 2007, .Moritz, KN & Bickerton, DC 2007, <strong>Draft</strong> <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> the Nationally EndangeredJumping-jack Wattle Acacia enterocarpa (R.V. Smith), report to the Species Listing,<strong>Recovery</strong> and Policy Section, Australian Government Department of the Environment andWater Resources, Canberra.Murphy, M, Garkaklis, M & Hardy, G 2005, ‘Seed caching by Woylies Bettongia penicillatacan increase Sandalwood Santalum spicatum regeneration in Western Australia’, AustralEcology, vol. 30, pp. 747-755.National Parks & Wildlife Council 2003, Review of the status of <strong>threatened</strong> species in SouthAustralia: Proposed schedules under the South Australian National Parks and Wildlife Act1972, discussion paper, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Nicolle, D 1997, Eucalypts of South Australia, Lane Print Group, Adelaide.NSW RFS 2004, Threatened species hazard reduction list: Part 1 - <strong>Plan</strong>ts, NSW Rural FireService, viewed 8 November 2007,.NVMB 1987, Remaining vegetation in the Agricultural Regions of South Australia,unpublished, Native Vegetation Management Branch, Adelaide.NVM 2002, Remnant vegetation data within Environmental Associations <strong>for</strong> SouthAustralia, unpublished, Native Vegetation Management, Adelaide.Obst, C 2005, South Australian Murray-Darling Basin Threatened Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>, reportto the Threatened Species and Communities Section, Department of the Environment andHeritage, Canberra.Orchard, AE 1986, ‘Haloragaceae’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of SouthAustralia, PartIII: Leguminosae-Rubiaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 213

Overman, T & Venn, D 2004, Action Statement Jumping-jack Wattle Acacia enterocarpa,Department of Sustainability and Environment, Victoria.Peeters, PJ, Jennings, S, Carpenter, RJ & Ax<strong>for</strong>d, G 2005, Assessing the abundance andimpacts of feral camels in the Great Victoria Desert, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment andHeritage, Port Lincoln.Peeters, P & Way, S 2005, The fire-response and future conservation of biodiversity in theLower Eyre Peninsula bushfire area, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, PortLincoln.Pound, L, Obst, C & How, T 2004, <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> Acacia pinguifolia (Fat-leavedWattle), report to the Threatened Species and Communities Section, AustralianGovernment Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra.Prider, J 2005, Ptilotus beckerianus monitoring plan: memorandum, report prepared byEcological Associates to the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, Port Lincoln.Prider, J 2006, Study design: Fire response monitoring, report prepared by EcologicalAssociates to the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, Port Lincoln.Prider, J 2006a, Threatened <strong>flora</strong> threat assessment, report prepared by EcologicalAssociates to the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, Port Lincoln.Quarmby, J 2006, <strong>Recovery</strong> plan <strong>for</strong> twelve <strong>threatened</strong> orchids in the Lofty Block region ofSouth Australia 2007-2012, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Rugkhla, A, McComb, J & Jones, M 1997, ‘Intra- and inter-specific pollination of Santalumspicatum and S. album’, Australian Journal of Botany, vol. 45, pp. 1083-1095.Russell, VJ, Mercer, K & Watt, M 2004 Communicating <strong>for</strong> recovery: a guide to developinga recovery plan communications strategy, TSN Network: WWF Australia, Sydney.Scarlett, NH & Parson, RF 1993, ‘Rare and <strong>threatened</strong> plants in Victoria’, in DB Foreman &NG Walsh (eds), Flora of Victoria, Volume 1: Introduction, Inkata Press, Melbourne.Schaumann, M, Barker, J & Greig, J 1987, Australian Daisies: <strong>for</strong> gardens and <strong>flora</strong>l art,Lothian Publishing Company Pty Ltd, Melbourne.Steed, Y 2002, Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group site action plan Olearia pannosa ssp.pannosa Silver-leaved daisy bush, Roadside populations near Pt. Vincent, Threatened<strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group, Adelaide.Stoutamire, WP 1983, ‘Wasp-pollinated species of Caladenia (Orchidaceae) in South-Western Australia’, Australian Journal of Botany, vol. 31, no. 4, pp. 383-394.Stuwe, J 1980, ‘Rare and endangered Victorian plants 1. Acacia enterocarpa’, VictorianNaturalist, vol. 97, pp. 157-8.Sweedman, L & Merritt, D 2006, Australian seeds: a guide to their collection, identificationand biology, CSIRO Publishing, Australia.Talbot, L 1983, ‘Wooden gold: early days of the Sandalwood industry’, Forest Focus, vol.30, pp. 21-31.Tame, T 1992, Acacias of southeast Australia, Kangaroo Press, Singapore.214 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Taylor, DA 2003, <strong>Recovery</strong> plan <strong>for</strong> 15 nationally <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on KangarooIsland, South Australia, report to the Threatened Species and Communities Section -Department of the Environment and Heritage.Thackway, R & Cresswell, ID (eds) 1995, An interim biogeographic regionalisation <strong>for</strong>Australia: a framework <strong>for</strong> establishing the national system of reserves, version 4.0,Australian Nature Conservation Agency, Canberra.Thompson, J 1993, ‘Swainsona pyrophila’, Telopea, vol. 5, no. 3, p. 448.UNEP-WCMC 2007, UNEP-WCMC Species database: CITES Listed species (Summary listedplants -Australian), United Nations Environment Programme - World ConservationMonitoring Centre, viewed 8 November 2007, .Usher, G 1966, The Wordsworth dictionary of botany, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Great Britain.Vallee, L, Hogbin, T, Monks, L, Makinson, B, Matthes, M & Rossetto, M 2004, Guidelines <strong>for</strong>the translocation of <strong>threatened</strong> plants in Australia, Australian Network <strong>for</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>tConservation, Canberra.Velzeboer, R, Stubbs, W, West, A & Bond, A 2005, Threatened plant species at risk fromPhytophthora in South Australia, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, SouthAustralia.Venn, DR 2005, Action Statement No. 95 Bead Glasswort Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis,Department of Sustainability and Environment, Victoria.Vernes, K 2007, ‘Mammals, ectomycorrhizal fungi and ecosystem processes’, Proceedingsof the national <strong>for</strong>um of the Australian Network <strong>for</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>t Conservation: What lies beneath?The role of soil biota in the health and rehabilitation of native vegetation, AustralianNetwork <strong>for</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>t Conservation, Canberra, p. 5.Victorian Museum 2007, The Native Bees of Australia - Australian Native Bee Database,Museum Victoria, Melbourne, viewed 8 November 2007,.Warcup, J & Talbot, P 1967, ‘Perfect states of rhizoctonias associated with orchids II’, TheNew Phytologist, vol. 70.Way, S 2006, Strategic management of Aleppo Pines on Lower Eyre Peninsula to maximisebiodiversity conservation outcomes, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, PortLincoln.Way, S & Bates, R 2005, Biological survey reports from five properties in the Koppio Hills,Southern Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, SouthAustralia.Weber, JZ & Bates, R 1986, ‘Orchidaceae’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of SouthAustralia, Part IV: Alismataceae-Orchidaceae, South Australian Government Printer,Adelaide, pp. 2132 - 2137.Whibley, D 1986, ‘Mimosoideae’, in JP Jessop & HR Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia,Part II: Leguminosae-Rubiaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide, pp. 511-568.Whibley, DJE & Symon, DE 1992, Acacias of South Australia, South Australian GovernmentPrinter, Adelaide.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 215

Wilson, P 1986, ‘Halosarcia’, in Jessop, JP & Toelken, HR (eds), Flora of South Australia, PartI: Lycopodiaceae- Rosaceae, South Australian Government Printer, Adelaide, pp. 267-268.216 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Appendix A: Commonly used acronyms and abbreviationsAcronymsBDBSADEHBiological Databases of South AustraliaDepartment <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South AustraliaEPBC Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (in reference to the EPBC Act 1999)EPBC Act 1999 Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999EPNRMBHAIUCNNRMNPWPIRSAEyre Peninsula Natural Resources Management BoardHeritage Agreement(s)The World Conservation Union: The International Union <strong>for</strong> the Conservation of Nature andNatural ResourcesNatural Resources ManagementNational Parks and Wildlife (in reference to the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1972, SouthAustralia)Primary Industries and Resources, South AustraliaAbbreviationsaff.sp.spp.ssp.syn.var.AffinitySpecies (singular)Species (plural)SubspeciesSynonymVariety<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 217

Appendix B: GlossaryAril (or arillus)The fleshy covering of certain seeds <strong>for</strong>med from the funiculus(attachment point of the seed).Down-listing To move a <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species to a less <strong>threatened</strong>conservation status; minimise the threat to a species so that thepotential of extinction is low, e.g. down-list an Endangered speciesto Vulnerable (IUCN 2001).Direct threatsEx situProcesses that directly impact on the short-term survival of<strong>threatened</strong> plant populations, e.g. weed invasion.Refers to the conservation of different species by taking care ofthem outside of their natural habitat(s). This method complements insitu conservation, especially when measures to recover andrehabilitate <strong>threatened</strong> species, and reintroduce them to theirnatural habitats, are used.Focus Work Area(s) Focus Work Areas are defined within this plan as prioritised zoneswhere recovery actions will be of the most benefit to the highestnumber of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species addressed within this plan. TheFocus Work Areas are considered the same as ‘project areas’ asdesignated under the EPBC Regulations 2000.Impediments torecoveryIn situPhytophthoraPlayaPopulationProcesses that will significantly influence the long-term survival of<strong>threatened</strong> plant species, but will not necessarily impact on thecurrent day-to-day species survival. Impediments to recovery alsoinclude processes that restrict the ability of managers to stop orprevent threatening processes.Situated in the original, natural, or existing place or position.Pronounced fy-TOFF-thora (often also called root-rot). Species ofwater moulds that are carried in soil and water. They cause root-rotdisease symptoms, and eventually death to native plants, fruit trees,vines, nuts and ornamental plant species (DEH 2004).An almost level area at the bottom of an undrained desert basin (inthe case of this document, it refers to a coastal area), sometimestemporarily covered with water. Playas have no vegetation and areamong the flattest geographical features in the world. Also called a‘sink’.Under the EPBC Act 1999, a population is the occurrence of aspecies or community in a particular area. Specifically, it is a groupof conspecific individuals (belonging to the same species),commonly <strong>for</strong>ming a breeding unit within which the exchange ofgenetic material is more or less unrestricted; a group sharing aparticular habitat at a particular time (Lindenmayer & Burgman1998).The IUCN use of the term population is slightly different and isdefined as the total number of individuals of the taxon, e.g. the totalglobal population of West Coast Mintbush (IUCN 2001).218 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Population sizeRecruitmentSenescenceSpeciesSub-populationsPopulation size is measured as numbers of mature individuals only. Inthe case of taxa that are obligatory dependent on other taxa <strong>for</strong> allor part of their life cycles, biologically appropriate values <strong>for</strong> the hosttaxon should be used (IUCN 2001).In this plan, the term recruitment defines a <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>population’s ability to germinate new plants and the ability <strong>for</strong> thoseplants to reach reproductive maturity.Stage in an individual plant’s life history when the rate of metabolicactivities decline (reproduction in particular) and there is a changein the physiology prior to death (Usher 1966).A division of the genus, each species (group of individual plants)possessing characters that distinguish it from other species of thesame genus. Each species has two names, e.g. Acacia cretacea,the first being the generic (genus) name, the second the specific(species) name (Black 1986).Geographically or otherwise distinct groups in the population,between which there is little demographic or genetic exchange(typically one successful migrant individual or gamete per year orless) (IUCN 2001).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 219

Appendix C: Previous recovery plans, reports and similardocumentsSome species within this plan have been included in previous recovery plans and similardocuments. These documents have been listed below and range from national,interstate, South Australian and Eyre Peninsula based recovery plans <strong>for</strong> individual species,through to documents with brief species sections.Acacia cretacea (Chalky Wattle)Jusaitis, M 1991, <strong>Recovery</strong> plans Prostanthera eurybiodes, Pterostylis arenicola, Acacia cretacea,Pultenaea trichophylla, Black Hill Flora Centre, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide.Jusaitis, M, Bond, A, Smith, K, Sorensen, B & Polomka, L 2000, Acacia cretacea recovery plan: Annualreport, <strong>Plan</strong>t Biodiversity Centre, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M 2005, ‘Translocation trials confirm species factors affecting the establishment of threeendangered plant species’, Journal of Ecological Management and Restoration, vol. 6, no. 1.Acacia enterocarpa (Jumping-jack Wattle)Moritz, KN & Bickerton, DC 2007, <strong>Draft</strong> <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> the Nationally Endangered Jumping-jack WattleAcacia enterocarpa (R.V. Smith), report to the Species Listing, <strong>Recovery</strong> and Policy Section, AustralianGovernment Department of the Environment and Water Resources, Canberra.Overman, T & Venn, D 1999, Action Statement No. 85 Jumping-jack Wattle, Department of Sustainabilityand Environment, Victoria.Acacia pinguifolia (Fat-leaved Wattle)Pound, L, Obst, C & How, T 2004, <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> Acacia pinguifolia (Fat-leaved Wattle), report tothe Threatened Species and Communities Section, Australian Government Department of theEnvironment and Heritage, Canberra.Obst, C 2005, South Australian Murray-Darling Basin Threatened Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>, report to theThreatened Species and Communities Section, Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra.Acacia rhetinocarpa (Resin Wattle)Davies, R 1995, Threatened plant species management in National Parks and Wildlife Act Reserves inSouth Australia, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium, South Australia.Obst, C 2005, South Australian Murray-Darling Basin Threatened Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>, report to theThreatened Species and Communities Section, Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra.Acacia whibleyana (Whibley Wattle)Jusaitis, M 1998, <strong>Recovery</strong> plan Acacia whibleyana, South Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service,Black Hill Flora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Polomka, L in press, Weeds and founder propagules influence translocation success inendangered Whibley Wattle, Acacia whibleyana (Leguminosae), unpublished paper, Department <strong>for</strong>Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1997, Research <strong>Plan</strong> Annual Report January 1997, Acacia whibleyana, Black HillFlora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 1998, Conservation Biology of Acacia whibleyana, South Australian NationalParks and Wildlife Service, Black Hill Flora Centre, Adelaide.Jusaitis, M & Sorensen, B 2007, ‘Successful augmentation of an Acacia whibleyana (Whibley Wattle)population by translocation’, Australian <strong>Plan</strong>t Conservation, Bulletin of the Australian Network <strong>for</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>tConservation, vol. 16, no. 1.220 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Caladenia brumalis (Winter Spider-orchid)Quarmby, J 2006, <strong>Recovery</strong> plan <strong>for</strong> twelve <strong>threatened</strong> orchids in the Lofty Block region of SouthAustralia 2007-2012, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Haloragis eyreana (Prickly Raspwort)Jusaitis, M, Bond, A, Smith, K & Polomka, L 2000a, Annual Report <strong>for</strong> Haloragis eyreana Research <strong>Plan</strong>,Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Jusaitis, M & Smith, K 1998, Haloragis eyreana Research <strong>Plan</strong>: Annual report, Department <strong>for</strong>Environment, Heritage and Aboriginal Affairs, South Australia.Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis (Bead Samphire)Carter, O 2005, DRAFT <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis (Bead Glasswort) in South Australia,Western Australia and Victoria 2006 - 2010, Arthur Rylah Institute <strong>for</strong> Environmental Research &Department of Sustainability and Environment, Heidelberg, Victoria.Olearia pannosa ssp. pannosa (Silver Daisy-bush)Steed, Y 2002, Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group site action plan Olearia pannosa ssp. pannosa Silverleaveddaisy bush, Roadside populations near Pt. Vincent, Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group, Adelaide.Obst, C 2005, South Australian Murray-Darling Basin Threatened Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>, report to theThreatened Species and Communities Section, Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra.Pterostylis aff. despectans (Nodding Rufous-hood)Bickerton, D & Robertson, M 2000, Lowly Greenhood (Pterostylis despectans) 'Mt. Bryan' <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>,Threatened Species Network, Threatened <strong>Plan</strong>t Action Group, Adelaide, viewed 8 November 2007,.Quarmby, J 2006, <strong>Recovery</strong> plan <strong>for</strong> twelve <strong>threatened</strong> orchids in the Lofty Block region of SouthAustralia 2007-2012, Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia.Pterostylis xerophila (Desert Greenhood)Duncan, M 2005, <strong>Draft</strong> <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> <strong>for</strong> Pterostylis xerophila (Desert Greenhood) In Victoria and SouthAustralia 2006-2010, Department of Sustainability and Environment, Heidelberg, Victoria.Ptilotus beckerianus (Ironstone Mulla Mulla)Davies, RJP 1986, Threatened plant species of the Mt Lofty and Kangaroo Island regions of SouthAustralia, Conservation Council of South Australia Inc, Adelaide.Davies, R 1995, Threatened plant species management in National Parks and Wildlife Act Reserves inSouth Australia, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide and State Herbarium, South Australia.Pultenaea trichophylla (Tufted Bush-pea)Jusaitis, M 1991, <strong>Recovery</strong> plans Prostanthera eurybiodes, Pterostylis arenicola, Acacia cretacea,Pultenaea trichophylla, Black Hill Flora Centre, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide.Swainsona pyrophila (Yellow Swainson-pea)Earl, G, Barlow, T & Moorrees, A 2001, Action Statement: Twelve <strong>threatened</strong> Swainson-peas and Darlingpeas (Swainsona species), Department of Natural Resources and Environment, Victoria.Thelymitra epipactoides (Metallic Sun-orchid)Coates, F 2003, Action Statement No. 156 Metallic Sun-orchid Thelymitra epipactoides, Department ofSustainability and Environment, Victoria.Obst, C 2005, South Australian Murray-Darling Basin Threatened Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>, report to theThreatened Species and Communities Section, Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 221

Appendix D: List of all goals, objectives, actions and per<strong>for</strong>mancecriteriaGoalsGoal 1Goal 2Recover <strong>threatened</strong> plant species critical habitat on Eyre Peninsula.Recover <strong>threatened</strong> plant species populations on Eyre Peninsula.Overall recovery plan per<strong>for</strong>mance criteriaDown-list or stabilise <strong>threatened</strong> plant populations according to IUCN criteria (Table 1).Improvement of species critical habitat, ecosystem function, and areas containing stateor regionally rare species and <strong>threatened</strong> plant communities, are implied in the delivery ofgoal one.Objective 1 Obtain baseline in<strong>for</strong>mation, including critical and potential habitat, <strong>for</strong>each <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species.Actions1a Re-survey known <strong>threatened</strong> plant sites ensuring minimum dataset in<strong>for</strong>mationcollection/records.Per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria1a.1 Surveys conducted and minimum dataset* in<strong>for</strong>mation collected <strong>for</strong> 90% of Priority 1 species subpopulationsby 31 st December 2012. [CORE]1a.2 Surveys conducted and minimum dataset* in<strong>for</strong>mation collected <strong>for</strong> 70% of Priority 2 species subpopulationsby 31 st December 2012. [TIER 2]1a.3 Surveys conducted and minimum dataset* in<strong>for</strong>mation collected <strong>for</strong> 50% of Priority 3 species subpopulationsby 31 st December 2012. [TIER 3]* Minimum dataset consists of Biological Database of South Australia (BDBSA) minimum datasetrequirements (Appendix G).1bDetermine landscape attributes (including slope, aspect, soils, geology, altitude,vegetation, fire history, and surrounding land use) associated with priority speciesusing Geographic In<strong>for</strong>mation Systems (GIS).1b.1 All minimum dataset in<strong>for</strong>mation analysed via GIS to determine patterns in variables such aslandscape, associated vegetation, fire history, surrounding land use <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species by 30 thSeptember 2008 (links to 1c.2). [CORE]1cMap critical and potential <strong>threatened</strong> plant habitat and ground truth thisin<strong>for</strong>mation.1c.1 Critical habitat identified and mapped <strong>for</strong> all <strong>threatened</strong> plant species within this plan by 31 stMarch 2008. [CORE]1c.2 Refined potential habitat identified and mapped <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species by 30 th September 2008(links to 1b.1). [CORE]1c.3 Broad potential habitat identified and mapped <strong>for</strong> Priority 2 and 3 species by 30 th June 2010.[TIER 2]1c.4 Critical habitat mapping ground truthed <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species by 31 st December 2010 (links with1a.1). [CORE]222 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

1c.5 Existing and potential corridors <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species populations identified by 31 st March 2011.[CORE]1dConduct targeted surveys <strong>for</strong> new populations.1d.1 Active searches conducted <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species in potential habitat completed by 31 st December2010 (links with 1c.2). [CORE]1d.2 Opportunistic searches conducted <strong>for</strong> suspected fire and disturbance dependant species(Appendix I) in properties within most recently burnt habitat (ongoing-opportunistic). [TIER 2]1d.3 100% of plant samples collected from potential new populations verified by State Herbarium staffand voucher specimens stored in State Herbarium by 29 th March 2013 ^. [CORE]Objective 2 Increase understanding, appreciation and involvement in <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>recovery ef<strong>for</strong>ts.Actions2a Maintain ability to coordinate and implement recovery program and supportcommunity involvement (including the ability to apply <strong>for</strong> and manage externalfunds).2a.1 At least 1x FTE maintained to coordinate the recovery program <strong>for</strong> the duration of the plan.[CORE]2a.2 Funds sought, and where successful, managed <strong>for</strong> the delivery of the recovery actions (ongoing).[CORE]2a.3 Adequate resources (i.e. $ 767 250 <strong>for</strong> Core) secured to conduct recovery actions <strong>for</strong> the durationof the plan (ongoing). [CORE]2a.4 <strong>Recovery</strong> Team <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> on Eyre Peninsula established and functioning, as per Termsof Reference (Appendix H), by 31 st December 2007 (links to 2c.1). [CORE]2a.5 Log of volunteer hours, land holder in-kind contributions and technical support hours maintained(ongoing) ^. [CORE]2a.6 Support staff engaged to assist with fieldwork, logistics and volunteer training and support whereappropriate (ongoing). [TIER 2]2bImplement a Communication Strategy to support and encourage themanagement of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species.2b.1 Communication strategy developed <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> plant in<strong>for</strong>mation (based on Russell, Mercer &Watt 2004) by 31 st March 2008. [CORE]2b.2 Monitoring techniques, research results and data shared with state, interstate and internationalnature conservation agencies on an as needs basis and particularly <strong>for</strong> SA Government planningand EPBCAct 1999 referral purposes (links to 2b.1). [CORE]2b.3 Timely, accurate and easy to understand updates readily accessible to stakeholders throughtargeted media outlets, outlined in the <strong>threatened</strong> plant communication strategy (ongoing) (linksto 2b.1). [CORE]2cSupport volunteer involvement in implementation of recovery actions.2c.1 One <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> volunteer group on Eyre Peninsula <strong>for</strong>malised by 31 st Dec 2007 (links to 2b.1).[CORE]2c.2 At least one annual meeting <strong>for</strong>/with <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> volunteers hosted <strong>for</strong> the duration of therecovery plan (periodically throughout year) (links to 2b.1). [CORE]2c.3 Yearly training provided to <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> volunteers on a needs basis (periodically throughoutyear) (links to 2b.1 and 2c.2) . [CORE]<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 223

Objective 3Manage immediate threats and improve <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> critical habitat.3aDetermine direct and potential threats to each sub-population.3a.1 Compile and review current and potential threats affecting Priority 1 and 2 species subpopulationsin local threat assessment database by 31 st March 2011. [CORE]3a.2 Prioritise current and potential threats, based on level of risk, at all Priority 1 species subpopulationsby 31 st March 2011 under the following headings: Weeds (identify high, medium andlow risk weeds), Grazing, Pest and disease, Critical habitat issue (i.e. fire regime, salinity,disturbance, corridors, surrounding land use). [CORE]3a.3 Prioritise current and potential threats, based on level of risk, at 50% Priority 2 subpopulations/populationby 31 st March 2011 (using the headings as in 3a.2). [TIER 2]3a.4 Prioritise all weed and grazing control required within Focus Work Areas 1, 2 and 3 in consultationwith Eyre Peninsula Natural Resources Management Officers by June 2008, June 2009, June 2010and June 2011(links to 2c.1). [CORE]3bReduce weed competition within <strong>threatened</strong> plant species critical habitat3b.1 Reduction in abundance and density of high-risk weeds, within 80% of Focus Work Area 1 by 31 stDecember 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011. [CORE]3b.2 Reduction in abundance and density of medium risk weeds, within 50m of Priority 1 speciespopulations by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011 # . [CORE]3b.3 Reduction in abundance and density of high risk weeds, within 50% of Focus Work Area 2 and 3by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 th December 2011. [TIER 2]3cReduce grazing damage to <strong>threatened</strong> plants and critical habitat3c.1 Determine cause of grazing damage (native, livestock, feral animal or combination) to grazingprone or suspected grazing damaged species by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 30 thDecember 2011. [CORE]3c.2 Implement most appropriate control method, to prevent severe grazing to Priority 1 and 2 species(ongoing). [TIER 2 & 3]3dContain and prevent Phytophthora sp. infestation.3d.1 Complete soil tests at all suspected Phytophthora spp. infestations within 5 km of Priority 1 speciessub-populations by 30 th September 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. [CORE]3d.2 In collaboration with DEH and NRM staff, distribute up-dated Phytophthora spp. infestationin<strong>for</strong>mation to relevant <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> stakeholders by 31 st December 2008, 2009, 2010, 30 thDecember 2011 and 31 st December 2012 (links to 2b.1 and 2c.1). [CORE]3d.3 Use DEH Phytophthora spp. hygiene practices in implementing all on-ground recovery actions(ongoing and links with 3c.2). [CORE]3eIncrease off reserve protection3e.1 Establish Significant Roadside Marker System(s) within a minimum of two Eyre Peninsula DistrictCouncils by 29 th June 2012. [TIER 2 & 3]3e.2 Railway Marker System maintained and improved (ongoing, links with 2b.1). [TIER 2]3e.3 Actively provide land holders with <strong>threatened</strong> plant species in<strong>for</strong>mation, grants/funding andin<strong>for</strong>mation on all varieties of land conservation agreements (ongoing). [CORE]3e.4 Negotiate Heritage Agreements or conservation covenants based on critical habitat, potentialhabitat and/or translocation plans (ongoing). [TIER 2]224 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

3fIncrease probability <strong>for</strong> species to adapt to change.3f.1 Complete soil sampling at <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species sub-populations suspected of being, orbecoming, affected by salinity or acidification by 30 th September 2011. [TIER 2]3f.2 Determine need and type of strategic vegetation buffers required to maintain Priority 1 speciescritical habitat and plant/population condition by 31 st March 2009 and 2010 (links with 1c.4).[CORE]Examples of strategic vegetation buffering activities include: address severe fragmentation/increase available habitat control dryland salinity enhance existing corridors arrest erosion / prevent top-soil loss/improve condition of soil biota address lack of pollinator food or shelter source reinstate vegetation communities (allowing <strong>for</strong> species succession).3f.3 Implement salinity abatement specifically <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> species critical habitat, in consultationwith relevant agencies and in context with catchment salinity control projects by 31 st December2012. [TIER 2 & 3]3f.4 Implement abatement/strategic vegetation buffers <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> species critical habitat (asdetermined in 3f.2), in consultation with relevant agencies and in context with regional NaturalResource Management plan (ongoing). [TIER 2 & 3]3f.5 Enhance connectivity between Priority 3 species sub-populations within the East meets Westcorridor (ongoing). [TIER 2]3f.6 Determine feasibility of translocation <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species, in accordance with the ‘Guidelines <strong>for</strong>the translocation of <strong>threatened</strong> plants in Australia’ by 31 st December 2008 (Vallee et al. 2004).[TIER 2]3f.7 Undertake translocation of Priority 1 species, after checks from Vallee et al. (2004) by 30 thSeptember 2011. [TIER 2]Note: Highly recommended to complete recovery action 1b first at minimum, and with actions4b, 4c and 4h if resources are available. Some species have known special translocationrequirements. These are described in the species sections of this plan.3f.8 Collect and store seed from priority <strong>threatened</strong> plant species in collaboration with MillenniumSeed Bank & State Herbarium of SA (ongoing) [CORE].Note: Includes initiate collection, collection of wider genetic stock, periodic recollection toreplenish seed bank after viability testing, seed <strong>for</strong> planned translocation projects or educationalpurposes.Objective 4 Conduct research critical to management by addressing knowledgedeficiencies in <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> biology and ecology (including threatidentification).Actions4a Secure funding <strong>for</strong> students (Honours and/or Post Graduate level) or localcommunity members to conduct research into Eyre Peninsula <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies4a.1 One honours student per year (minimum) funded to work on critical management researchrecovery actions (ongoing). [CORE]4a.2 One list of plant knowledge deficiencies and management critical research questions supplied toDEH research hub by March 2008, June 2010 and June 2012. [CORE]4bAddress basic deficiencies in knowledge of plant biology4b.1 Break downs in Priority 1 species life cycle identified by 31 st December 2012 ^. [CORE]4b.2 Break downs in Priority 2 species life cycle identified by 31 st December 2012 ^. [TIER 2]4b.3 Break downs in Priority 3 species life cycle identified by 31 st December 2012 ^. [TIER 3]<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 225

4b.4 Pollinators and pollination vector(s) <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species determined by 31 st December 2012 ^.[TIER 2]4b.5 Germination trigger(s) and recruitment patterns determined <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species by 31 stDecember 2012 ^. [TIER 2]4b.6 Average longevity <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 species determined (observed or estimated) by 31 st December2012 ^. [TIER 3]4b.7 Sub-population soil classification and pH level identified <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 and 2 species by 30 thDecember 2011. [CORE]4b.8 Symbiotic mycorrhiza determined <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 <strong>threatened</strong> orchid species by 31 st December 2012^. [TIER 3]4cInvestigate the role of fire and disturbance on <strong>threatened</strong> plant life cycles.4c.1 One literature review of fire ecology and disturbance in<strong>for</strong>mation <strong>for</strong> suspected fire anddisturbance dependant plant species (Appendix I) completed, in consultation with DEH FireManagement Unit and experts in botanical disturbance requirements, by 31 st December 2009[TIER 2]4c.2 Determine need <strong>for</strong> prescribed burn and identify which areas or sub-populations require burningby 31 st December 2009 (i.e. state of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> sub-population, extent of communitysenescence and fire sensitive fauna) (done in conjunction with recovery actions 1a.1, 1a.2, 1a.3and 1c.4) # . [CORE]4c.3 Two prescribed burn experiment designs completed (hypotheses, pre and post burn monitoring)in consultation with DEH Fire Management Unit and South Australian Country Fire Service by 31 stDecember 2010. # [TIER 2]4c.4 Two prescribed burns conducted <strong>for</strong> fire dependent <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species recovery byDecember 2012 ^. [TIER 2]4c.5 Two disturbance requirement experiments designed (hypotheses, pre and post disturbancemonitoring) in consultation with experts in botanical disturbance requirements by 31 st December2010. [TIER 3]4c.6 Two disturbance requirements trials conducted <strong>for</strong> disturbance dependent <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong>species by 29 th June 2012 ^. [TIER 3]4dInvestigate competition and grazing impact on <strong>threatened</strong> plants4d.1 Two canopy-cover trials conducted <strong>for</strong> suspected disturbance dependant <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies by 29 th June 2012 (links with 3b and 4c)^. [TIER 2]4d.2 Two grazing pressure exclosures trials determining herbivore(s) responsible, extent, timing andseverity of grazing pressure and the long-term and short-term survival impacts by 29 th June 2012.[CORE]4eInvestigate genetic relationships within and/or between populations4e.1 Genetics relationship within and between sub-populations determined <strong>for</strong> Whibley Wattle, ResinWattle and Chalky Wattle by 29th June 2012 (apply findings 3f.6 and 3f.7 criteria). [TIER 2]4e.2 Determine genetic relationship between remaining Priority 1 species sub-populations by 31 stDecember 2012 (apply findings 3f.6 and 3f.7 criteria). [TIER 3]4f Determine the extent to which neighbouring land-uses indirectly affect<strong>threatened</strong> plant populations4f.1 Determine if chemical drift is having a detrimental effect on <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> populations, criticalhabitat, pollinators and/or soil biota by 31 st December 2012. [TIER 3]4f.2 Investigate if changes in hydrology (e.g. soil moisture, salinity) are influencing critical habitatdegradation or <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> decline by 31 st December 2012. [TIER 3]226 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

4gResearch the implications of changing climatic conditions on <strong>threatened</strong> plantpopulations4g.1 Model impact of climatic change on Priority 1 species critical habitat by 31 st December 2010(apply findings 3f.6 and 3f.7 criteria). [TIER 2]4g.2 Research potential impact of climate variation on Priority 1 species reproduction by 31 stDecember 2012. [TIER 3]4hConduct Population Viability Assessments <strong>for</strong> priority 1 <strong>threatened</strong> plant speciesrecovery (closely linked to action 5c)4h.1 Minimum viable population calculated <strong>for</strong> Priority 1 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> by 31 st December 2010 (linksto IUCN projected decline or increase in species criteria) (links to 4h). [CORE]4h.2 Minimum viable population calculated <strong>for</strong> Priority 2 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> by 30 th March 2012 (links toIUCN projected decline or increase in species criteria) (links to 4h). [TIER 2]Objective 5 Monitor <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> populations and evaluate the success ofrecovery actionsActions5aEstablish monitoring protocol and schedules <strong>for</strong> each <strong>threatened</strong> plant species.5a.1 Establish list of Key Monitoring Sites <strong>for</strong> all <strong>threatened</strong> plant species finalised by March 2010. **[CORE]5a.2 Upgrade electronic local <strong>threatened</strong> plant monitoring and threat assessment database by 31 stMarch 2008. [CORE]5a.3 Twice yearly (during 2 nd and 4 th Quarters) storing and archiving of raw monitoring data andmanagement critical research reports (e.g. ecological burn monitoring data/final report),including update of data into local monitoring database and DEH Biological Databases of SouthAustralia (linked with 2f.1). [CORE]5a.4 Priority 1 species Key Monitoring Sites monitored annually to meet all minimum dataset criteria(Appendix G) with particular attention to changes in current and potential threat by 31 stDecember 2008, 2009, 2010, and 30 th December 2011. [CORE]5a.5 Priority 2 species Key Monitoring Sites monitored biannually to meet all minimum dataset criteria(Appendix G) with particular attention to changes in current and potential threat by 31 stDecember 2008, 2009, 2010, and 30 th December 2011. [TIER 2]5a.6 Priority 3 species Key Monitoring Sites monitored biannually to meet all minimum dataset criteria(Appendix G) with particular attention to changes in current and potential threat by 30 thDecember 2011. [TIER 3]5a.7 Life class structure at Priority 1 species Key Monitoring Sites re-surveyed once every five years (^1a). [CORE]5a.8 All translocated populations monitored biannually. [CORE]5a.9 Prescribed burn monitoring data analysis and recommendations reported by 31 st December 2012(links to 4c.3). [TIER 2]5a.10 Herbivore exclosures trials monitored annually (linked to 4d.3). [CORE]5a.11 Weed control effectiveness in Focus Work Areas investigated seasonally <strong>for</strong> the duration of theplan ^ (links with 3b). [CORE]5a.12 Herbivore density monitored, on needs basis, conducted within Chalky Wattle critical habitat.[TIER 2]5a.13 Incorporate recommended actions to manage, prevent or eliminate impacts from surroundingland-use on critical habitat by 31 st December 2012. [TIER 3]<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 227

5bEvaluate recovery actions against per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria and schedule5b. 1 <strong>Recovery</strong> action progress check against per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria/schedule and IUCN criteriacompleted in the third year of project implementation by 30 th June 2010. [CORE]5c.2 Amend recovery actions and per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria to incorporate results from managementcritical research by 30 th June 2010 (or be<strong>for</strong>e if research determined necessary). [CORE]5b. 2 Final recovery action check against per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria and IUCN criteria completed inpreparation <strong>for</strong> 5c.1 by 31 st December 2012. [CORE]5cReview and update <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong> every five years5c.1 Re-evaluation of recovery plan: full re-assessment of the status of nationally <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies on Eyre Peninsula completed by 31 st December 2012. [CORE]5c.2 Review second stage of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery program by June 2013. [CORE]Key* = per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria linked to a list** = Key Monitoring Sites may be based on, but are not limited to:• Largest sub-population population• Most outlying sub-population(s)• Most genetically different sub-population(s)• Oldest or youngest age class structured sub-population(s)• Site with overlapping Priority 1, 2, or 3 species^ = per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria has direct reporting criteria# = per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria is linked to management critical research[ CORE ] = per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria is the bare minimum and must be completed as standard <strong>for</strong> otherper<strong>for</strong>mance criteria to follow (Standard project)[TIER 2] = per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria able to start with Tier 2 level of funding (Table 31.1)[TIER 3] = per<strong>for</strong>mance criteria able to start with Tier 3 level of funding and the only level that covers all<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> species within this plan (Table 31.1)228 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Appendix E: Threat matrix and assessment tables <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong>plant species, Eyre PeninsulaDevelopment of a threat matrixThe modified version of the threat matrix used in the Kangaroo Island <strong>threatened</strong> plantrecovery plan (Taylor 2003) was used in this plan. The matrix incorporates direct threatsand impediments to the recovery of nationally <strong>threatened</strong> plant species.The threat matrix score allocated to individual threats <strong>for</strong> each species was determined byadding threat scores from the following two separate matrices:• the current extent of impact a threat has on a <strong>threatened</strong> plant species (Table E1).• the likelihood of a threat affecting a <strong>threatened</strong> plant species in the future (TableE2).The higher the threat matrix score, the higher the threat based on current and potentialimpact to the <strong>threatened</strong> plant species. The highest threat matrix score <strong>for</strong> a threat to anindividual species is 9. The highest threat matrix score <strong>for</strong> a threat to all 23 <strong>threatened</strong>plant species is 135.Current extent of impacts of threatsThreat scores <strong>for</strong> the extent of each identified threat <strong>for</strong> all of the nationally <strong>threatened</strong>species were determined based on field observations of threats and the criteria identifiedunder Table E3. The highest score allocated to any particular threat impacting anindividual <strong>threatened</strong> species was 3 (Table E3).Likelihood of threat effects in the futureThe criteria used to determine the likelihood of a threatening process impacting upon aparticular species in the future are presented in Table E4. The highest score allocated toany particular threat impacting an individual <strong>threatened</strong> species was 6 (Table E4).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 229

Table E1. Matrix of extent of current threats and impediments to recovery of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on Eyre PeninsulaCurrent threatsPercentage of the Eyre Peninsulapopulation with threat assessmentcompleted (however not necessarilywithin last 10 years)Vegetation clearanceWeed invasionHigh grazing pressureSalinity/changes in hydrologyUrban development/subdivisionPest and disease (Phytophthora)Spray driftRoadside management (railway andother service easements included)Illegal collection or harvestOff-road vehicles and rubbishdumpingMineral exploration/extractionHabitat fragmentationInappropriate disturbance regimesInappropriate fire regimesLack of recruitment/small populationsizeLack of knowledge (ecology andbiology) and baseline in<strong>for</strong>mation(understanding of threats)Restricted distribution/isolated subpopulationsLack of involvement of stakeholdersAvailable resourcesLack of coordination of <strong>Recovery</strong>ActionsSpecies threat subtotalsChalky Wattle EP 100% 0 3 3 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 3 2 2 3 1 3 3 3 3 32Jumping-jack Wattle 13% 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 3 2 3 0 3 2 3 3 3 27Fat-leaved Wattle SA 32% 3 2 2 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 40Resin Wattle 27% 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 0 2 2 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 31Whibley’s Wattle EP 100% 1 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 0 1 0 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 39Winter Spider-orchid SA 75% 0 3 3 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 2 0 3 1 3 3 3 27Club Spear-grass 20% 0 3 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 3 0 3 2 3 3 3 29Prickly Raspwort EP 86% 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 3 3 3 3 27Bead Samphire 55% 1 1 0 2 2 0 0 2 0 2 1 1 2 0 0 2 3 3 3 3 28Granite Mudwort 43% 0 3 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 24Microlepidium alatum 25% 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 3 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 3 3 3 22Silver Daisy-bush 94% 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 3 28Silver Candles SA 24% 0 3 1 2 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 2 2 3 3 3 25West Coast Mintbush EP 13% 0 1 2 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 22Mt Olinthus Greenhood EP 50% 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 3 3 3 3 3 19Nodding Rufous-hood EP 75% 2 3 3 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 3 0 3 3 3 27Desert Greenhood 0% 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 20Ironstone Mulla Mulla SA 67% 0 3 0 0 0 2 2 3 0 0 0 3 0 2 0 3 3 3 3 3 30Tufted Bush-pea EP 79% 1 1 2 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 2 2 0 3 3 3 23Sandalwood 11% 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 2 0 3 2 2 3 3 3 25Annual Candles SA 67% 2 3 2 2 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 2 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 32Yellow Swainson-pea 86% 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 3 2 3 3 3 22Metallic Sun-orchid 60% 1 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 0 1 0 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 38Current threat subtotals 16 48 34 20 5 11 16 31 3 14 5 29 40 36 19 54 49 69 69 69

Table E2. Matrix of future threats and impediments to the recovery of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on Eyre PeninsulaFuture threatsVegetationclearanceWeed invasionHigh grazing pressureSalinity/changes inhydrologyUrban development/subdivisionPest and disease(Phytophthora)Spray driftRoadsidemanagementIllegal collection orharvestOff-road vehicles &rubbish dumpingMineral exploration/extractionHabitatfragmentationInappropriatedisturbance regimesInappropriate fireregimesLack of recruitment/small population sizeLack of knowledgeand baselinein<strong>for</strong>mationRestricteddistribution/ isolatedsub-populationsLack of involvementof stakeholdersAvailable resourcesLack of coordinationof <strong>Recovery</strong> ActionsSpecies threatsubtotalsChalky Wattle EP 2 2 4 2 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 4 2 6 6 4 6 4 6 6 60Jumping-jack Wattle 4 4 4 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 2 4 2 6 4 4 6 4 6 6 66Fat-leaved Wattle SA 4 6 4 2 2 2 6 2 0 2 2 4 2 6 4 4 6 4 6 6 74Resin Wattle 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 0 0 2 4 2 6 2 6 4 4 6 6 56Whibley’s Wattle EP 4 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 2 4 4 4 6 4 4 6 4 6 6 84Winter Spider-orchid SA 2 6 4 0 0 2 2 0 2 4 2 4 0 6 4 6 4 4 6 6 64Club Spear-grass 2 2 2 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 2 4 2 6 0 4 6 6 48Prickly Raspwort EP 4 6 2 6 0 2 2 2 0 2 0 6 4 2 4 0 2 4 6 6 60Bead Samphire 2 2 0 6 4 0 0 0 0 2 0 6 6 0 2 6 6 4 6 6 58Granite Mudwort 0 6 0 4 0 2 2 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 2 4 6 4 6 6 50Microlepidium alatum 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 4 2 2 2 6 6 4 6 6 48Silver Daisy-bush 2 6 4 2 2 6 2 2 0 0 2 4 2 4 4 6 4 4 6 6 68Silver Candles SA 2 4 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 4 4 2 2 4 0 4 6 6 50West Coast Mintbush EP 4 2 4 0 6 2 2 2 0 0 0 6 4 4 2 6 4 4 6 6 64Mt Olinthus Greenhood EP 2 2 2 0 0 2 0 0 4 0 0 2 2 6 6 6 6 4 6 6 56Nodding Rufous-hood EP 2 4 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 4 2 6 6 6 4 4 6 6 62Desert Greenhood 2 4 2 2 2 2 0 0 2 0 2 4 2 6 6 6 6 4 6 6 64Ironstone Mulla Mulla SA 2 6 2 2 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 4 2 6 4 4 4 4 6 6 74Tufted Bush-pea EP 4 4 4 0 2 4 0 2 0 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 6 6 58Sandalwood 2 2 4 2 2 0 0 0 6 0 2 4 4 6 4 4 4 4 6 6 62Annual Candles SA 0 6 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 4 4 6 6 6 2 6 6 52Yellow Swainson-pea 2 6 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 2 2 2 6 4 4 6 4 6 6 56Metallic Sun-orchid 4 6 4 2 2 6 4 4 6 2 2 6 4 6 6 4 6 4 6 6 90Future threat subtotal 56 96 60 52 32 48 36 34 24 28 34 90 62 104 88 110 104 90 138 138

Table E3. Criteria used to allocate threat scores <strong>for</strong> matrix of extent of current threats and impediments tothe recovery of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on Eyre Peninsula (Table E1)Threat/impediment torecoveryVegetation clearanceWeeds invasionHigh grazing pressureSalinity/changes inhydrologyUrban development/subdivisionPest and disease(Phytophthora)Spray driftRoadsidemanagement(includes railway andessential serviceseasements)Illegal collection/harvestOff road vehicles orrubbish dumpingMineral exploration/extractionCriteria used to determine extent of threat<strong>for</strong> all <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on EyrePeninsulaProportion of population affected bythreat based on field observations (% ofsurveyed populations affected by threat).Proportion of population affected bythreat based on field observations.Proportion of population affected bythreat based on a mix of studies andpreliminary field observations.Proportion of population affected bythreat based on preliminary fieldobservations.Proportion of population affected bythreat based on preliminary fieldobservations.Proportion of sub-populations with either apositive or probable Phytophthora site(according to Velzeboer et al. 2005).Proportion of sub-populations withobserved pest and/or disease determinedon site visits.Proportion of population affected bythreat based on preliminary fieldobservations.Proportion of population affected bythreat based on field observations andassessed under current Roadside MarkerSystems.Proportion of population affected bythreat based on reports to DEHInvestigation and Compliance.Proportion of population affected bythreat based on field observations.Proportion of population affected bythreat based on field observations andpreliminary desktop investigation.Score0 – 0%1 – 1-33% or unknown2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – potential but unknown2 – observed0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – is occurring within 5 km ofcritical habitat2 – is occurring within criticalhabitat3 – is currently known to beaffecting population232 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table E3. continued.Threat/impediment torecoveryHabitat fragmentationInappropriatedisturbance regimeInappropriate fireregimeLack of recruitment/small population sizeLick of knowledge(ecology and biology)and baselinein<strong>for</strong>mation(understanding ofthreats)Restricteddistribution/isolatedsub-populationsLack of involvement ofstakeholdersAvailability ofresourcesLack of coordinationof recovery actionsCriteria used to determine extent of threat<strong>for</strong> all <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on EyrePeninsulaProportion of population existing in subpopulationswith:• area of occupancy less than 10km 2 ,• less than 1000 individuals.Proportion of sub-populations withdisturbance needs (species life cycle orcritical habitat) currently not being met,e.g. currently experiencing no disturbance,too frequent disturbance, too destructivedisturbance.Proportion of sub-populations with fireneeds (species life cycle or critical habitat)currently not being met, e.g. currentlyexperiencing no fire, too frequent orinfrequent fire, too intense or too moderatefire.Proportion of population existing in subpopulationsof less than 1000 individuals.Percentage of sub-populations notsurveyed and/or threat assessed since 1995.Percentage of sub-populations consideredrestricted (based on review of literature ofhistorical population range) and those subpopulationsconsidered isolated (little or nochance of natural exchange of geneticmaterial).All <strong>threatened</strong> plants are currently affectedby the level of involvement of stakeholdersin plant management.All species and all populations of thosespecies are currently affected by theavailability of resources to undertakemanagement projects.All species and all populations of thosespecies are currently affected by the abilityof managers to effectively and efficientlyco-ordinate and deliver managementactions.0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%0 – 0%1 – 1-33%2 – 34-66%3 – 67-100%333Score<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 233

Table E4. Criteria used to allocate threat scores <strong>for</strong> matrix of future threats and impediments to the recoveryof <strong>threatened</strong> plant species on Eyre Peninsula (Table E2)Threat/impediment torecoveryVegetationclearanceCriteria and rationale used todetermine future threat <strong>for</strong> all<strong>threatened</strong> plant species on EyrePeninsulaSmall scale vegetation clearance isexpected to remain a constantproblem <strong>for</strong> those species currentlyaffected. It is considered unlikely that itwill expand greatly to impact uponother currently unaffected species inthe future.The impact of Bridal Creeper andVeldt Grass is continuing to increasethe longer it inhibits regeneration ofnative vegetation. These two weedspecies in particular are expected toexpand in range and are likely tothreaten all <strong>threatened</strong> plant specieswith a proportion of their population insmall vegetation fragments in thefuture.Score based on risk offuture threat if threatalready present4 - threat will remainconstantScore based on risk offuture threat if threatnot already present0 - no chance threatwill affect species2 - low chance threatwill affect speciesWeed invasion4 - threat will increasein impact andextent0 - no chance threatwill affect species2 - low chance threatwill affect speciesHigh grazingpressureThe intensity of vertebrate herbivoregrazing is likely to remain constant orincrease <strong>for</strong> all <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies on Eyre Peninsula. The impactof grazing may substantially increase ifa species is actively regeneratingfollowing a disturbance event, such asbushfire.4 - threat will remainconstant4 - medium chancethreat will affectspeciesSalinity/changes inhydrologyIncreasing soil salinity is a localised, butwidespread problem on EyrePeninsula. In the future, dryland salinitymay impact on presently unaffectedsub-populations.0 - threat will stopcompletely2 - threat will decreaseslowly4 - threat will remainconstant6 - threat will increasein impact andextent0 - no chance threatwill affect species2 - low chance threatwill affect species4 - medium chancethreat will affectspecies6 - high chance threatwill affect speciesUrbandevelopment/subdivisionProportion of population affected bythreat based on field observations andpreliminary desktop investigation.0 - No chance2 - Low chance4 - Medium chance6 - High chance0 - No chance2 - Low chance4 - Medium chance6 - High chancePest anddisease(Phytophthora)The impact of phytophthora as athreat on the plant species has beenassessed based on Risk Zonesidentified in Velzeboer et al. (2005).0 - threat will stopcompletely2 - threat will decreaseslowly4 - threat will remainconstant6 - threat will increasein impact andextent4 - medium chancethreat will affectspecies (0-50% ofpopulation within1 km)6 - high chance threatwill affect species(51-100% ofpopulation within1 km)Spray driftThe impact of off-target herbicide,insecticide and fertiliser damage hasbeen observed and places certainsub-populations at greater risk ofdeath. While currently unknown, it issuspected that off-target insecticideapplication may be affecting thesurvival of <strong>threatened</strong> plant species,their pollinators and critical habitat.0 - threat will stopcompletely2 - threat will decreaseslowly4 - threat will remainconstant6 - threat will increasein impact andextent0 - no chance threatwill affect species2 - low chance threatwill affect species4 - medium chancethreat will affectspecies6 - high chance threatwill affect species234 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Threat/impediment torecoveryRoadsidemanagement(includingrailway andessentialserviceseasements)Criteria and rationale used todetermine future threat <strong>for</strong> all<strong>threatened</strong> plant species on EyrePeninsulaProportion of population likely tobecome affected by threat based oncurrent field observations andassessed under current RoadsideMarker Systems.Score based on risk offuture threat if threatalready present0 - threat will stopcompletely2 - threat will decreaseslowly4 - threat will remainconstant6 - threat will increasein impact andextentScore based on risk offuture threat if threatnot already present0 - no chance threatwill affect species2 - low chance threatwill affect species4 - medium chancethreat will affectspecies6 - high chance threatwill affect speciesIllegalcollection orharvestSusceptibility of species subpopulationsbeing illegally collected orharvested based on:• previous reports to DEHInvestigation and Compliance• listing within the Conventionon International Trade inEndangered Species (CITES).0 - none likely2 - slight probability(listed on CITES)4 - species isreasonably visibleand highly prized(has previouslybeen collectedillegally on EyrePeninsula)6 - species is remoteand highly prized0 - none likely2 - slight probability(listed on CITES)4 - species isreasonably visibleand highly prized6 - species is remoteand highly prizedOff roadvehicles andrubbishdumpingRisk of population being affected bythreat based on field observations.6 - threat will increasein impact andextent0 - no chance threatwill affect species2 - low chance threatwill affect speciesMineralexploration/extractionLikelihood of population becomingaffected by threat based on fieldobservations and preliminary desktopinvestigation.0 - none likely2 - within 5 km ofminerals that arelikely to be mined infuture4 - growing directly inmineral deposit0 - none likely2 - within 5 km ofminerals that arelikely to be mined infuture4 - growing directly inmineral depositHabitatfragmentationThe threat of ongoing degradation ofcritical and potential habitat to eachspecies was determined based uponthe proportion of each speciesoccurring within the fragmentedlandscape.4 – threat will remainconstant (0-50%)6 – threat will increasein impact andextent (51-100%)4 – medium chancethreat will affectspecies (0-50%)6 – high chance threatwill affect species(51-100%)InappropriatedisturbanceregimesFuture risk of proportion of subpopulationswith disturbance needsnot being met (species life cycle orcritical habitat), i.e. no disturbance,high likelihood of very destructiveexperience occurring.0 – not applicable2 – poorly understood4 – highly likely torequire disturbancein life cycle0 – not applicable2 – poorly understood4 – highly likely torequire disturbancein life cycleInappropriatefire regimesLikelihood of species with needs(species life cycle or critical habitat)not being met without implementationof recovery actions, i.e. no fire, toofrequent fire, high likelihood of verydestructive fire experience occurring.0 – not applicable2 – poorly understood4 – highly likely torequire fire in lifecycle0 – not applicable2 – poorly understood4 – highly likely torequire fire in lifecycleLack ofrecruitment/smallpopulation sizeSpecies conservation status underIUCN.0 – not applicable2 – threat will remainconstant VU species4 – threat will remainconstant EN species6 – threat will remainconstant CR species0 – not applicable2 – threat will remainconstant VU species4 – threat will remainconstant EN species6 – threat will remainconstant CR species<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 235

Threat/impediment torecoveryRestricteddistribution/isolated subpopulationsCriteria and rationale used todetermine future threat <strong>for</strong> all<strong>threatened</strong> plant species on EyrePeninsulaThe threat of declining genetic viabilityto species currently exposed to a highor medium level of declining geneticviability (matrix scores 3 or 2 underTable E3) is likely to increase in thefuture. In species currently exposed toa low level of declining geneticviability, this threat is likely to remainconstant. Threatened plant speciesnot currently affected by declininggenetic viability have a mediumchance of being impacted upon bythis threat in the future based on lowpopulation sizes <strong>for</strong> all <strong>threatened</strong>plant species on Eyre Peninsula.Score based on risk offuture threat if threatalready present0 – threat will stopcompletely2 – threat will decreaseslowly4 – threat will remainconstant6 – threat will increasein impact andextentScore based on risk offuture threat if threatnot already present4 – medium chancethreat will affectspeciesLack ofknowledge(ecology andbiology) andbaselinein<strong>for</strong>mation(understandingof threats)Knowledge of distribution andabundance will degrade over timeunless ef<strong>for</strong>ts are made to updatein<strong>for</strong>mation.Our knowledge of the distribution of<strong>threatened</strong> plant species inunsurveyed potential habitat willremain constant.6 – threat will increasein impact andextent6 – high chance threatwill affect speciesOur knowledge of theecology/biology of <strong>threatened</strong> plantspecies will remain constant if nofurther research is conducted.Knowledge of threats to <strong>threatened</strong>plant species will degrade over timeunless ef<strong>for</strong>ts are made to updatein<strong>for</strong>mation.Lack ofinvolvement ofstakeholdersThis threat is likely to remain constant<strong>for</strong> all species.4 – threat will remainconstantAvailability ofresourcesThe financial and human resourcesrequired <strong>for</strong> effective threatabatement actions will increase overtime as threats increase in extent andimpact.6 – threat will increasein impact andextentLack ofcoordination ofrecoveryactionsThe need <strong>for</strong> effective coordination ofrecovery actions will increase overtime as threats increase in extent andimpact.6 – threat will increasein impact andextent236 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Appendix F: Percentage of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> sub-populationswithin the Eyre Hills IBRA Subregion, SATable F1. Percentage of <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> sub-populations within the Eyre Hills IBRA Subregion, SAPrioritycategorySpecies nameSpecies records(Eyre PeninsulaNRM Region)Species records(Eyre Hills IBRASubregion)% of knownEyre PeninsulaNRM Regionpopulation inEyre Hills IBRASubregionNSXCODE1 Acacia cretacea29 28 97 E04606Chalky Wattle1 Acacia enterocarpa59 56 95 M01562Jumping-jack Wattle1 Acacia pinguifolia412 409 99 S01601Fat-leaved Wattle1 Acacia whibleyana36 31 86 S05437Whibley Wattle1 Caladenia brumalis20 13 65 W05147Winter Spider-orchid1 Olearia pannosa ssp. pannosa 31 31 100 Q04432Silver Daisy-bush1 Ptilotus beckerianus47 45 96 C01293Ironstone Mulla Mulla1 Thelymitra epipactoides46 38 83 Q00860Metallic Sun-orchid2 Acacia rhetinocarpa70 35 50 K01609Resin Wattle2 Haloragis eyreana166 164 99 K03429Prickly Raspwort2 Halosarcia flabelli<strong>for</strong>mis45 5 11 U01938Bead Samphire2 Prostanthera calycina140 14 10 A02616West Coast Mintbush2 Pterostylis aff. despectans5 5 100Nodding Rufous-hood2 Pterostylis xerophila1 1 100 K04413Desert Greenhood2 Pultenaea trichophylla56 56 100 Z01767Tufted Bush-pea2 Santalum spicatum12 0 0 C00953Sandalwood2 Stackhousia annua7 7 100 E02026Annual Candles3 Austrostipa nullanulla20 0 0 C04153Club Spear-grass3 Limosella granitica17 0 0 G04675Granite Mudwort3 Microlepidium alatum11 0 0 A01452-3 Pleuropappus64 22 34 U03034phyllocalymmeusSilver Candles3 Pterostylis "Mt Olinthus"1 1 100 Q05460Mt Olinthus Greenhood3 Swainsona pyrophila45 5 11 Z01791Yellow Swainson-peaTotal Records 1311 938 72Priority1 680 651 96Priority2 502 287 57Priority3 158 28 18<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 237

Appendix G: Biological Database of South Australia (BDBSA)minimum dataset requirementsUpdated 4 April 2007BDBSAMINIMUM DATASET REQUIREMENTS FORPROJECT BASED DATA COLLECTIONThe DEH Biological Survey and Monitoring Group (BSM) have prepared these guidelines toensure that field data collected <strong>for</strong> specific projects can be collected in a consistent andaccurate <strong>for</strong>mat which, when appropriate, may readily be incorporated into theBiological Databases of SA (BDBSA). These fields represent the minimum required and donot limit the collection of any other data that may be relevant <strong>for</strong> a project. An exampleExcel Spreadsheet is available <strong>for</strong> reference. This contains the relevant Look Up Tablein<strong>for</strong>mation required to correctly enter field data. It is anticipated that data collectedusing this <strong>for</strong>mat will be able to be uploaded into the BDBSA databases via the DEHIntranet (with some minor changes) by the project officer, the Regional GIS In<strong>for</strong>mationOfficers or BSM staff.This template represents only the minimum dataset <strong>for</strong> single visit species basedobservations. This should not prevent field staff from collecting data in a manner bestsuited to their project requirements. In particular, if the field data collection involvescollecting quadrat data, physical site descriptions and repeat visits to the same site, theBiological Survey methodology or an adaptation of this method may suit your project. Fora detailed description of the Biological Survey methodology follow the below links. Forassistance in adapting your methodology contact BSM staff.Biological Survey Fauna Manual:http://www.environment.sa.gov.au/biodiversity/pdfs/vertebrate_survey_manual.pdfBiological Survey Flora Manual:http://www.environment.sa.gov.au/biodiversity/pdfs/vegetation_survey_manual.pdfSpecific database templates <strong>for</strong> collecting field data <strong>for</strong> Cockatoos (access database)and Malleefowl (grid method) already exist. If you are collecting data <strong>for</strong> these kinds oftaxa these existing templates may suit your needs better than this minimum datasettemplate.Field Names in green represent additional fields recommended <strong>for</strong> <strong>threatened</strong> speciesdata collection.BSM staff or the Regional GIS In<strong>for</strong>mation Officers can assist with any questions you mayhave about how to use these fields (or how best to incorporate these fields into your datastorage method) when collecting data.238 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Recommended datasetDetailsRequirementTAXA Desirable Valid values are: P = PLANT, B = BIRD, R = REPTILE,A = AMPHIBIAN, M = MAMMALSOURCEID Required Must be a unique ID <strong>for</strong> each record, i.e. unique number ofthe project dataSURVEYNR Required BDBSA survey number assigned to the project – contact BSM<strong>for</strong> a numberNSXCODE Desirable Unique BDBSA code to describe a speciesSPECIES Required Full scientific name of the species being observedPLANTSNUM Required Number of plants recorded at the locationBUFFER Required Estimated area that the plant population extendsSUBPOPCODE Required Code/Name given to the plant sub-populationLOCDATUMNR Required BDBSA code <strong>for</strong> Geodetic datum <strong>for</strong> location geocode -usually a GPS datum - eg WGS84.EASTING Required In UTM projection X axis coordinates - must be 6 digitsNORTHING Required In UTM projection Y axis coordinates - must be 7 digitsZONE Required Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) projection zone number;SA is covered by zones 52, 53, 54RELIABNR Required BDBSA geocode precision code related to a locationmethodLOCMETHODNR Required BDBSA code <strong>for</strong> location methodSIGHTINGDATE Required Must be recorded as dd/mmm/yyyy (06-JUN_2007)DATEACCURACY Required BDBSA code <strong>for</strong> date, as accurate to the Day = D, Month =M, Decade = T and Century = COBSERVERNR1 Required Full name of first observerOBSERVERNR2 Desirable Full name of second observerLATITUDE Required Decimal Degrees, if geodetic coordinate (latitude andlongitude) was used as a primary coordinate system tocapture dataLONGITUDE Required Decimal Degrees, if geodetic coordinate (latitude andlongitude) was used as a primary coordinate system tocapture dataLOCDESC Desirable Observation location description or site nameSIGHTINGCOMM (Flora) Desirable Comments (or other fields not accommodated) relating tothe sighting are to be concatenated into a text string hereHABITATCOMM Desirable Brief description of habitat where observation has beenmadeMETHODNR (Fauna) Required BDBSA Code <strong>for</strong> Observation/capture methodOBSERVEDNR (Fauna) Desirable Number observed<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 239

Description of detailsTaxaValid values are: P = PLANT, B = BIRD, R = REPTILE, A = AMPHIBIAN, M = MAMMAL.SourceidMust be a unique ID <strong>for</strong> each record, i.e. unique number of the project data. Preferredmethod is to use the Surveynr+_+unique numbers starting at 0001 and then increasing eg199_0001, 199_0002, 199_0003 etc.SurveynrBDBSA survey number assigned to the project – contact BSM <strong>for</strong> a number. Survey headerin<strong>for</strong>mation must be filled out when a number is obtained. This is some minimaldocumentation about the project.NsxcodeAs an alternative to typing/selecting species names, scientific names may be entered asa code. The BDBSA use unique codes (NSX codes) to describe a species. This enablesbetter tracking of taxonomic changes since the code ties the record to the taxonomicentity valid at the time the data was collected. Current NSX codes may be obtained fromthe BSM group as this will assist in later integration of data into DEH BDBSA databases.Uncertainties about the validity of identification should be recorded in a comment field.SpeciesRecord the full scientific name of the species being observed. It is essential that the Genusand Species names be recorded, but sub-specific names may also be recorded ifappropriate. Common names are regarded as optional since they may vary considerablyin common usage.<strong>Plan</strong>tsnumNumber of plants recorded at that coordinate. For orchids the number of flowering plants.Assume this to be 1 if not collected.BufferEstimated area that the plant population extends in metres. Use to create the polygonlayer to define sub-population boundaries.SubpopcodeName or code given to the sub-population. This would be used in the polygon layer to linksub-population boundaries with species site locations.LocdatumnrThe datum used to determine the coordinate must be recorded regardless of whetherLat/long (geodetic) or Grid coordinates are used. Without a recorded datum, thelocation accuracy of a record will be degraded up to +/- 200 m. This will make detaileduse of the in<strong>for</strong>mation in Geographic In<strong>for</strong>mation Systems impossible and certainly defeatsthe benefits of using accurate GPS positioning.The current Australian standard recommends the use of MGA94 (Map Grid of Australia) <strong>for</strong>grid coordinates or GDA94 <strong>for</strong> geodetic coordinates. Since GPSs do not support thisdatum, it is recommended that the GPS Datum be set to WGS84 (World Geodetic System,1984) since this closely approximates MGA94/GDA94. WGS84 is the default datum <strong>for</strong> GPSuse, but this can be changed so the GPS should be re-checked <strong>for</strong> each new session.240 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

LOCDATUMNR LOCDATUMCODE LOCDATUMDESC1 WGS84 World Grid System 19842 AGD84 Australian Grid Datum 19843 AGD66 Australian Grid Datum 19664 GDA94 Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994EastingAn Easting must be recorded as a full 6 digit number (i.e. 352678). Note that each valuerepresents the number of metres from a fixed reference point so rounding the last number(i.e. 352670 above) will degrade the accuracy of the position by up to 9 metres.NorthingA Northing must be recorded as a 7 digit number (i.e. 6065469). Note that each valuerepresents the number of metres from a fixed reference point so rounding the last number(i.e. 6065460 above) will degrade the accuracy of the position by up to 9 metres.ZoneMap Zones must be recorded since SA has three zones (52, 53, 54) and grid coordinatesrepeat in each Zone.Reliabnr (Accuracy of Location Coordinates)Record the error involved in the location coordinate in metres (e.g. +/- 10 m). Currentlythe accuracy of a Geographic Positioning System (GPS) is frequently better than +/- 5 m,but accuracy should probably be assumed to be +/- 10 m. Use the lookup table codes tochoose the appropriate RELIABNR code.LocmethodnrBDBSA code <strong>for</strong> location methodRELIABNR RELIABDESC RELIABNR RELIABDESC0 0-5 m 13 0-0.02 m1 5-50 m 14 0-0.001 m2 51-100 m 15 0-0.005 m3 101-250 m 16 0-0.01 m4 251-500 m 17 0-0.1 m5 501-1000 m 18 Not entered6 1-10 km 20 101-150 m7 11-25 km 21 11-30 km8 > 25 km 22 31-125 km9 0-1 m 23 < 625 km SA12 0-0.5 m 24 < 2000 km AULOCMETHODNRLOCMETHODDESC8 Differential Kinematic Global Positioning System1 Map2 Aerial Photographs Digitised3 Single Global Positioning System4 Differential Global Positioning System5 Gazetteer99 Unknown location method6 Surveyed (by Surveyor)<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 241

Sightingdate (Observation Date)The date of the observation or collection must be recorded as dd/mmm/yyyy (12 May2001) rather than in the dd/mm/yyyy (12/5/2001) <strong>for</strong>mat. This reduces possible confusionwith the American date <strong>for</strong>mat (mm/dd/yyyy), which would read the above date as the5th of December 2001.DateaccuracyAny uncertainty about the accuracy of date should also be recorded. For example, theBDBSA describes a date as being accurate to the Day(D), Month(M) (i.e. Day unknownbut Month and Year certain), Decade(T) and Century(C).Observer1First observer’s name. It is preferable that the full details of the observer’s name berecorded, but as a minimum, the first and last name as well as any middle name initialsshould be recorded. Ideally, some note should also be kept of the observer’s address oraffiliated organisation.Observer2Second observer’s name.LatitudeDecimal Degrees, if geodetic coordinate (latitude and longitude) was used as a primarycoordinate system to capture data.LongitudeDecimal Degrees, if geodetic coordinate (latitude and longitude) was used as a primarycoordinate system to capture dataLocdescObservation location description or site name (especially if subject to repeat visits).Sightingcomm (Flora Only)Comments (or other fields not accommodated) relating to the sighting are to beconcatenated into a text string here. Fields separated by the "^" character. For example,the number of plants or estimated number of plants observed could be placed in thisfield. Seek advice from Regional GIS Officers or BSM staff about what/how to placerelevant data to particular projects in this field.HabitatcommBrief description of habitat where observation has been made.Observednr (Fauna Only) (Number Observed)Number of specimens observed/captured (unless recorded this is assumed to be “one”).242 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Appendix H: Terms of Reference <strong>for</strong> <strong>Recovery</strong> TeamThreatened Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> Team <strong>for</strong> Eyre PeninsulaRoleThe <strong>Recovery</strong> Team is responsible <strong>for</strong> planning and facilitating efficient and effectiveimplementation of the plan’s recovery actions. The team is also responsible <strong>for</strong>:• advising the direction of the recovery program and its environmental policies• inviting specialty stakeholders to discuss specific agenda items and work with themin implementing actions• ensuring that the program is working towards or within best practice standards.MembersThe Threatened Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> Team will comprise 11 core positions, including:• Chairperson• Project officer/executive support and coordination• Coordinator of other conservation programs• Local senior biologist/botanist/ecologist• Coordinator of other <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> projects• Liaison between State and Commonwealth in biology/botany/ecology• Monitoring and evaluation• Communications• Volunteer support• Community botanical representative• Private land conservation.The membership of the <strong>Recovery</strong> Team is skills based rather than representative ofstakeholders. The <strong>Recovery</strong> Team will invite involvement from specialty stakeholders (listedbriefly below, with a full list in Table 1.3) when there are agenda items or projects thatwarrant their advice. If this is not possible, comments from specialty stakeholders will besought through <strong>Recovery</strong> Team members. Additionally, <strong>Recovery</strong> Team members willattempt to ensure that these stakeholder groups are in<strong>for</strong>med of <strong>Recovery</strong> Team meetingoutcomes that contain in<strong>for</strong>mation pertinent to them and meeting minutes will also be<strong>for</strong>warded to stakeholders.Examples of specialty stakeholders include:• Aboriginal group representatives• Department of Transport, Energy and Infrastructure• Department of Water, Land and Biodiversity Conservation• ETSA Utilities• Eyre Peninsula NRM Board staff, board members and group members• industry sectors• local councils• non government organisations• Primary Industries and Resources SA• private land holders with <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> sub-populations• SA Water.<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 243

Threatened Flora Volunteer GroupRoleThe Threatened Flora Volunteer Group assists in the delivery of on-ground works and desktoprecovery actions.ResponsibilitiesThe responsibilities of the Volunteer Group are to:• work as part of the larger Threatened Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> Team, with the guidance ofthe Project Officer• adhere to DEH Safe Work Practices and Standard Operating Procedures• communicate ideas or concerns to the Project Officer.MembersThe Volunteer Group comprises representatives from the community that have an interestin <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery and who are concerned with the management of land <strong>for</strong>conservation purposes. They bring with them a diverse range of skills and experiences, andare encouraged to share these skills with other volunteers.Delivery agent: Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and HeritageRoleWithin the Threatened Flora <strong>Recovery</strong> program, the role of the Department <strong>for</strong>Environment and Heritage is specifically to provide technical expertise, enable integrationwith other <strong>threatened</strong> species recovery programs and broker grant funds to enable<strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> recovery actions to be taken.ResponsibilitiesDEH is responsible <strong>for</strong> the provision of the following services to the program:• ensuring that the land under its jurisdiction is managed consistently according topriorities listed within the <strong>Recovery</strong> <strong>Plan</strong>• integration and collaboration with other <strong>threatened</strong> species recovery programsregionally and state-wide• aligning the program with other DEH biodiversity activities• provision of technical input• assembling program progress and financial reports.244 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Appendix I: Suspected fire and disturbance dependant speciesTable I1. Suspected fire and disturbance dependant speciesSuspected fire dependentspeciesSupporting referenceChalky WattleStudy underway.Chalky Wattles are known to sucker from the base and along near-surfaceroots, particularly after fire (Maslin & Whibley 1987; Jusaitis et al. 2000).Jumping-jack WattleFat-leaved WattleSuspected.Two years of study conducted.Fat-leaved Wattle seedlings were seen coming up on mass within the firescar after the Wangary bushfire in 2005. Preliminary results from post-firestudies show short-term seedling die off (thought to be attributed todrought conditions); however, the number of juvenile plants remained high(Ecological Associates 2007).Resin WattleWhibley WattleWinter Spider-orchidSuspected.Suspected.Observed.Winter Spider-orchid plant numbers tripled in the southern sub-populationfollowing the 2005 Wangary Bushfire, but this requires long-term monitoringto identify trends (Ecological Associates 2007). Post fire data is held in DEHRecfind file 40/1185).Club Spear-grassHighly suspected.The New South Wales Rural Fire Service recommends that Club Spear-grassis not burnt more frequently than once every ten years (NSW 2004).Silver Daisy-bushObserved.Silver Daisy-bush was found to resprout from basal meristems at subpopulationsburnt in the 2005 Wangary bushfire (Ecological Associates2007). It was not clear if fire increased recruitment (new seedlings);however, there was anecdotal evidence that more sub-populations werefound post-fire (Ecological Associates 2007; DEH Recfind file 40/1488).Nodding Rufous-hoodMount Olinthus GreenhoodDesert GreenhoodSuspected.Suspected.Suspected.Fire dependence triggers of Desert Greenhoods on Eyre Peninsula areunknown; however, plants have been observed flowering well in theabsence of fire (Duncan 2005). Occasional, intense summer fires,particularly after the flowering period, are assumed to promote flowering ofdormant plants, seed germination and seedling establishment (Duncan2005).Ironstone Mulla MullaObserved, poorly understood.The species flowered in abundance in the first year after the 2005 WangaryBushfire. Limited data from monitoring results show no clear link betweenspecies regeneration and fire (Ecological Associates 2007). Regenerationwas more likely to be linked with above average rainfall in the first growingperiod. Ironstone Mulla Mulla has fleshy underground rhizomes andphysiologically the species could survival after fire (Ecological Associates2007).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 245

Suspected fire dependentspeciesSupporting referenceTufted Bush-peaObserved.Mass germination has been recorded from one sub-population after fireand good rain (M Jusaitis [DEH] 2007, pers. comm.). Be<strong>for</strong>e the fire, only twoseedling recruits were observed over 10 years of monitoring the same subpopulation.Annual CandlesYellow Swainson-peaSuspected.Known fire requirements.The scientific species name pyrophila means pyro = fire and philos = loving.Yellow Swainson-pea is a short-lived plant that appears only one to twoyears after fire and can flower in the first spring following fire (Earl, Barlow &Moorrees 2001). Examples of fire dependence can be found on EyrePeninsula where sub-populations near Munyaroo Conservation Park wererecorded by multiple observes in 1992 after a 1990 fire, and HeggatonConservation Park where Yellow Swainson-pea was recorded in 1998 aftera 1997 fire (DEH-EGIS 2006). Gradual depletion of soil-stored YellowSwainson-pea seedbank in Victorian sub-populations caused by absenceof regular fires is suspected by Scarlett and Parson (1993).Metallic Sun-orchid Observed via opportunistic observations and studies of Victorianpopulations after prescribed burns and bushfire (Calder et al. 1989).Ecological Associates (2007) reported differences in the number of flowersand plant height from a limited number of orchids after the 2005 WangaryBushfire. Metallic Sun-orchids are known to flower abundantly after latesummer burns (observed at Weecurra, Victoria and Lower Eyre Peninsula,South Australia) (Calder et al. 1989; K Pobke [DEH] 2007, pers. comm.).Beardsell (1980-1984) suggests burn regimes of once every 5-10 years, inheathland, and 3-4 years, in grasslands, <strong>for</strong> sub-populations within Victoria.246 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table I1. continued.Suspected disturbancedependent speciesFat-leaved WattleResin WattleWhibley WattleSupporting referencesObserved on Lower Eyre Peninsula.Data on Resin Wattle sub-populations in the Monarto region suggest plantstend to senesce after approximately 30 years of age (Green 1993). It issuspected that the establishment of the Monarto sub-populationcorresponds with vegetation rolling disturbance (Davies 1995).Possible.Seed coat nicking technique works well to break seed dormancy,suggesting that disturbance could break the outer hard seed coat andpotentially promote germination.Winter Spider-orchidClub Spear-grassPrickly RaspwortNodding Rufous-hoodMount Olinthus GreenhoodDesert GreenhoodIronstone Mulla MullaAnnual CandlesSuspected.Soil disturbance is thought to stimulate Club Spear-grass germination(L Bebbington 2004, pers. comm.), however this is yet to be tested.Study nearly completed (refer to all Prickly Raspwort references by Jusaitisin reference list).Suspected.Suspected.Suspected.Observed locally flowering along graded roadsides on Lower EyrePeninsula, poorly understood.Observed.Annual Candles have been observed by P Lang in 1984 growing in rolledfirebreaks at Warrenben Conservation Park on Yorke Peninsula. Stackhousiasp. have been observed doing well after fire (Leigh, Boden & Briggs 1984);however, it is unknown how this relates to the ecology of Annual Candles.Yellow Swainsona-peaObserved locally on Eyre Peninsula.In general Swainsona species, particularly mallee Swainsona species likeYellow Swainson-pea, are known to re-sprout via vegetative reproductionfrom persistent rootstock (Earl, Barlow & Moorrees 2001). Swainsona speciesproduce hard-coated seeds that generally require treatment to breakdormancy (Earl, Barlow & Moorrees 2001). On Eyre Peninsula, YellowSwainson-pea records are associated with firebreaks, roadsides, fencelines, vegetation clearance and earth disturbance.Metallic Sun-orchidKnown.Metallic Sun-orchid is known as a post-disturbance coloniser (Cropper 1993)and utilises natural disturbances such as salt pruning, wind damage andplant dieback that provide openings in the upper canopy (Calder et al.1989). Echidna diggings are also thought to provide suitable habitat <strong>for</strong>Metallic Sun-orchid colonisation (Calder et al. 1989).Suspected fire ordisturbance sensitive(negative affect)Supporting referencesMicrolepidium alatumSandalwoodSuspected.Sandalwood is a slow growing species, thought to be fire sensitive, withpoor re-sprouting observed post-fire (Brand 1999b).<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 247

Appendix J: Threatened <strong>flora</strong> populations within NPWSA Reserveson Eyre PeninsulaTable J1. Threatened <strong>flora</strong> populations within NPWSA Reserves on Eyre PeninsulaNPWSA Reserves Flora species ObserversAcraman Creek Conservation Park Bead Samphire D Fotheringham and G Pearce 1991D Fotheringham 1996Barwell Conservation Reserve Metallic Sun-orchid R Bates 1986Bascombe Well Conservation Park West Coast Mintbush E Jackson; N Donner; R Alcock; HEichler; J Wheeler, N Lothian1967Calpatanna WaterholeConservation ParkSilver CandlesWest Coast MintbushP Canty and A Wright 2001T Fuhlbohm 1989T Dennis 1978; T Fuhlbohm 1988D Murfet, R Taplin 1989; F Davies1989;R Davies, J Briggs 1992.Carappee Hill Conservation ParkGranite mudwortWinter Spider-orchidD Symon 1979D Murfet, R Taplin 1998D Symon 1974AD Freebairn 2001Coffin Bay National Park Silver Candles J Cleland 1960Reserves Committee 1960Fowlers Bay Conservation ParkBead SamphireMicrolepidium alatumT Schultz 2005A Freebairn and M Horgan 2001Hambidge Conservation ParkResin WattleYellow Swainson-peaNRT Lothian1967CR Alcock 1966DE Symon 1966 (at 2 sites)Heggaton Conservation Reserve Yellow Swainson-pea DE Murfet and RL Taplin 1998Hincks Conservation Park West Coast Mintbush D Symon; R Alcock; J Wheeler 1968Kellidie Bay Conservation Park Silver Candles J Briggs 1983NPWSA 1989Lake Gairdner National Park Sandalwood C Malley and J Gillen 1985Lake Gilles Conservation ReserveClub Spear-grassSandalwoodS Carruthers and S Kenny in 1998Mason 1973A Freebairn 2003Middlecamp Hills ConservationReserveJumping-jack Wattle D Keane 1985Middlecamp Hills Conservation ParkSilver Daisy-bushPrickly RaspwortK Pobke 2005R Davies 1982248 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

Table J1. continued.NPWSA Reserves Flora species ObserversMunyaroo Conservation ParkSandalwoodYellow Swainson-peaA Spooner 1990AG Spooner 1990RJ Davies; TM Reynolds and F Trissi 1992Point Labatt Conservation Park West Coast Mintbush T Fuhlbohm1988; G Carpenter1993Sceale Bay Conservation Park Bead Samphire L Bebbington 2005The Plug Range Conservation Park Jumping-jack Wattle T Croft and K Lehman 1990Tucknott Scrub Conservation Park Tufted Bush-pea B Bates 1994Venus Bay Conservation Park West Coast Mintbush R Taplin 1987; T Fuhlbohm 1989P Copley; P Canty 1992; G Carpenter1993Venus Bay Conservation Reserve West Coast Mintbush L Huebner 1999Wanilla Conservation ParkMetallic Sun-orchidSilver Daisy-bushWinter Spider-orchidJ Z Weber 1979A Freebairn 2001; J Prider 2006J Z Weber 1989Wanilla Land SettlementConservation ReserveWinter Spider-orchidAD Freebairn, P Hewstone, J Hutchinson2001Winninowie Conservation Park Sandalwood Field Naturalist Society of South Australia1970Whyalla Conservation Park Sandalwood D Murfet and R Taplin 1998Yellabinna Regional ReserveMicrolepidium alatumSandalwoodAG Spooner 1972A Robinson and P Canty 1984Yumbarra Conservation Reserve Granite Mudwort A Freebairn, B Waining, M Horgan 2001<strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012 249

250 <strong>Draft</strong> recovery plan <strong>for</strong> 23 <strong>threatened</strong> <strong>flora</strong> taxa on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia 2007-2012

For further in<strong>for</strong>mation please contact:Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and HeritageWest RegionTelephone: (08) 8688 3111Address: PO Box 22, Port Lincoln SA 5606Email: WestBioConservation@saugov.sa.gov.auOnline in<strong>for</strong>mation available at: http://www.biodiversity.sa.gov.au/west_bcpCopyright© Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia 2007. This work is copyright. Apart from any useas permitted under the Copyright Act 1968, no part may be reproduced by any process without prior writtenpermission from the Government of South Australia available through the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment andHeritage. Requests and inquiries concerning reproduction and rights should be addressed to:Corporate CommunicationsDepartment <strong>for</strong> Environment and HeritageGPO Box 1047Adelaide SA 5001corporate.communications@saugov.sa.gov.auDisclaimerThe opinions expressed in this document are the views of the author and do not necessarily reflect those ofthe Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage, South Australia, or the Commonwealth Department of theEnvironment and Water Resources. While reasonable ef<strong>for</strong>ts have been made to ensure the contents of thispublication are factually correct, the Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and Heritage makes no representationsand accepts no responsibility <strong>for</strong> the accuracy, completeness or fitness <strong>for</strong> any particular purpose of thecontents, and shall not be liable <strong>for</strong> any loss or damage that may be occasioned directly or indirectlythrough the use of or reliance on the contents of this publication.Printed on recycled paperPhotography: P Lang, S Deslandes, K Pobke DEH© Department <strong>for</strong> Environment and HeritageDecember 2007ISBNFIS

Draft Recovery Plan for threatened flora on Eyre Peninsula 2007

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?